'

Thermal Analysis Research

Program Reference Manual

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards
National Engineering Laboratory
Building Physics Division
Washington, DC 20234

March 1983

Sponsored by
National Bureau of Standards
1

and

Building Energy Sciences Branch

Office of Building Energy Research and Development
U.S. Department of Energy
Washington, DC 20545
 -
MTP-L
 NATIONAL bureau
OF STANDARDS
library

NBSIR 83-2655 APR lo 1983

/xxfucc. -eef.
THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH Qc ICO
cCSvo
PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL

George N. Walton

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards
National Engineering Laboratory
Building Physics Division
Washington, DC 20234

March 1983

Sponsored by
National Bureau of Standards

and

Building Energy Sciences Branch

Office of Building Energy Research and Development
U.S. Department of Energy
Washington, DC 20545

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Ernest Ambler, Director
 ABSTRACT

The Thermal Analysis Research Program (TARP) has been developed as a research
tool for the thermal analysis of buildings. It especially aims to study the
interactions of many complex heat transfer phenomena. TARP uses the detailed
heat balance method for the simultaneous calculation of the energy requirements
of multiple rooms. Interroom conductive and convective processes are simulated
in detail. This program reference manual describes the algorithms, input, out-
put, and program structure of TARP. The program is written to be portable and
modifiable. It is written in FORTRAN 77 and has run on CDC and UNIVAC compu-
ters. Future expansions of the program are anticipated, particularly for the
simultaneous simulation of the equipment performance and building thermal
response.

Keywords: building energy analysis; load calculations; computer modeling;

building heat transfer.

iii
 PREFACE

This report is one of a series documenting NBS research and analysis efforts in
developing energy and cost data to support the Department of Energy/National
Bureau of Standards Measurements Program. It was prepared by the Thermal
Analysis Group, Building Physics Division, Center for Building Technology,
National Engineering Laboratory, National Bureau of Standards (NBS). This work
was jointly sponsored by NBS and the Department of Energy (DoE). The develop-
ment of multiroom air flow modeling was supported by DoE/NBS Task Order A008
under Interagency agreement No. EA-77-A-0 1-6010. This report describes a
computer program which was written as part of an effort to develop a comprehen-
sive modeling technique for predicting the simultaneous transfer of air, mois-
ture, and heat in and through multiroom buildings.

The author wishes to acknowledge the support and direction given by Dr. T.
Kusuda, Thermal Analysis Group Leader.

The computer program described in this report is intended for research purposes
only. It is furnished by the government and is accepted and used by any recipi-
ent with the expressed understanding that the United Stated Government makes no
warranty, expressed or implied, concerning the accuracy, completeness, reli-
ability, usability, or suitability for any particular purpose of the information
and data contained in this program or furnished in connection therewith, and
the United States shall be under no liability whatsoever to any person by reason
of any use made thereof.

iv
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

I. INTRODUCTION 1
A. BACKGROUND 1

B. OBJECTIVE 1

C. SCOPE 2

II. PROGRAM OVERVIEW 3

A. SIMULATION CAPABILITIES 3
B. PROGRAM STRUCTURE 3
C. EXAMPLE RUN 4

III. ALGORITHMS 13
A. INTRODUCTION 13
1. The Heat Balance Method 13
2. Table of Symbols 13
B. ENVIRONMENT 16
1. Time 16
2. Psychrometrics 18
3. Temperatures 21
4. Wind 22
5. Solar radiation 22
C. TRANSIENT HEAT CONDUCTION 26
1. Use of Conduction Transfer Functions 26
2. Calculation of Conduction Transfer Functions 27
D. WINDOW OPTICS 29
1. Optical Coefficients 29
2. Shading Coefficients 30
3. Uncoated Pane Optics 31
4. Reflective Coatings 33
5. Multi-Pane Windows 36
6. Diffuse Radiation 37
7 . Interior Shading Devices 38
E. SOLAR GAINS AND SHADOWING 46
1. Surface Geometry 46
2. Shadow Projection 47
3. Homogeneous Coordinates 48
4. Overlapping Shadows 49
5. Solar Gains 31
F. INTERNAL HEAT GAINS 58
1. Sources and Types of Gains 58
2. Distribution of Radiant Gains 59
G. NATURAL AIR MOVEMENTS 63
1 . Wind Forces * 63
2. Thermal Forces 63
3. Flow Equations 64
4. Solution of Flow Equations 65
H. ROOM RADIANT INTERCHANGE 68
1. Detailed Radiant Interchange 68
2. MRT Network Algorithm 68

v
 Page

I. SURFACE OUTSIDE HEAT BALANCES 71

1. Simple Surface Conductance 71
2. Detailed Surface Conductance 71
3. Basic Heat Balances 74
4. Heat Balance Cases 75
J. SURFACE INSIDE HEAT BALANCES 79
1. Simple Convection Coefficient 79
2. Detailed Natural Convection Coefficient 79
3. Basic Heat Balance 80
4. Internal Surfaces 80
5. Interzone Surfaces 81
K. ZONE AIR HEAT BALANCE 85
1. System Performance Model 85
2. Simple Infiltration Model 86
3. Zone Ventilation Model 86
4. Two Zone Mixing Model 86
5. Whole House Fan Model 87
L. HEAT BALANCES ITERATION 92

IV. INPUT 94
A. OVERVIEW 94
B. SYNTAX 94
1. BNF Description 95
2. English Description 95
3. Error Processing 97
C. INPUT DETAILS 98
1. Project Section 98
2. Library Section 102
3. Building Section 108
4. Zone Section Ill
D. INPUT SUMMARY 124
E. ZONE TEMPERATURE CONTROL 127
F. GEOMETRIC DATA 136
1. Surface Coordinate System 136
2. Window and Door Subsurfaces 137
3. Shadowing Subsurfaces 137
4. Zone Coordinate System 138
5. Building Coordinate System 138
6. Detached Shadowing Surfaces 139
G. TABLES 150
1. Shadowing Dates 150

V. OUTPUT 151
A. INPUT REPORTS 151
1. Default Reports 151
2. Run Control Modifications 156
3. Numbered Reports 160
4. Library Reports 170

vi
 Page

B. LOADS REPORTS 176

1. Default Reports 176
2. Numbered Reports 179

VI. COMPUTER PROGRAM 197

A. INPUT PROCESSOR 197
B. LOADS CALCULATOR 219
C. VARIABLES 235
D. FILES 277

vii
 LIST OF FIGURES

Page

Figure II. 1 Structure of the Thermal Analysis Research Program 7

Figure II. 2 House configuration for examplke problem 8

Figure II. 3 TARP input for example problem 9

Figure II. 4 Calculated loads for example problem 12

Figure III.D.l Variation of solar-optical properties with angle of

incidence 40

Figure III.D.2 Reflection and refraction at an interface 41

Figure III.D.3 Multiple reflections in a pane of glass 42

Figure III. 0.4 Two-pane window system 43

Figure III.D.5 Coordinate system for diffuse radiation 44

Figure III.D.6 Multiple shadow overlaps 45

Figure III.E.l Shadows on an L-shaped building 52

Figure III.E.2 Shadow polygon clipping 53

Figure III.E.3 Shadow casting surfaces 54

Figure III.E.4 Overlapping convex polygons 55

Figure III.E.5 Intercepts of line segments 56

Figure III.E.6 Multiple shadow overlaps 57

Figure III.F.l Sensible heat gains from people 61

Figure III.F.2 Baseboard heat control profile 62

Figure III.G.l Pressure relationships for vertically adjacent zones ... 67

Figure III.G.2 Pressure relationships for horizontally adjacent

zones • 67

Figure III.G.3 Pressure relationships for envelope surfaces 67

Figure III.I.l Thermal network for simple outside surface

coefficients 78

viii
 LIST OF FIGURES (cont.)

Page

Figure II I. I. 2 Thermal network for detailed outside surface

coefficient 78

Figure III. I. 3 Thermal network for outside movable Insulation 78

Figure III.J.l Inside surface thermal network 84

Figure III.J.2 Inside movable insulation thermal network 84

Figure III.K.l Zone temperature control profile 89

Figure III.K.2 Ventilation control profile: T a higher than TV 90

Figure III.K.3 Ventilation control profile: T a lower than TV 90

Figure III.K.4 Ventilation and heating control profiles 91

Figure III.K.3 Ventilation and cooling control profiles 91

Figure IV.E.l Simple control profile with deadband 131

Figure IV. E. 2 Normalized control profile 132

Figure IV. E. 3 Control profile for three-deck miultizone systems 133

Figure IV. E. 4 Control profile for multizone system 134

Figure IV. E. 5 Control profile for VAV system 135

Figure IV.F.l Rectangle 140

Figure IV. F. 2 Triangle 140

Figure IV.F.3 Quadrilateral 140

Figure IV. F. 4 Window/ door subsurface 140

Figure IV. F. 5 Overhang 141

Figure IV. F. 6 Left fin 141

Figure IV. F. 7 Right fin 141

Figure IV. F. 8 Projection 141

Figure IV. F. 9 Zone coordinate system: tilted surfaces 142

ix
 LIST OF FIGURES (cont.)

Page

Figure IV.F.10 Zone coordinate system: flat roof . 143

Figure IV.F.ll Zone coordinate system: floor 144

Figure IV.F.12 Zone coordinate system: four zones 145

Figure IV.F.13 Portion of building with similar zones 146

Figure IV.F.14 Zone 3 described by rotation and translation of zone

2 147

Figure IV.F.15 Zone 4 described by mirror imaging and translation of

zone 1 148

Figure IV.F.16 Zone 4 described by mirror imaging, rotation and

translation of zone 1 149

Figure V.l Sample default output 152

Figure V.2 Sample error messages 156

Figure V.3 Double spacing 157

Figure V.4 Cross references 158

Figure V.5 Two reports using metric units 159

Figure V.6 Dump of project control data 160

Figure V.7 Dump of library control data 161

Figure V.8 Dump of weather data 162

Figure V.9 Dump of CTF calculations for massive construct 163

Figure V.10 Dump of optical calculations 164

Figure V.ll Dump of shadowing surface data 165

Figure V.12 Dump of zone data 167

Figure V.13 Dump of cross reference values 169

Figure V.14 Day-schedule reports 170

Figure V.15 Week-schedule reports 171

x
 LIST OF FIGURES (cont.)

Page

Figure V.16 Materials report 171

Figure V.17 Constructs report 172

Figure V.18 Construct report for a window 173

Figure V.19 Control profiles reports 174

Figure V.20 Control day-schedule reports 173

Figure V.21 Control week-schedule reports 175

Figure V.22 Default loads calculation output 177

Figure V.23 Dump of SINPFL 181

Figure V.24 Zone description report 186

Figure V.25 Results of shadowing calculations 187

Figure V.26 Shadowing combinations report 188

Figure V.27 Dump of shadowing calculations 190

Figure V.28 Hourly Dump of zone loads 193

Figure V.29 Dump of zone loads calculations 195

Figure VI. A. 1 Tree structure of input processor program 214

Figure VI.B.l Tree structure of the loads calculator program 232

xi
 ,

I. INTRODUCTION

I. A BACKGROUND

The effort to encourage the design, construction, and retrofit of energy

conserving buildings will be strengthened by the development of comprehensive
methods for evaluating the thermal effectiveness of those buildings. Since
the development of research programs such as NBSLD [ 1
]
there has been a pro-
liferation of public and private energy analysis computer programs. Computer
assisted analysis is increasingly used in building design. Public domain
research programs have served as sources of validated algorithms and of simu-
lated performance for the testing of the design programs. The majority of
current building thermal simulation computer programs are based upon single
room methods. It was assumed that the conditions in one room were not signif-
icantly affected by conditions in another. This was a good assumption because
the low cost of energy made it common practice to keep near constant tempera-
tures in all rooms. Similarly, occupant comfort was not a significant consi-
deration in the early programs because sufficient energy would always be avail-
able to achieve comfort. Detailed analysis of moisture migration was unnecesary
because moisture could always be mechanically removed to maintain comfort or
prevent condensation. The increasing cost of energy has led to the use of
natural heating and cooling techniques which have gone beyond those assumptions.
Significant variations in room temperatures can be expected as unoccupied
rooms are left unheated and uncooled or as "sun spaces" are built on homes to
help heat them by natural convection. Increased temperature ranges are allowed
in work areas with occupants expected to adjust amounts of clothing to maintain
comfort. Natural ventilation cooling might lead to significant moisture prob-
lems. Many other phenomena are poorly understood or inadequately modeled in
existing programs. Simulation of the complex interactions among the many
phenomena in real buildings is especially important.

An improved research-oriented program is needed to allow the detailed study

of simultaneous air, heat, and moisture transfer in and through a building with
complex internal architecture. Such a research program must be easily expand-
able to test the simulation of new features. This requirement implies that
the program should have a simple structure and be well-documented. The program
should also be able to handle simple or very complex problems efficiently, and
it should be portable so that many researchers can use it.

I.B OBJECTIVES

The objective of this effort is to develop a state-of-the-art research-

oriented computer program for the thermal analysis of buildings together with
the documentation necessary for its use.

This computer program is called the Thermal Analysis Research Program

(TARP). The name was chosen to emphasize that this is to be more than an
energy/loads predictor. It aims is to study the interactions of many factors
of the thermal performance of buildings. Also, features which would have
enhanced the usability of the program for building designers and engineers
have given way to research features. In its present version it is capable of

1
computing room loads and temperatures by simultaneously considering conduction
and air movements between all rooms in a building. This program provides the
framework for the integration of many more advanced simulation features.

I.C SCOPE

This report is the documentation of the algorithms, user-interface, and

computer code of TARP in its present form. It provides a detailed description
of the structure and mathematical methods of the program. It is not intended
to be a tutorial for persons who are totally unfamiliar with energy analysis
programs and methods.

Chapter II is an introduction to the capabilities, structure, and use of

the program.

Chapter III reviews the algorithms that the program uses to compute the
building energy and air flows.

Chapter IV explains how buildings are described by the input language.

Chapter V describes the various output reports available to the user.

Chapter VI gives the information necessary to understand (and hence modify)

the computer code.

This report uses an outline organization to serve two purposes. It will

allow easier updating of the documentation as the program evolves. It also
allows a simple way to handle the many cross-references within the report. Any
of the chapters may refer to details of the input or algorithms. The form of
an input reference is: (3.2.5). It may consist of 1, 2, or 3 numbers separated
by periods. It refers to the detailed input description in chapter IV, sec-
C"
tion C. The full reference may be considered (IV. C. 3. 2. 5) with the "IV.
implied. The form of an algorithm reference is: (B.2.4). It consists of a
letter and optional numbers and refers to information in chapter III. The full
reference may be considered (III. B.2.4).

References are indicated by brackets and are listed at the end of each
section.

REFERENCES

[1] Kusuda, T., "NBSLD, the Computer Porgram for Heating and Cooling Loads in
Buildings," NBS Building Science Series 69, (July 1976).

2
 II PROGRAM OVERVIEW

II. A SIMULATION CAPABILITIES

The Thermal Analysis Research Program uses detailed heat balance

techniques to compute room loads. It may be used to evaluate single "design"
days or it may use up to one year of measured weather data. A large number of
occupant usage features may be scheduled with hourly, daily, and seasonal
variations. The effects of temperature drifts in response to various control
strategies can be accurately evaluated. Input and output may be in English or
metric units. Other capabilities can be grouped by the three modes of heat
transfer.

Conduction: Transient conduction effects are modeled by "conduction

transfer functions" which are extensions of response factors. They model the
heat storage effects of walls, furnishings, and partitions between rooms.
Movable insulation is closely approximated by a massless insulation model with
appropriate controls which may be applied over windows or walls.

Radiation: The transmittance and absorptance of windows is computed from

the optical properties of the window panes. There may be up to four panes
which may be heat absorbing or have reflective films. Shading coefficients may
be used for windows which cannot be described in terras of their components.
The shadowing and distribution of sunlight on surfaces may be calculated in
several levels of detail up to the amount of light transmitted through windows
onto each surface of the room. The effects of emissivity are modeled for both
interior and exterior surfaces. There is a simple model to account for the
energy savings of daylighting.

Convection: The program uses variable interior and exterior convection

coefficients as functions of temperature difference and system induced flow
velocity when appropriate. It can compute infiltration and the natural flow
of air between rooms caused by wind and thermal forces. There is an alterna-
tive simple model for infiltration with options of ventilation cooling, a whole
house fan, and controlled air mixing betwen two rooms.

TARP is an evolutionary development of the BLAST [1,2] computer program.

BLAST is a user, rather than research, oriented program with equipment simula-
tion capabilities not included in TARP. TARP provides more detailed models for
air movement and multiroora analysis. It is also more portable and easier to
modify.

II .B PROGRAM STRUCTURE

The program is written almost entirely in FORTRAN 77. This is a standard

language which has been or is being implemented on most large and medium size
computers. The handling of character data and direct access files help to make
this language machine independent. The TARP should be portable except for some
conversions from single to double precision and replacing the use of BLAST
weather tapes. The PARAMETER feature of FORTRAN 77 is used extensively in
modifiable array dimensions so the TARP can handle different size problems.

3
 The TARP is divided into two subprograms: the input processor (IP) and
the loads calculator (LC). This structure is illustrated in figure II. 1. The
IP checks the user input, prepares input files for the LC, and reports the
array sizes that the LC will require. The LC performs the building loads
simulation and reports the results. This separation of subprograms allows a
reduction in computer core requirements. The IP uses minimal array sizes
because it processes the input one element (surface, schedule, material, etc.)
at a time. The LC uses large arrays which consider these elements simultan-
eously. The IP and LC may be run as separate jobs when It is necessary to
recompile the LC for correct array sizes, or they may be run as a single job
if the LC is known to have sufficiently large arrays.

The input processor is divided into four major sections. These

correspond to the input language sections (III.C) which they process. This
sectioning allows further reductions in core requirements by the use of over-
lays (or segments). A small input processor is important to allow the fast job
turn-around necessary to quickly debug the user input deck. Each section con-
tains several subroutines which process the input language "keys” plus others
for special elements of certain keys. The largest of these special routines
are the two groups of subroutines which evaluate the conduction transfer func-
tions and the window optics.

The loads calculator is divided into three sections. The first reads the
input file created by the IP and fills the LC arrays. It checks for sufficient
array space and performs some checks which require that all data for the pro-
blem description be present in the arrays. The second section uses the geo-
metric and optical descriptions of the building surfces to compute solar gain
factors for various periods of the year. The third section does the actual
heat balances necessary to compute the multi-room loads. It does this on an
hour-by-hour basis.

II.C EXAMPLE RUN

The following example calculation is designed to show how a building can

be simulated with TARP. The building configuration was chosen to emphasize
interzone effects. It is a "passive solar" design as shown in figure 2. The
building is a townhouse configuration with 8 inch thick masonry walls separating
it from identical units to the east and west. The gross floor area is 1584
ft^. The exterior walls and roof are wood frame construction with insulation R
values of 19 and 30 respectively. The house is divided into three major zones:
a north zone for bedrooms, a center zone for the main living area, and a south
zone for the kitchen/utility area. Each zone has a different internal gain
profile consistant with its function. At the top of the center zone is a south-
facing 120 ft^ double pane clerestory which is intended to allow sun to shine
directly onto the 8 inch thick masonry wall which separates the north and center
zones. The south exterior walls includes 80 ft^ (23 percent of wall area) of
double pane window where the sun is intended to shine directly on the uncarpeted
slab floor. The north and center zones have carpet on the slab. The partition
between the south and center zones is a nonmassive wood frame and drywall
construction.

4
 The TARP input for the example is shown in figure 3. The input begins by
describing project data in the first nine lines between "PROJECT [" and A
project description is given; the location is described; ground temperatures
are given. Then there is a description of the weather between "DDY(" and ")"
on the following line. This sets up a mild, late winter condition when the
solar and internal gains nearly offset the infiltration and conduction losses.
The low temperature (LOW) for the day is 30F and the high (HIGH) is 50F. A
clear sky (CLR) for 21 February (DATE) is assumed. A 15 mph (WS=1320 ft/min)
wind blows from the northwest (DIR^IS).

The next section is called the "LIBRARY". It is used to define certain

features which are referred to by the name in later sections of the input. The
first few entries in the library section begin with "DS" which stands for day-
schedule. A day-schedule is a list of 24 values, one for each hour of the day.
The third day-schedule is given the name "ON" to indicate that it is being used
to describe the occupancy schedule in the north zone. This day-schedule is
used in the week-schedule (WS) which has the name "OCCN". A week-schedule is a
collection of day-schedules, one for each day of the week plus holidays and
other special days. The command WD=ON will assign day-schedule ON to all week
days. The same day-schedule will also apply for other day types by default
since no other day types are specified. Building materials (MATL) are described
in a similar manner. The first material is a gypsum wallboard given the name
"GYP", and having a conductivity (K) of .42 Btu/h»ft»F, a density (D) of 45
lbm/ft^, and a specific heat (CP) of 0.3 Btu/lbf. The wallboard is used in the
first wall construction (CONS) named "WL-I". This lists the thickness and name
of each material layer in the wall listed from outside to inside. There is
0.0521 ft (.625 in) of GYP as the inside surface. The final entries in the
library ("CPFL", "CDS", and "CWS") describe the control of the zone
temperatures.

The "BUILDING" section gives commands controlling the heat balance

simulation and descriptions of the roof overhangs.

There are three "ZONE" sections to describe the three zones of the example
building. Each zone is identified by a user supplied name, e.g., "NORTH".
Activities related to the entire zone are the temperature control (CTRL) and
people (PEO), lights (LIT), and equipment (EQP) loads. There are three people
maximum (CAP=3) in the zone. The hourly number of people is determined by that
maximum and the previously defined week-schedule (WS=OCCN). The other activi-
ties have similar capacities and schedules. The rest of the zone description
defines the surfaces, both envelope and internal, of the zone. The mass (MASS)
of furnishings is handled by a single surface of appropriate density and area.
"SRF" then describes most of the north wall of the zone as an exterior (EX)
opaque (OP), base surface (BS). It is made of the previously defined WL-I
construction. The wall faces north (AZM=0) and is 41 ft long by 8 ft high
(SIZE). It is located relative to the other surfaces of the building by the
origin (ORG) command. The next line of input specifies a window on the wall.
The window is an exterior (EX), transparent (TR) subsurface (SS) made of the
,

WDW2 construction. Its size is made to represent all windows on the north
wall. Openings in the wall for identification are combined into a single area
under the "AFS" command. The next surface command describes the remainder of

5
the north wall: the portion at the studs which Is construction WL-S. Four
lines later there is a description of the massive partition described as an
interior (IN), opaque (OP), base surface (BS). It is thermally connected to
the center zone by the command "ZONE-CENTER".

Figure 4 shows the computed loads for the sample run. The report is headed
by the project, location, and environment descriptions. Then the following
values are presented for each zone: Total heating and cooling requirements,
peak heat and cooling loads, maximum zone air temperatures, hours at peak
heating capacity (HX), other heating hours (HT), ventilating hours (V), cooling
(below peak capacity) hours (CL), and hours at peak cooling capacity (CX).
Building-wide values are summarized by the line labeled "TOTAL:". These values
include the total heating and cooling requirements for all zones, the peak
coincident heating and cooling loads , and maximum and minimum of all zone
temperatures. The hour and day are reported for the occurance of the peak
loads and temperatures.

This example was not intended to provide complete instruction. The user
should read the remainder of the program documentation before attempting to run
TARP.

REFERENCES

[1] Hittle, D. C., "The Building Loads Analysis and System Thermodynamics
(BLAST) Program, Version 2.0: User Manual", CERL Technical Report E-153,
(Construction Engineering Research Laboratory, 1979).

[2] Herron, D. Walton, G., Lawrie, L., "Building Loads Analysis and System
,

Thermodynamics (BLAST) Program Users Manual — Volume One Supplement

(Version 3.0), CERL Technical Report E-171, (Construction Engineering
Research Laboratory, 1981).

6
Figure II. 1 Structure of the Thermal Analysis Research Program
Figure II. 2 House configuration for example problem

8
 1 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/07, 05.38.40. .713

1 PROJECT C
2 RC(DEM/UIN=ENGLISH/UOUT=ENGLISH/
3 DESC= THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES* DIRECT SUN')
'

4 RPT ( RNOS = 9)
5 LOC<DESC=' COLUMBIA* MO. '/LATD=38.?/L0NG«92.3/TZ*6>
6 GRND(GRT=40*42*48*55*62*67*70*69*63*55*48»42)
7 DDY DESC= MILD WINTER ' /HI GH=50/L0W=30/UB=40/DATE-21FEB/
< '

8 CLR=1./M0N/US=1320/DIR=315)
9 3
10 L I BR AR Y C
11 DS(NAME=NONE/DESC='ZERO ALL HOURS ' /FFC=24*0
12 DS<NAME=FULL/DESC='ONE ALL H0URS'/FFC=24*1
13 DS<NAME=ON/DESC=' NORTH OCCUPANCY'/
14 FFC=6*1, .5* .16*8*0*4*. 16 *2*. 33* .67*1)
15 DS(NAME=OC/DESC*' CENTER OCCUPANCY'/
16 FFC=16*0*3*. 17* .67* . 5 * . 67 * 17 0
. »

17 DS(NAME=OS/DESC=' SOUTH OCCUPANCY'/

18 FFC = 6*0* .5* .5*8*0,2*.33* 67 * 2* . 16 3*0
. *

19 US <NAME=OCCN/DESC=' NORTH OCCUPANCY /WD=ON '

20 WS(NAME=OCCC/DESC=' CENTER OCCUPANCY /WD=OC '

21 WS(NAME=OCCS/DESC=' SOUTH OCCUPANCY /UD=OS '

22 DS(NAME=LN/DESC=' NORTH LIGHTING'/

23 FFC=6*0* .7* .7*8*0*2*.33,4*.7, .4*0)
24 DS<NAME=LC/DESC=' CENTER LIGHTING'/
25 FFC=16*0* .5,5*. 7* .3*0)
26 DS(NAME=LS/DESC=' SOUTH LIGHTING'/
27 FFC=6*0, .7* .7* 8*0,5*. 7*3*0)
28 WS(NAME=LITN/DESC=' NORTH LIGHT ING'/UD=LN)
29 WS(NAME=L I TC/DESC=' CENTER LIGHTING /WD=LC '

30 US <NAME=LITS/DESC=' SOUTH LIGHTING'/UD=LS)

31 DS(NAME=EN/DESC=' NORTH EQUIPMENT'/
32 FFC=20*0, 3*1,0)
33 DS<NAME=EC/DESC=' CENTER EQUIPMENT'/
34 FFC= 16*0 *4*1 ,4*0)
35 DS(NAME=ES/DESC=' SOUTH EQUIPMENT'/
36 FFC=6*.3,2*1 *8*. 3 *2*1 *3*. 7, 3*. 3)
37 WS<NAME = EQF'N/DESC=' NORTH EQUIPMENT /UD=EN '

38 US (NAME=EQPC/DESC=' CENTER EQUIPMENT /UD=EC '

39 US <NAME=EQPS/DESC=' SOUTH EQUIPMENT '/WD=ES)

40 US <NAME=CONST/DESC=' CONSTANT 1 00% / ALL=FULL '

41 MATL(NAME=GYP/DESC=' GYPSUM UALLBOARD /K= . 42/D=45 /CP= 3 ' . .

42 MATL <NAME=UD-S/DESC=' SOFTWOOD '/K=.0675/D=32./CP=. 33)

43 MATL(NAME=SHTH/DESC=' INTERMEDIATE DENSITY BUILDING BOARD SHEATHING'/
44 K=.034/D=22./CP=.31
45 MATL (NAME=C-HU/DESC=' HEAVY CONCRETE' /K=1.0/CP“.2/D-140.
46 MATL <NAME=B1/DESC=' AIRSPACE RESISTANCE ' /R= 9 1/AIR .

47 MATL(NAME=R5/DESC='R5 POLYSTYRENE /R=5 ' .

48 MATL(NAME=R19/DESC='R19 INSULATI0N'/R=19.
49 MATL < NAME = R30/DESC= R30 INSULATION /R=30 .
' '

50 MATL <NAME=SPDS/DESC=' STANDARD GLASS /GLASS/R= 0236/TRNS= . 86

' .

51 MATL (NAME=ASH/DESC=' ASPHALT SHINGLES ' /K=18 . 16/D=70/CP^ . 3

52 MATL<NAME=DIRT/K=.1/D=65./A=.70)

Figure II. 3 TARP input for example problem

9
 ) )
> ) > ) )> ) )
>

PAGE 2 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/07. 05. 38. 41. 1.050

53 MATL(NAME=AL/DESC®' ALUMINUM SIDING ' /K- 1 28/D® 171 . /CP® . 2

54 MATL(NAME®CPT/DESC*' CARPET t PADVR-2.08)
55 CONS<NAME*WL-I/DESC=' EXTERIOR WALL - INSULATION AREA'/
56 MATL® 005 2 AL . .0417.SHTH. 0.R19. .0521.GYP)
, »

57 CONS (NAME=WL-S/DESC=' EXTERIOR WALL- STUD AREA'/

58 MATL= 0052 . AL . .0417. SHTH. 0.R19. .0521.GYP)
•

59 CONS (NAME®PTN-A/DESC=' PARTITION - AIR SPACE AREA'/

60 MATL=.0521 .GYP. 0.B1. .0521. GYP)
61 CQNS(NAME=PTN-S/DESC=' PARTITION - STUD AREA'/
62 MATL=. 0521. GYP* .292.WD-S. .0521. GYP)
63 C0NS(NAME=WDW2/DESC='2 PANE WINDOW'/
64 MATL = 0 * SPDS . 0.B1. O.SPDS)
65 CONS <NAME=FRAME/DESC=' WINDOW FRAME ' /MATL=0 . 1354 WD-S »

66 CONS(NAME=RF-T/DESC®' CEILING/ROOF - TRUSS AREA'/

67 MATL=. 0104. ASH. ,0417. WD-S. .625. WD-S. .0417. GYP)
68 CONS <NAME=RF- I /DESC*' CEILING/ROOF - INSULATION AREA'/
69 MATL®. 0104. ASH. ,0417. WD-S. 0.R30. .0417. GYP)
70 CONS (NAME=PTN-M/DESC=' MASSIVE PARTIT ION ' /MATL® 667 . C-HW
.

71 CONS <NAME=SLAB-C/DESC=' SLAB WITH CARPET'/

72 MATL®. 5. DIRT. 0.R5. .333.C-HU. O.CPT)
73 CONS CNAME=SLAB-T/DESC=' SLAB WITH TILE'/
74 MATL®. 5. DIRT. 0.R5. ,333. C-HW)
75 CPFL(NAME®P1 /DESC® 'HEATING SETBACK /CAP® 1 . 0/TMP=60 . 62
'

76 CPFL(NAME=P2/DESC=' STANDARD HEATING ' /CAP=1 . 0/TMP=68 . 70

77 CDS (NAME = HN/DESC=' NORTH HEATING /CPFL=6*P1 . 2*P2 . 8#P1 . 6*P2 . 2*P 1
'

78 CDS (NAME=HC/DESC=' CENTER HEATI NG ' /CPFL® 16*P1 . 6*P2 . 2#P1

79 CDS <NAME=HS/DESC=' SOUTH HEATING /CPFL=6*P1 . 2*P2 8*P1 5*P2 . 3*P1
' . .

SO CWS(NAME=HEATN/DESC=' NORTH HEATING ' /WD=HN

81- CUS(NAME=HEATC/DESC=' CENTER HEAT ING /WD®HC '

82 CWS<NAME=HEATS/DESC=' SOUTH HEATING /WD®HS '

83 1
84 BUILDING C
85 SIM(SLDS=3/HTB=0/FL0W/CNVG=.l. .01. .34.12)
86 BSS(AZM=180./TILT=153.4/0RG=0. 12. 16/SIZE=44.2)
87 DSS< AZM=180./TILT=206.6/0RG=0.0.8/SIZE®44.2)
88 DSS< AZM=0./TILT=116.6/0RG=0.36.8/SIZE=44.2)
89 1
90 ZONE C
91 GEOM(NAME=NORTH>
92 CTRL(CWS=HEATN/HEAT=12)
93 PE0<WS=0CCN/CAP=3>
94 LIT <WS = LITN/CAP = 1 ,4)
95 EQP WS=EBPN/CAP=1 . 0
<

96 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
97 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-I/AZM=0/0RG=44.36.0/SIZE=41.8)
98 SRF(EX/TR/SS/C0NS=WDW2/0RG=12.5.-,25/SIZE=20.2)
99 ‘
AFS(AREA=0. 2/EXP®. 65)
100 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-S/AZM®0/0RG=3.36.0/SIZE=3.8)
101 SRF(EX/CP/BS/CONS=RF-T/AZM=0/0RG=44.36.8/SIZE=41.8,95/TILT=26.6)
102 AFS(AREA=0. 1/EXP®. 65)
103 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=0/0R6=3.36»8/SIZE=3.8.95/TILT=26.6)
104 SRF( IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=180/0RG=0.24.0/SIZE=44. 12/Z0NE=CENTER)

Figure II. 3 (continued)

10
PAGE 3 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/07. 05.38.42. 1.467

105 AFS(AREA=0.5/EXP=.50)
106 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=270/0RG=0,36,0/VRTS=12,0, 12,12, 0.8)
107 SRF < IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=90/0RG=44 . 24 » 0/VRT8=l2 , 0 . 12.8. 0.12)
108 SRF(EX/0P/BS/CQNS=SLAB-C/AZM=180/0RG=0,36»0/SIZE*44»12/TILT=180)
109 OSC TGP=1
(

110 3
111 ZONE C
112 GEOM(NAME=CENTER)
113 CTRL(CWS=HEATC/HEAT=12)
114 PE0(WS=0CCC/CAP=3)
115 LIT(WS=LITC/CAP=1.4)
116 EQPCWS=E0PC/CAP=1.0)
117 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
118 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=FRAME/AZM=180/0RG=0»12»12/SIZE=44,3)
119 SRF<EX/TR/SS/C0NS=WDU2/ORG=2,0»-.25/SIZE=4O,3)
120 AFS(AREA=0.25/EXP=.65)
121 SRF<EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-T/AZM=0/0RG=44»24,12/SIZE=41»8. 95/TILT=26 . 6
122 AFS(AREA=0. 1/EXP=.65)
123 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=0/0RG=3»24»12/SIZE=3»8.95/TILT=26.6)
124 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-A/AZM=180/0RG=3,12,0/SIZE=41,12/Z0NE=S0UTH>
125 AFS(AREA=0.5/EXP=,50)
126 SRF IN/OP /BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=180/0RG=0 .12 »0/SIZE=3.1 2/Z0NE=S0UTH
(

127 SRF<IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=0/0RG=44»24»0/SIZE=44,12/Z0NE=N0RTH>
128 AFS(AREA=0.5/EXP=.50)
129 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=270/0RG=0,24.0/VRTS=12.0. 12.16, 0,12)
130 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM-90/0RG=44»12»0/VRTS=12»0» 12,12, 0,16)
131 SRF(EX/OP/BS/CONS=SLAB-C/AZM=18O/0RG=O»24»O/SIZE=44»12/TILT=18O)
132 OSC TGP= 1
<

133 3
134 ZONE C

135 GEQM(NAME=SOUTH)
136 CTRL(CUS=HEATS/HEAT=12)
137 PE0(WS=0CCS/CAP=3)
138 LIT (WS=LITS/CAP=1 .4)
139 EQP(WS=EQPS/CAP=9.4/L0ST=,4)
140 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
141 SRF EX/OP/BS/CONS=WL-I/AZM= 180/0RG=0 ,0»0/SIZE=41»8)
(

142 SRF EX/TR/SS/C0NS = UDW2/0RG=12 » 3 . - . 25/SIZE=20 4

( »

143 AFS(AREA=0,2/EXP=.65)
144 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-S/AZM=180/0RG=41,0»0/SIZE=3,8)
145 SRF (EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-T/AZM=180/0RG=0,0»8/SIZE=4 1,8. 95/TILT =26, 6)
146 AFS(AREA=0.1/EXP=.65)
147 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=180/0RG=41 0 , 8/SIZE=3 » 8 95/TILT=26 6
, . .

148 SRF( IN/0P/BS/C0NS = PTN-A/AZM = 0/0RG = 44,12,0/SIZE = 41,12/Z0NE = CENTER)

149 AFS(AREA=0»5/EXP=.50)
150 SRF< IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=0/0RG=3,12»0/SIZE=3,12/Z0NE=CENTER)
151 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=270/0RG=0,12»0/VRTS=12»0» 12,8, 0,12)
152 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=90/0RG=44,0,0/VRTS=12,0, 12,12, 0,8)
153 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=SLAB-T/AZM=180/0RG=0, 12 , 0/SIZE=44 , 12/TILT= 180
154 OSC ( TGP=1
155 3

Figure II. 3 (concluded)

11
PAGE 6 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/07. 05.39.04. 5.977

BUILDING LOADS FOR

THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES* DIRECT SUN

COLUMBIA* MO.

MILD WINTER

TOTAL TOTAL PEAK PEAK MAX MIN

ZONE HEATING COOLING HEATING COOLING TEMP TEMP HX HT V CL CX
<KBTU <KBTU KBTUH
( (KBTUH) (F) (F)

NORTH 51.02 0.00 10.166 0.000 69.28 61.90 0 10 0 0 0

CENTER 1.13 0.00 1.126 0.000 73.10 64.10 0 2 0 0 0
SOUTH .31 0.00 .308 0.000 77.86 67.96 0 1 0 0 0

total: 5 . 245E + 01 0. 10.473 0.000 77.86 61.90

MAX HEATING OCCURS AT HOUR 7 ON 21FEB

MAX TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 18 ON 21FEB
MIN TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 6 ON 21FEB

Figure II. 4 Calculated loads for example problem

12
 Ill ALGORITHMS

I I I. A INTRODUCTION

III. A. 1 THE HEAT BALANCE METHOD

TARP is a large collection of algorithms which perform a simultaneous

evaluation of multi-room temperatures and energy requirements as affected by
dynamic external and internal thermal conditions. The overall simulation
process is best explained in terms of a single room. The calculation of the
room air temperature is based on a heat balance on the room air. The convec-
tive gains from the room surfaces and internal sources plus the sensible gain
from incoming air plus the energy added by the air handling system must equal
zero.

CE + E HC i *S i *(T i - TZ) + E Fj*Cp*(TSj - TZ) + L - 0 (A. 1.1)

where
CE = energy convected from internal sources
Si = area of surface i
HC^ = convection coefficient of surface i
T^ = temperature of surface i
TZ = room air temperature
Fj = mass flow of air through opening j
Cp = specific heat of air
TSj = temperature of the air through opening j
L = energy from the air handling system

The summations apply to all surfaces/openings which are part of the room.
The values of the surface temperatures, T^, are obtained by evaluating a
heat balance at every surface of the room using an assumed room temperature.
A better estimate of the room temperature is then obtained by solving
equation A. 1.1 for TZ. Repeating this process leads to successively better
approximations of the surface and air temperatures. The process is rapidly
convergent. Multiple rooms can be handled within the iterative scheme given
an appropriate data structure and proper heat balances on the surfaces between
rooms. Multiple rooms are thermally connected by conductive, convective, and
radiative heat transfer. The following sections describe the algorithms for
the various heat transfer mechanisms and thermal driving functions which
culminate in multi-room heat balances.

I I I. A. 2 TABLE OF SYMBOLS

The following symbols are used frequently in the algorithm

descriptions. Symbols which are local to an algorithm are defined as they
occur.

13
Subscripts
Subscripts may be omitted if context is clear.

Symbol Meaning
a ambient air
g ground surface
i surface i
j surface j (usually meaning opposite side of surface i)
k order of conduction transfer functions (CTF)
m number of CTF
m zone m (usually meaning adjacent to zone n)
n zone n
t time
s sky
sg surface to ground
ss surface to sky

Summation limits •
•

NC number of temperature CTF

NF number of flux CTF (NF i NC)
NS number of surfaces
NZ number of zones

Parameters:
Symbol Units Meaning
<*i absorptance of surface i for short wave radiation
ei emittance of surface i for long wave radiation
g m/s 2 gravitational constant (9.80)
Pi reflectance of surface i
0 W/m 2 K4 Stefan-Boltzman constant (5.6688E-8)
Ti transmittance of surface i
0i angle of incidence of sun’s rays on surface i
<t>i
surface tilt angle
o
surface azimuth angle
Ai area of opening i
Wh/kgK specific heat (often refers to air - 1004.)
cl„ W convective gain from all internal sources in zone n
«1 W/m^ convective flux from zone air to (inside of) surface i
CO,
1
W/m* convective flux from environment to surface i
D kg/m3 density
F kg/s mass flow rate
F ij o radiation interchange factor from surface i to surface
HA, W/m;K surface i outside convection film coefficient
HC i W/m 2 K surface i inside convection film coefficient
HG^ W/m2 K surface i radiative conductance
r\
(outside surface to ground radiant temperature)
H0 i W/m z K overall outside surface conductance
HR^ W/m2 K surface i radiative conductance
(inside surface to zone mean radiant temperature)
HSi W/m 2 K surface i radiative conductance
(outside surface to sky radiant temperature)

14
Ib W/m 2 intensity of solar beam (direct) radiation
x
d
W/m2 intensity of solar diffuse radiation
*S
W/m2 intensity of sky diffuse radiation (sky brightness)
W/nr intensity of ground reflected radiation
g
J i,k flux referring CTF
KI i,t W/m 2 inward conductive flux at inside of surface i at time t
KIP i,t W/m2 portion of inward conductive flux based on previous
temperature and flux history terms
KO i,t W/m 2 outward conductive flux at outside of surface i at time 1

K0P i,t W/m 2 portion of outward conductive flux based on previous

temperature and flux history terms
M W/K capacitance rate (mass flow times specific heat)
P N/m2 pressure
PB N/m 2 barometric pressure
PS i N/m 2 pressure difference across surface i due to stack effect
PW± N/m 2 pressure difference across surface i due to wind
Qli W/mz total radiant flux absorbed at inside of surface i
QL n W total long wave radiation created in zone n
QLIi W/m 2 long wave radiant flux absorbed at inside of surface i
QO. W/m 2 total radiant flux absorbed at outside of surface i
QS n W total diffuse short wave radiation entering
and created in zone n
QSI
±
w/m;? short wave radiant flux absorbed at inside of surface i
QSOj W/m2 short wave radiant flux absorbed at outside of surface i
s
i
m2 area of surface i
T C temperature
T K absolute temperature (= T + 273. 15K)
Ta C temperature of outside (ambient) air
T
g
C ground surface (radiant) temperature
TIi.t C temperature of inside of surface i at time t
TM C temperature of movable Insulation
(zone side or outside depending on placement)
T0 i>t C temperature of outside of surface i at time t
TRn C mean radiant temperature of zone n
Ts C sky radiant temperature
TZn C temperature of zone air
U W/m 2 K conductance (U-value) of a construct
UM, W/m2 K conductance of movable insulation on surface i
va m/ s wind speed (measured value)
^az m/ s wind speed at height z
^az’P m/ s wind speed relative to surface at height z
and orientation
X m X-coordinate of a point
Xi o flow exponent
Xi m W/mz K outside (eXterior) CTF
*
Y m A Y-coordinate of a point
Y W/m z K cross CTF
i,m
m Z-coordinate of a point
Z m height (of surface i or zone n)
Z
i,m
W/m2 K inside (Zone) CTF

15
III.B ENVIRONMENT

III.B . 1 TIME

III.B. 1.1 TIME OF DAY

Currently, TARP uses a one hour time step. The time from midnight to
1:00 AM is hour number 1; from 1:00 to 2:00 AM is hour 2; and from
11:00 PM to midnight is hour 24. The hour number (t 8 ) is used as an index in
the program to select array elements. Most driving functions, such as solar
radiation, wind, and scheduled activities, use their average values for the
hour. Temperatures are for the mid-point of the hour. The one hour time
step was chosen because it is the shortest for which weather data is commonly
available, and it is possibly the longest for significant detail in the thermal
analysis. The time step can be changed by slight modification of the program,
primarily in the handling of day (24 hour) schedules.

During some portions of the year, daylight savings time (DST) is in

effect. DST hour numbers (t<j) are given by: t^ = t 8 + 1. TARP responds to
DST by operating scheduled activities according to td hour numbers and the
environmentally controlled activities and parameters according to t 8 hours.

III.B. 1.2 DATES

The TARP includes a package of routines to compute dates in various

forms for different calculational needs. All use integer arithmetic
(remainders of divisions are truncated). The starting values are the year
(YR),
month (MO) and day-of-month (DM). For example the date December 31,
1980 has YR = 1980 (all 4 digits required), MO *= 12, and DM a 31. The leap
year indicator (LY) is determined by the YR. LY » 1 if YR is a leap year,
0 if it is not. A year is not a leap year if it is not evenly divisible by
4, or if it is evenly divisible by 100 but not 400. Otherwise, it is a leap
year. Note that LY(1900) = 0 and LY(2000) = 1. The number of days in each
month (LM) is given by

LM(M0=1) = 31
LM(2) = 28 + LY
LM(3) = 31
LM(4) = 30
etc.

The day-of-year number (DY) is a continuous count of days beginning at 1

January. It can be computed by

MO-1
DY = DM + E LM(m) (B.1.1)
m=0

For M0=1, the sum is zero.

16
 The Julian date (JD) is the most powerful date representation. It is
a continuous count of days from 1 January 4713 B.C. Any number of days
added to or subtracted from a JD is a valid JD. The following algorithms
[1] convert between conventional and Julian dates:

L » (MO - 14) / 12
JD - DM - 32075 + 1461 * (YEAR + 4800 + L) / 4
+ 367 * (MO - 2 - 12*L) / 12
- 3 * ((YEAR + 4900 + L) / 100) / 4 (B.1.2)

J JD + 68569
83

N - 4 * J / 146097
K = J - (146097*N + 3) / 4
YEAR' = 4000 * (K + 1) / 1461001
L - K - 1461 * YEAR’ / 4 + 31
MO’ - 80 * L / 2447
DM = L - 2447 * MO’ / 80
M - MO’ / 11
MO - MO' + 2 - 12 * M
YEAR = 100 * (N - 49) + YEAR 1
+ M (B.1.3)

The cyclic date (CD) is used in TARP to represent time periods which
begin and end certain functions. They are given by

CD - 32 * MO + DM • (B.1.4)

The inverse relationships are equally simple.

MO - CD / 32 (B.1.5a)
DM = MOD (CD, 32) (B.1.5b)
where
M0D(A,B) * the remainder of A/B
= A - (A/B)*B (MOD is a FORTRAN intrinsic function)

It is easy to use cyclic dates to determine if CD lies within a period from

CD1 through CD2 , inclusive.

If(CD2 > CD1), then (CD > CD1 and CD < CD2) for CD to be in the period.
If(CDl > CD2), then (CD > CD1 or CD < CD2) for CD to be in the period.
(B.1.6)

A number such as 94 can be a valid cyclic date even though it represents an

impossible conventional date - 30 February. This date can be used to end
activities on the last day of February without considering leap year. The
logic of B.1.6 still works because 1 March has cyclic date 97.

Day-of-week numbers (DW) are assigned according to: Sunday = 1, Monday

=2, ..., Saturday =7. DW is given from JD by:

DW = M0D( JD+1 , 7) + 1 (B.1.7)

17
 Building activities typically differ on holidays from normal schedules.
The standard U. S. federal holidays are:

I January (New Year's day)

3rd Monday in February (Washington's birthday)
last Monday in May (Memorial day)
4 July (Independence day)
1st Monday in September (Labor day)
2nd Monday in October (Columbus day)
II November (Veteran's day)
4th Thursday in November (Thanksgiving day)
25 December (Christmas)

If any of the four holidays with dates fall on a weekend, the nearest Friday
or Monday becomes a holiday. Five tests can describe the federal holidays
(given that MO is correct).

Mth (DW“N) in the month:

If( DW = N and (DMf6)/7 - M ) ,

DM is the holiday. (B.1.8a)

Last (DW=N) in the month:

If( DW = N and DM > (LM-7) ), DM is the holiday. (B.1.8b)

Dated holiday (DM=J) on weekday:

If( DM = J and DW ^ 1 and DW t 7 ) ,

DM is the holiday. (B.1.8c)

Dated holiday on Saturday:

If( DM = J-l and DW = 6 ) , DM is the holiday. (B.1.8d)

Dated holiday on Sunday:

If( DM = J+l and DW = 2 ) ,

DM is the holiday. (B.1.8e)

A test is also needed for the New Year's holiday on Friday, 31 December.

Daylight savings time is in effect from the last Sunday in April

through the Saturday before the last Sunday in October.

III.B.2 PSYCHROMETRICS

The following algorithms are used to calculate the properties of moist

air. They are presented as a package, but not all are required by TARP.
The psychrometric package gives four ways to compute the humidity ratio
depending on available information. Other values can then be computed from
the humidity ratio, dry-bulb temperature, and barometric presure. The
following nomenclature is used in the psychrometric package.

18
 1

Ta Dry-bulb temperature (C)

Tw » Wet-bulb temperature (C)
T<j Dewpoint temperature (C)
TS Saturation temperature of water at a given pressure
PB - Barometric pressure (Pa)
PS = Saturation pressure of water at a given temparature
Pw " Partial pressure of water (Pa)
W = Humidity ratio (kg/kg)
H “ Enthalpy (kJ/kg)
RH = Relative humidity
V Specific volume (nrVkg)

TS and PS are computed from polynomial expressions obtained by fits to

the detailed correlation [2]. These expressions are of the form

Y(X) = Aq + A X *X + A2 *X 2 + ... + An*XN (B.2.1)

The coefficients for computing PS(T) (+0.02 %) are:

Range of T A0 A1 a2 A3

-70. to -60. 187.72756 9.7388459 .19227592 .0017092958 5.7638449E-6

-60. to -50. 304.327455 17.544515 .38850839 .0039049250 1.4989099E-5
-50. to -35. 456.91552 30.071980 .77543816 .0092327737 4.2579887E-5
-35. to -20. 578.24965 43.849126 1.3678040 .020662996 .00012607288
1 0.
CM
•U o o. 611.12442 50.242069 1.8540594 .037851608 .00036358829
0. to 20. 617.57030 44.857183 1.4599520 .024895806 .00041888641
20. to 40. 674.80450 34.735044 2.1525746 .0029183585 .00069389647
40. to 70. 1882.1549 -75.905764 6.0054813 -.057650288 .0010572251
70. to 100. 10003.937 -537.34244 15.931817 -.15349268 .0014076596

The coefficients for computing TS(P) (+0.005 C) are:

Range of P A0 A1 a2 a3
a4 a5 a6
0.2617 to -80.481222 60.488509 -104.02603 116.27016
1.08 -70.240148 17 .403927
1.08 to -71.907528 17.059641 -7.6219223 2.2337690
3.94 -.35643002 .023469826
3.94 to -62.643477 4.8931575 -.58140203 .047441082
22.35 -.0023302718 6. 2036235E-5 -6. 8559241E-7
22.35 to -50.166219 1.0796773 -.025433803 .00041771901
103.26 4. 1788472E-6 2. 2878800E-8 -5. 2415828E-1
103.26 to -36.261166 .23970771 -.0010835426 3.3697165E -6
617.56 -6.2986874E-9 6. 3667218E-12 -2 .6646050E-15
617.56 to -21.4716785 .052658152 -3.8998869E-5 1.9227789E -8
2364.9 -5.1661347E-12 5 .7225294E-16
2364.9 to -6.2548222 .017442339 -3.7406571E-6 5.4267058E -10
7471.5 -4.3379212E-14 1. 4427502E-18
7471.5 to 9.3624054 .0065309333 -4.6769042E-7 2.4048849E -11
31605.7 -7.6034040E-16 1 .3232127E-20 -9 .6773935E-26
31605.7 to 33.328934 .0017898571 -2 .7520024E-8 2 .8970085E-13
102862. -1.6828604E-18 4.0679479E-24

19
 The polynomials are faster than the ASHRAE detailed algorithm which
involves a logarithm and an exponential. The other relationships are based on
the ideal gas law and are generally accurate to better than 0.7 percent. The
humidity ratio may be obtained from one of the following algorithms [3].

W (T d , PB)

Pw = PS(T d )

W - 0.62198 * P
w / (PB - Pw ) (B.2.2)

W (T a , T w , PB)

P* = PS(T )
W

W' = 0.62198 * P' / (PB - P')

W = [(2501. - 2.381*T w )*W' - (T a - T w )

/ (2501. + 1.805*T a - 4.18*T w ) (B.2.3)

W (T a ,
RH, PB)

P w = RH * PS(T a )

W = 0.62198 * P
w / (PB - Pw ) (B.2.4)

W (T a ,
H)

W = (H - T a ) / (2501. + 1.805*T a ) (B.2.5)

The following values may be computed when the humidity ratio is known.

T d (W, PB)

Pw = PB * W / (0.62198 + W)

T d = TS(P W ) (B.2.6)

RH (T a , T d )

RH = PS(T d ) / PS(T a ) (B.2.7)

V (T a , W, PB)

V = 287.055 * (1. + 1.6078*W) * T a / PB (B.2.8)

H (T a , W)

H = T a + W * (2501. + 1.805*T a ) (B.2.9)

T w (T a , W, PB)

T w is computed by iterating (B.2.3).

20
III.B.3 TEMPERATURES

III. B. 3.1 AIR TEMPERATURES

All temperatures occur on the half-hour. Dry bulb temperature and

barometric pressure are read from the weather tape. The wet bulb temperature,
dew point, or relative humidity are also read to allow computation of the
humidity ratio and the wet bulb temperature. For design days a temperature
profile is generated between the maximum (Ta+ ) and minimum (T “) temperatures
for the day according to

+
T at - T a - f * (T
+ ' T <B - 3a >
t a a*>

where f t is given by

t: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
f .85 .90 .94 .98 1.0 .99 .95 .89 .78 .64 .48 .31

t: 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
f: .17 .06 .00 .01 .07 .16 .23 .41 .53 .63 .72 .79

These values were obtain by interpolating between the hourly temperatures

given by ASHRAE [4]. This profile is for summer days. For design days the
+
user also gives PB and T corresponding to T . A humidity ratio is computed
w a
from these and used with T a and PB to compute Tw for every hour.

III.B.3. 2 SKY TEMPERATURE

The net thermal radiative flux between a horizontal surface and the sky
(Q ss ) is given by

4 - 4
°ss = H * (a * T0 i e
s
* a * Ta ) (B.3.2)

with es , the sky emmisivity, given by the correlation [5]

e [0.787 + .764*ln(Tj/273) ] *( 1 + ,0224*N - .0035*N 2 + .00028*N 3 )

s
(B.3.3)
where

N = tenths cloud cover

TARP uses a slightly different formula for computing Q ss .

4 - 4
Q ss = H * a * (T 0l T
s )
(B.3.4)

so that

(B.3.5)

21
III. B. 3. GROUND TEMPERATURES

The user specifies monthly ground temperatures. Useful advice for the
selection of ground temperatures is a subject of ongoing research.

III.B.4 WIND

Wind speed increases with height according to the formula

V = VQ * * Z / Z a (B.4.1)
3 (
Q )

where

V Q = wind speed at standard conditions

Z = height being considered
Z 0 = standard height of wind measurements (10m)
a, 3 terrain dependent coefficients given below.

Terrain Parameters for Standard Terrain Classes [6]

Class Description a 8
1 ocean or other body of water with at 0.10 1.30
least 5km of unrestricted expanse
2 flat terrain with some isolated obs- 0.15 1.00
tacles (buildings or trees well
separated from each other)
3 rural areas with low buildings, 0.20 0.85
trees, etc.
4 urban, industrial, or forest area 0.25 0.67
5 center of large city (Manhattan) 0.35 0.47

Wind speeds are usually measured at class 2 sites (airports). Therefore, the
reported velocity is V Q . Eq (B.4.1) can be rearranged to compute V Q for V
measured at non-standard sites.

III.B.5 SOLAR RADIATION

The general factors in determining solar position and solar radiation

intensity are described by ASHRAE [ 7 Most of that information is not
]

repeated in the following discussion.

III. B. 5.1 SOLAR POSITION

The solar position is described in terms of three direction cosines

which are convenient for determining the angle of incidence of the sun's
rays on a building surface (E.2.2). The following procedure is used to
determine the direction cosines. The values of the solar declination angle,
6, the equation of time, e, and the distance form the earth to the sun, R
(in AU: 1 AU = 149,504,000 km) are determined by a U.S. Naval Observatory
algorithm [8].

22
 ]

For a given JD, compute the number of centuries since 1900.

T - (JD - 2415020.5) / 36525. (B.5.1)

Then compute the following fundamental angles (in degrees).

Mean anomaly of the sun:
G = 385.475833 + 35999. 049750T - 0.000150T 2 (B.5.2a)
Mean longitude of the sun:
L = 279.696678 + 36000. 768920T + 0.000303T 2 (B.5.2b)
Mean longitude of the moon:
C = 270.434164 + 481267. 883144T - 0.001133T 2 (B.5.2c)
Longitude of the ascending node of the moon's orbit:
N = 259.183275 - 1934.142008T + 0.002078T 2 (B.5.2d)
Mean anomaly of Venus:
V = 212.603219 + 58517 .803875T + 0.0001286T 2 (B.5.2e)
Mean anomaly of Mars:
M = 319.529425 + 19139. 858500T + 0.000181T 2 (B.5.2f)
Mean anomaly of Jupiter:
J = 225.444651 + 3034.906654T (B.5.2g)

Then compute the following values.

0 « 0.397930 sin(L) + 0.009999 sin(G-L) + 0.003334 sin(G+L)

- 0.000208 T sin(L) + 0.000042 sin(2G+L) - 0.000040 cos(L)
- 0.000039 sin(N-L) - 0.000030 T sin(G-L) - 0.000014 sin(2G-L)
- 0.000010 cos(G-L-J) - 0.000010 T sin(G+L) (B.5.3a)

p = 1.000421 - 0.033503 cos(G) - 0.000140 cos(2G)

+ 0.000084 T cos(G) - 0.000033 sin(G-J) + 0.000027 sin(2G-2V)
(B.5.3b)
<))
= -0.041295 sin(2L) + 0.032116 sin(G) - 0.001038 sin(G-2L)
- 0.000346 sin(G+2L) - 0.000095 - 0.000080 T sin(G)
- 0.000079 sin(N) + 0.000068 sin(2G) + 0.000046 T sin(2L)
+ 0.000030 sin(C-L) - 0.000025 cos(G-J) + 0.000024 sin(4G-8tft-3J)
- 0.000019 sin(G-V) - 0.000017 cos(2G-2V) (B.5.3c)

The maximum error in 0 or is .0001 AU and the maximum error in p is .0001

<}>

AU 2 for the years 1800 through 2100. This is more accurate than is needed
for building thermal analysis. Equations (B.5.3a-c) can be truncated with
some loss in accuracy. That loss can be estimated by the sum of the
magnitudes of the truncated coefficients. TARP uses the first 4, 4, and 5
terms of these equations, respectively. With the shortened equations, only
G and L are evaluated.

Then compute the solar declination angle, equation of time, and the
earth-sun distance.

6 = arcsin( 0 / /p”) (B.5.4a)

e -arcsin( <f>
/ /p-0 2 ) / 15 [hours (B.5.4b)

23
 2 ,

R - /p (B.5.4c)

The hour angle, H, is the number of hours from solar noon.

H - 15 (12 - t8 - e - TZ) + LONG (B.5.5)

where

t s » standard time (hours) at midpoint of the timestep

TZ = time zone number (1.3.4)
LONG = longitude (1.3.3)

The solar direction cosines can be determined from these values plus the
latitude, X (north positive, south negative), of the site.

CSp = cos 6 sinH (B.5.6a)

CS 2 = sin5 cosX - cos 6 sinX cosH (B.5.6b)
CS 3 = sin 6 sinX + cos 6 cosX cosH (B.5.6c)

CS 3 is the cosine of the solar zenith angle which also equals the sine of
the solar altitude angle. The solar azimuth angle, (relative to north), t|j

can be determined from

(B.5.7a)

(B.5.7b)

These angle calculations apply for the northern and southern hemispheres.

III. B. 5. SOLAR INTENSITY

The calculation of direct normal solar intensity, I b and diffuse solar ,

intensity, I s for clear design days is exactly as described in [7],

,

I
b =
Ae“ B/CS 3 (B .5 8 a)

Is = C * I b (B.5.8b)

The values of A, B, and C are calculated by a truncated Fourier series fit

to the data in Table 1 of [7], Seasonal effects implicit in that table
would not apply to the southern hemisphere. When the clearness number is
less than 0.75, it is assumed to represent the ratio k-p defined as

kT = I / I0 (B.5.9)

where

I = the total solar radiation on a horizontal surface

( - Ib * CS 3 + I8 )

24
 Iq the solar radiation on a horizontal surface above the earth's
atmosphere [ - ( sc /R 2 )*CSo
I - the solar constant (1353 w/m 2 )
9C

On such cloudy design days the following correlation [9] is used.

1.0 - 0.249 k T k T < 0.35

I 8 /I = 1.557 - 1.84 kx 0.35 < k T < 0.75 (B.5.10)
0.177 kT > 0.75

Weather tape data is used by means of the BLAST program weather file
processor. For transportability, a version of this processor should be
incorporated into TARP. This version should include the most current solar
radiation correlations.

REFERENCES

[1] Fliegel, H. and Van Flandern, T., "A Machine Algorithm for Processing
Calender Dates," Communications of the ACM Vol. 11, No. 10
,

(October 1968), p. 657.

[2] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 5.2.
[3] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), pp 5. 3-5. 5.
[4] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 26.6, table 3.
[5] Clark, G. and Allen, C., "The Estimation of Atmospheric Radiation for
Clear and Cloudy Skies," Proceedings of the 2nd National Passive Solar
Conference (AS/ISES, 1978), pp. 675-678.
[6] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 22.15, table 7.
[7] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), pp 27.2-9.
[8] Doggett, L. E. Kaplan, G. H. and Seidelmann, P. K. , Almanac for
, ,

Computers for the year 1978 (United States Naval Observatory, 1978)
,

pp All-17.
[9] Orgill, J. F. and Hollands, K. G. T., "Correlation Equation for
,

Hourly Diffuse Radiation on a Horizontal Surface", Solar Energy 19

(Pergamon Press, 1977), p 358.

25
III.C TRANSIENT HEAT CONDUCTION

III.C.l USE OF CONDUCTION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS

The conventional equation for calculating steady state heat flux from the
inside to the outside of a wall is

KO - U * (TI - TO) (C.1.1)

This equation is valid only when the wall is non-massive or when the inside or
outside temperatures are constant in time. In the more common and complex
situation where transient effects cannot be safely ignored, heat conduction
calculations which properly account for the dynamic effects must be utilized.
The methodology implemented in TARP is based on the standard response factor
technique [1] developed by Stephenson and Mitalas [2] and Kusuda [3] modified
for efficiency according to a suggestion by Peavy [4]. The modified response
factors are called "conduction transfer functions" (CTF). The heat conduction
at (and toward) the inside surface at time t is given by:

NT NT NF
KI t - E Y m*TO t _ m - E Zm *TI t -m + Z Jk*KI t -k (C.1.2)
m=0 m°0 k*l

The heat conduction flux at (and toward) the outside surface is

NT NT NF
K0 t - E Y m*TI t _ m - E Xm*TO t _ m + E J k *KO t _ k (C.1.3)
m=0 m=0 k=l

TARP uses the convention that the X CTF refer to outside (or exterior) surface
temperatures, and that the Z CTF refer to inside (or Zone side) temperatures as
in [1]. The opposite convention is often used in other programs.

The current inside and outside conductive fluxes are functions of the
current inside and outside temperatures plus a factor containing the previous
temperatures and fluxes. TARP initializes the temperature and flux histories
by starting from a steady state and repeatedly calculating the building thermal
performance for the first day of the simulation period until essentially equal
results are achieved. Equation (C.1.2) can be rewritten to emphasize the
unknown values at time t.

KI t = Y0 *TO t - Zo*TI t + KIP t (C.1.4)

where

NT NT NF
KIP t = E Y m *TO t _ m - E Zm*TI t _ m + E Ji*KI t _ U (C.1.5)
m=l m=l k=l

Equation (C.1.3) may be similarly rewritten.

K0 t = Y 0 *TI t - X 0 *TO t + KOP t (C.1.6)

where

NT NT NF
KOP t Z Y^TI^- Z Xjn*TO t _ m + Z Jk *KO t _ k (C.1.7)
m*l m«l k"l

For lightweight surfaces, such as sheet metal or thin glass, there are no CTF
terms for m > 1 or k > 0. In that case Xq Yq “ Zq U, and equations (C.1.4)
and (C.1.6) both reduce to equation (C.1.1). Air cavities are handled by
massless 'slabs' which have only thermal resistance. This resistance cannot
be described as temperature dependent. The conductive properties of a multi-
pane window are described in this manner and appropriate conduction transfer
functions are computed.

III.C.2 CALCULATION OF CONDUCTION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS

The CTF method is based upon the exact solution of a triangular

temperature pulse on either side of the wall. A series of triangular tempera-
ture pulses can be superposed to produce a good approximation of a continuous
temperature function. The triangular pulse is solved by a Laplace transform.
TARP follows the calculation technique used in BLAST [5] and described in detail
by Hittle [6]. That description is quite lengthy and is not repeated here.

One useful property of the CTF is that the steady state conductance of
the wall is related to the CTF by

NT NF
U - Z Xm / (1 - Z Jk )
m=0 k=l

NT NF
- Z Ym / (1 - Z Jk )
m=0 k=l

NT NF
- E Zm / (1 - Z Jk ) (C.2.1
m=0 j=l

This provides the method for determining the number of CTF terms to produce
the desired accuracy.

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), pp 23.09-23.10.

[2] Stephenson, D. G. and Mitalas, G. P., "Cooling Load Calculation by Thermal
Response Factor Method", ASHRAE Transactions , Vol 73 (ASHRAE, 1967).
[3] Kusuda, T., "Thermal Response Factors for Multilayer Structures of Various
Heat Conduction Systems", ASHRAE Transactions Vol 75 (ASHRAE, 1969), p 246 ,

[4] B. A. Peavy, "A Note on Response Factors and Conduction Transfer Functions"
ASHRAE Transactions, Vol 84 (ASHRAE, 1978), pp 688-690.

27
[5] Hittle, D. C., "The Building Load Analysis and System Thermodynamics
(BLAST) Program, Version 2.0: Users Manual", CERL Technical Report E-153.
(Construction Engineering Research Laboratory, 1979).
[6] Hittle, D. C., "Calculating Building Heating and Cooling Loads Using the
Frequency Response of Multilayered Slabs", CERL Technical Manuscript E-169
(Construction Engineering Research Laboratory, 1981), pp 20-70.

28
Ill .D WINDOW OPTICS

Windows are thermally critical elements of the building envelope. They

are difficult to insulate and produce much greater conductive gains and losses
than corresponding wall areas. Most can be opened to provide ventilation, but
then they are significant sources of infiltration. The unique characteristic
of windows is the transmission of light (short wavelength thermal radiation)
directly into the building. This transmitted light is usually a desirable
heat gain in the winter and an undesirable gain in the summer. It also pro-
vides natural lighting inside the building. The following sections describe
the TARP optical algorithms.

III.D.l OPTICAL COEFFICIENTS

Figure D.l shows how the solar-optical properties of typical uncoated

glazing materials vary with the incident angle of the light [1]. As the inci-
dent angle increases from 0=0
degrees (normal incidence), the transmittance
decreases, reflectance increases, and absorptance first increases due to the
lengthened optical path through the glass and then decreases as more incident
radiation is reflected away. These properties also vary with the wavelength
of the incident radiation. The total solar radiation incident on a window (Q)
is composed of beam and diffuse components,

Q = I b *cos0 + Id (D.1.1)

The beam component (I b ) comes directly fom the sun and is incident at angle 0.
The diffuse component (I d ) comes uniformly from all directions. Some of the
incident radiation is transmitted according to

QT = T b * Ib * cos 0 + T d * I d (D.l. 2)

where
T b is the beam transmittance at 0 and
T d is the transmittance for diffuse radiation.

Some is absorbed according to

QA = A b * Ib * cos0 + A d * Id (D.l. 3)

where Ab and A d are the beam and diffuse absorptances . If an internal shade
is present, it also absorbs radiation with absorptances AS b and AS d .

QS = AS b * I b * cos 0 + AS d * I d (D.l. 4)

The energy absorbed in the shade is convected directly to the room air. The
energy absorbed in the glass is convected both into the room and to the outside
according to proportions (neglecting the thermal resistance of the glass which
is small compared to HI and HO) defined by

29
 QA in - QA * HI / (HI + HO) (D.1.5a)

and

QA ou t “ QA * HO / (HI + HO) (D. 1 .5b)

where

HI = inside surface heat transfer coefficient and

HO = outside surface heat transfer coefficient.

The expressions become more complicated for a two pane window.

QA in - QAI * (U/HO + U/HS) + QAO * U/HO (D.1.6a)

and

QAout = QAI * U/H! + QAO * (U/HI + U/HS) (D.1.6b)

where

U = 1 / (1/HO + 1/HS + 1/HI),

HS = heat transfer coefficient of the air gap,
QAI = energy absorbed in the outer pane and
QAO = energy absorbed in the outer pane.

In TARP a consistant description of absorption in single and multi pane windows

is achieved by separating QA into equal components, QAI and QAO, for the single
pane window. HS is then the U-value of the glass. The actual distribution of
the QAI qnd QAO is handled by the more general surface heat balance equations
(1.3.2) and (J.3.2).

The angle dependent properties of T^, AO^, AI^, and AS(j are represented
by polynomial equations in terms of cos0. Two ranges of cos9 are used for
greater accuracy, so each property (X) has two equations

X = cq + c^cos9 + C 2 (cos 0 )^ + ... + c^(cos9)^ [cos0 > 0.5) (D.1.7a)

and
X = d^cos9 + d (cos 0 )^ + ... + c^(cos0)^ [cos9 < 0.5] (D.1.7b)
2

The coefficients c-^ and d^ are determined by curve fits to optical values
computed by methods described in the following sections. TARP also computes
transmittance and absorptances for diffuse radiation.

III.D.2 SHADING COEFFICIENTS

The solar optical properties of windows are often described by a shading

coefficient, SC, [2] which is defined as

SC = Solar Heat Gain of Window /

Solar Heat Gain of Reference Glass (D.2.1)

30
For single glazing this is

SC - [QT + QA* ( HO+HI ) /HO /

]

[QTdsa + QAdsa *(HO+HI)/HO] (D.2.2)

where

QT » radiation transmitted
QTd S a = Q T of DSA glass
QA = radiation absorbed
QAdsa " QA of DSA glass
HO “ outside surface heat transfer coefficient ( 22.7 W/m^k)
HI » inside surface heat transfer coefficient ( 8.3 W/m^K)
The reference glazing material is double-strength sheet glass (DSA) with 0.86
transmittance, 0.08 reflectance, and 0.06 absorptance at normal incidence.

A shading coefficient is implemented in TARP by multiplying SC times the

c^ and d^ of (D.1.7) computed for the reference glass. This gives correct
steady state solar gains, but does not give correct proportions of transmitted
and absorbed radiation (esecially for heat absorbing glasses). Correct propor-
tions are necessary in dynamic simulation because the absorbed component pro-
duces an instantaneous convective gain to the space while the transmitted
component is first absorbed by the surfaces of the space and produces a delayed
gain. Therefore, the shading coefficient method is not recommended unless data
for the following detailed method is unavailable.

III.D.3 UNCOATED PANE OPTICS

When a ray of light reaches a smooth interface between two non-conducting

media, part of the ray is reflected and part is refracted as in figure D.2.
The angle of reflection equals the angle of incidence (0^). The angle of
refraction ( 82 ) is given by Snell's law:

nj * sinQ^ = n2 * sin02 (D.3.1)

where n^ and n 2 are the indexes of refraction of the two media. The refractive
index of air is effectively equal to unity. The refractive index of glass is
dependent on both the composition of the glass and the wavelength of the light.
The variation is small for typical wavelengths between 0.3 and 3.0 microns,
but it is enough for a glass prism to separate a ray of white light into the
spectrum of colors.

Reflectance is the ratio of the energy reflected from the interface to the
energy incident upon it. The electromagnetic description of light shows that
reflectance depends on the polarization of the incident light. The two compo-
nents of polarization are perpendicular to the plane of incidence (also called
transverse electric or TE) and parallel to the plane of incidence (called trans-
verse magnetic or TM) . A simple formula [3] for reflectance at the interface
shown in figure D.2 is

P = KPi “ P )/ (Pi + P 2)] 2 (D.3.2)

2

31
 Pi = cos0i * ni for TE light (D.3.2a)

and

Pi **
cos0i / ni for TM light (D.3.2b)

Unpolarized light may be considered to consist of one half TE and one half TM
polarized light. (D.3.2) is a computationally simpler form of the more familiar
Fresnel equations.

The fraction of light transmitted through the interface is given by

2
t = (p 2 /Pi )* [ 2*p i / ( p i + p 2 )] (D.3.3)

with the same polarization dependent values for p as above. It is easier to

calculate transmittance from the simple energy balance: t = 1 - p.

Glass absorbs light passing through it in proportion to the intensity of

the light. The fraction of light (xg) transmitted through a given distance
(x) of glass is given by the exponential decay formula

where k is the extinction coefficient of the glass. The value of k is

wavelength dependent but independent of polarization. The fraction of light
absorbed is ag = 1 - tg. For a glass plate of thickness L, the distance the
light travels in passing from one side to the other is x = L / cos0 2 .
Therefore

"kL/cos0 2 (D.3.5)
i = e
g
A ray of light incident on a sheet of glass will be both reflected and
refracted at the front surface. Part of the refracted component will be
absorbed in the glass before reaching the back surface where it is again
reflected and refracted. This continues until all the light is either absorbed
or escapes from the front or back surfaces of the glass. Figure D.3 shows the
first several reflections of the incident light ray. Summation of the trans-
mitted, reflected, and absorbed components of the incident ray give the total
transmittance (t), reflectance (r), and absorptance (a) of the sheet of glass.
These values must be determined separately for both polarization components,
p, x (= 1 - p), ig, and cig (= 1 - Tg) are functions of the angle of incidence
and wavelength of the light. They are identical at both sides of the glass.

Single pane transmittance:

t = (l-p) 2 T 2 2 3 2 5
+ (l-p) p Tg + (l-p) p ^Tg + ...
g

= (
- 2 Tg
O- + 2
T 2 + ^
T g^ + **•
p p p ^
g
2
= t Tg / (1 - p 2 Tg 2 ) (D.3. 6)

32
Single pane reflectance:

r p + (l-p) 2 pT 2
+ (l-p) 2 p 3 T ^ + ...
g g

» p + (l-p)2pr
g
2
(1 + p
2
T
g
2 + ^ Tg + ••• )

2 2 2 2
“ p + t p T / (1 - p T ) (D.3.7)
g g

Single pane absorptance:

a » [
1— P )— 1— P Tg ] + [ (l-p)pTg-(l-p)pTg 2 ] + [(l-p)p 2 Tg 2 -(l-p)p 2 Tg 3 ] + ...

2 2 +
(l-p)(l-Tg)(l + P Tg + p T ... )
g
B t ag / (1 - p Tg) (D.3.8)

The energy balance (t+r+a=l)

allows any one of the three components to
be computed from the other two, or it allows a check for the consistency of
all three.

The extinction coefficient of a pane of glass can be computed from the

thickness, normal incidence transmittance, and index of refraction. At normal
incidence

2
p = [(nj - n )/(n + n 2 )] (D.3.9a)
2 1

= [(n- l)/(n+l)]2 for air and glass

and
2 2 2
t - [(1 - p) T ]/[1 - p T ] (D.3.9b)
g g

which combine to give a quadratic equation for Tg. The solution of that
equation is
2
t » ( -B + / B + 4C ) / 2 (D.3.10)
o

where B = (l-p)^/(p^ t) and C = 1/p^. Finally, from (D.3.5)

k = - ln( / L (D.3.11)
g)

This provides a means of describing the glass pane in terms of simply measurable
optical properties and makes it unnecessary to use the less exact shading
coefficients when those properties are known.

III.D.4 REFLECTIVE COATINGS

A metallic film will be treated as a thin, smooth coating on one side of

the pane of glass. Let medium 1 be the air, medium 2 the film, and medium 3
the glass substrate. The mathematical treatment of the optics of a metallic
film [4, 5] is based on the index of refraction of the metal being a complex
number (complex numbers indicated by ~)

33
 1

n
2
= n
2
" lk
2
[

where n£ is the (real) index of refraction and k 2 is the extinction coefficient.

i = m (D.4.1)

Snell's law still applies, but it leads to a complex value of cos^ =

x + iy. Let

c = [ (nj*sin 0 ^*n 2 )/(n 2 ^ + (D.4 . 2a)

and
2
d = [ (n^sinG^k^)/^ 2 + k 2 2 )] (D.4.2b)
Then
x = / 1 - c + d + /(1-c+d)^ + 4*c*d T~1 (D.4. 2c)
and
y = c * k2 / (x * n 2 ) (D.4. 2d)

The amplitude (not energy) reflectance at the interface between media i and j
for light incident from medium i is given by

=
Pil (Pi “ P-j)/(Pi + P-i) (D.4. 3a)
where
jk = cos * n^ [TE polarization] (D.4. 3b)

pi = n^ / cos
^ [TM polarization] (D.4. 3c)

The amplitude transmittance at an interface is given by

Tij = 2 * p i / (p^ + pj) (D.4. 3d)

Note that Pj^ = “Pjj and = 1 - Pjj^*

Amplitude transmittance (x^) within the metallic film is based on its

phase thickness defined as

a = 2*TT*D*n 2 * cos$ 2 / X (D.4. 4a)

where
D = thickness of the film and
\ = wavelength of the light

so that

~ - e -id
_ /"=
t [i = ]
(D.4 ,4b)
£

Considerations of multiple reflections within the film leads to expressions

for the total amplitude reflectance and transmittance. For light incident
from medium 1 the expressions are

2 ? 2
P
n (P
12 23
T
f
) / (1
12 23
) (D.4. 6a)

and

34
 t
13
t
12 / (1 + p 12 * p 23 * ) (D.4.6b)

Reverse the subscripts for light incident from medium 3.

The energy reflectance and transmittance are given by

p 13 " Pl3 * Pl3 (D.4.7a)

,
and
I •" » A/ A/
I
t = t t P3 ' (D.4.7b)
13 13 13 Pi

where p and t are the complex conjugates of p and ?. Energy is absorbed in

the metallic film (p ^ + T 13 < 1 ).

Host of the above expression are complex. Rather than expanding them to
get solutions in terms of real numbers, it is easier to let the computer
evaluate the expressions by using complex arithmetic.

Coated glass has the same multiple reflection property as uncoated glass.
Derivation of the total reflectance, transmittance, and absorptance is compli-
cated by the fact that reflectances at the coatings depend on the direction of
incidence. Again consider a light ray incident from the left (as was done in
figure D.3). Properties (p, t) for both the left and right surfaces of the
glass are dependent on whether the light is incident from the left or right.
Consider the left side to be the "front" and the right side to be the "back"
of the glass. The following subscripts specify these conditions:

1: light incident on the left side from the left

2: light incident on the left side from the right
3: light incident on right side from the right (none)
4: light incident on right side from the left

so that for light incident from the front (superscript f)

f 2 2
r =
pj + p^ t t
2
T / (1 - p
2 p^
r ) (D.4.8a)
1 g g
and
f = 2
t t t T / (1 - p T ) (D.4.8b)
1 4 g 2 p^ g

A simple exchange of subscripts (1:3 and 2:4) will give the expressions for
light incident from the back (superscript b).

b = 2
- p 2
(D.4.9a)
r + t t
4 Tg 4 p 2 Tg )
p3 p2 / ( 1
3
and
b = - 2
(D.4.9b)
t t t Tg / (1 p4 p2 Tg )
3 2

Since light is absorbed in the glass and in the coatings on either side, it is
easiest to compute absorptance from the energy balance: If a=l-r-t.
both sides of the glass are uncoated, Pi = P2 = P3 = P4> an<* T 1 = T 2 = T 3 = T 4
and equations (D.4.8a and b and D.4.9a and b) reduce to (D.3. 7) and (D.3. 6).

35
III.D.5 MULTI-PANE WINDOWS

The optical properties of a combination of two panes of glass can be

determined from the properties of the component single panes. The values for
the TE and TM polarization components must be determined separately and then
added according to the relative proportions of each component [6].

Figure D.4 shows two panes of glass with fluxes of light going to both the
right (I) and to the left (J). The radiation fluxes are made up of all trans-
mitted and inter-reflected components. Let

t n transmittance of pane n (as an individual pane)

absorptance of pane n for flux from left (front)

n

a ° = absorptance of pane n for flux from right (back)

n

r = re fl ectance °f pane n for light from the left (front)

n^
b =
r reflectance of pane n for light from the right (back)

then

I, * r0 r + Jo * t- (D.5 . la)

J
0
= x
0
* r + J1 * Z (D. 5. lb)
l l

- b
h II * t
2 + J2 * r2 (D.5. lc)

I - I„
L * t, + J,
'1
* r (D.5. Id)
x o 1 1

The optical properties for light incident only from the front are given by
setting J 2 “ 0, and substituting (D.5.1a-d) into the following definitions.

Tf - I I
2 / 0

= B * t2 (D.5. 2a)

R £ - j0 / 1
0
f *
= r/ + B * r
2
t
1
(D.5. 2b)

f .= * IL n D *
l
l (3^ o
+ ai J,) / I,

= a, f +
L
~ OB * r^
1 (D.5. 2c)
1 2

f = f *
a0 I / I
,

1 0

= B * a f
2
(D.5. 2d)

where

36
 b * f
B » tx / (1 - r x r2 ) (D.5.2e)

For light incident from the back, set Iq * 0, to obtain

Tb = J J = C * tl (D.5.3a)
0 / 2
b *
Rb = I
2 / J
2
= r2
b + C * rj t
2
(D.5.3b)

b b *
A2 b = (a b * J + a2^ * 1^) / J = a2 + C * r^ a
^
(D.5.3c)
2 2 2 2

Al b a b * J
l 1
/ J 2 * C * ai b (D.5.3d)

where
b
C = t / (1 - r ^ * r^ ) (D.5.3e)
2 2

Note that = Tb . All other front and back coefficients may be different.

Similar heat balances can be set up for triple glazing. They lead to the
following equations for front radiation.

f -
T e * D * t3 (D.5 .4a)

Rf - r f + E * t * (r 2
f
+ D * r^ f * t ) (D.5. 4b)
x l 2

Al f = a l f + a: b * E * (r
2
f
+ D * r f * t
3 2)
(D.5. 4c)

A 2 ^ = E * (a ^ + a b * D * r^) (D.5.4d)
2 2

f » a, f * E * D
Ao (D.5 .4e)
where
D - t? (1 - r ?
b * r (D.5.4f)
/ 3 )
and
E - t / (1 - r^ * r f - D * r^ * r * C 2> (D.5.4g)
x 2 3

There is a similar set of equations for radiation incident from the back. TARP
also uses expressions for quadruple glazing, which are not repeated here.

III.D.6 DIFFUSE RADIATION

Diffuse radiation is considered to be of uniform intensity from all

directions and to be unpolarized (equal amounts of TE and Til polarizations).
Consider a small area, dAj under a hemisphere of uniform brightness I (fig-,

ure D.5). The energy received is given by [7]

dQ = I dA^ cos0 dfi (D.6.1)

where

37
 dQ / dAj ° energy per unit area

dQ the differential solid angle » dA 2 / r

= 2 tt (r 8in0) r d0 / r2

Let X( 0) be the transmittance, reflectance, or absorptance for beam radiation

of a system of glass panes. Then the diffuse property, X^, is given by

tt/2 tt/2
Xd = / X(0)2 tt I sin0 cos 0 d0 / / 2 ir I sin0 cos0 d0 (D.6.2)
0 0

The integral is evaluated by Simpson's method using beam values of X(0) at

appropriate 0.

III.D.7 INTERIOR SHADING DEVICES

Windows commonly have drapes or blinds in addition to the panes of glass

discussed so far. In TARP such interior shading devices are modeled as dif-
fusely transmitting (ts), reflecting (rs) and absorbing (as) surfaces. When
an interior shading device is added to the glazing system, a new set of inter-
reflected components is created (figure D.6). The total forward flux on the
shade is I (=lQ*T f + Note that we are interested in the diffuse
g
back reflectance of the panes of glass. The total (diffusely) transmited flux
through the shade is I t = I s * t 8 . The total leftward flux is J g = I g * r g .
Therefore, I g * Iq * T^ / (1 - r g * R ^*5 ) and the total transmitted flux is t

T - l * T * C 1 (1 - r * Rd”> <D- 7 -l>

t 0 f s s

The total shade absorptance is

As - 1 * a ' *0 -
lf * c * a - r * R b> D-7 -2 >
s s s s I s d <

The total forward absorptance of each pane of glass is modified by

b
n
= A J
n
+ J*s * nd
,

- A L + A * Tf * r b
/ (1 - r e * Rj ) (D.7.3)
n nd‘

Thus in the evaluation of the optical properties of a pane/shade system, it is

first necessary to compute the diffuse back absorptance of each pane in the
glass system by integrating beam A b over 0. Then the pane/shade beam trans-
n
mittance and absorptances are computed at the angles to be used in the optical
properties curve fits. Finally the pane/shade diffuse properties can be
computed.

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 27.14.

[2] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), pp 27.14-17.

38
[3] Born, M,, and Wolf, E., Principles of Optics, 4th ed, (Pergamon Press,
1970), pp 36-42.
[4] Heavens, 0. S., Optical Properties of Thin Solid Films , (Academic Press,
1955), pp 51-58.
[5] Born, M., and Wolf, E., Principles of Optics, 4th ed, (Pergamon Press,
1970), pp 627-632.
[6] Hottel, H. C., and Sarofim, A. F., Radiative Transfer, (McGraw-Hill,
1967), p 197, fig 5-12.
[7] Kreith, F., Principles of Heat Transfer , 3rd ed. (Intext Educational
Publishers, 1973), pp 230-231.

39
 1.0

0.8

0.6
TRANSMITTANCE

0.4

0.2

A = DSA glass
B = 6mm (0.25 in) clear glass
C = 6mm (0.25 in) heat absorbing glass

Figure III. 0.1 Variation of solar-optical properties

with angle of incidence

40
Figure III.D.2 Reflection and refraction at an interface

41
 2
(1-p) r l
f

2 2 3
|1-p) P r |l

2 4
(1-p) p r*l

Figure III.D.3 Multiple reflections in a pane of glass

42
Figure III.D.4 Two-pane window system

43
 Intensity
in

Figure III.D.5 Coordinate system for diffuse radiation

44
 shade

Figure III.D.6 Window system with interior shade

45
 .

Ill .E SOLAR GAINS AND SHADOWING

When assessing heat gains in buildings due to solar radiation, it is

necessary to know how much of each part of the building is shaded and how
much is in direct sunlight. As an example, figure E.l shows a flat roofed,
L-shaped structure with a window in each of the visible sides. The sun is
to the right so that walls 1 and 3 and windows a and c are completely
shaded, and wall 4 and window d are completely sunlit. Wall 2 and window b
are partially shaded. The sunlit area of each surface changes as the
position of the sun changes during the day. The purpose of the TARP shadow
algorithm is to compute such sunlit areas.

The shadow algorithm is based on coordinate transformation methods

similar to Groth and Lokmanhekim [1] and the shadow overlap method of Walton
[ 21 .

111 . E . 1 SURFACE GEOMETRY

Shadow calculations first require that the building surfaces be

described geometrically. Surfaces are described by the coordinates of their
vertices in a three dimensional Cartesian coordinate system. This "global"
coordinate system has the X-axis pointing east, the Y-axis pointing north,
and the Z-axis pointing up. The azimuth angle ( xp) of a surface is the angle
from the north axis to the projection onto the X-Y plane of a normal to the
surface (clockwise positive). The surface tilt angle (<j>) is the angle
between the Z-axis and the normal to the surface. The vertices are recorded
in counter-clockwise sequence (as the surface is viewed from outside its
zone)

TARP input allows the user to specify a rotation of degrees of the

"building" coordinate system from the global coordinate system. The global
coordinates of zone origins are related to the building relative coordinates
by

x zo = x br * cos
^b
“ Y br * sin ^b (E.l. la)

Y zo = x br * sln ^b + Y br * cos ^b (E.l. lb)

z zo = z br (E.l.lc)

The user is also permitted to rotate a zone z degrees relative to the i\>

building coordinate system. Origins of zone surfaces are then given

realtive to the zone coordinate system. The global coordinates of the
surface origins are given by

x zo + X
A zr * cosi|> z - v
L * sinij;. (E.l. 2a)
so zv

so Y zo + x zr * sini|>z T
+ yI zr * cos4>
;
(E.l. 2b)

so z zo + Z zr (E.l. 2c)

46
 .

A surface azimuth angle relative to the zone coordinate system ( ) is

converted to a global azimuth by

= + ^z + (E.1.3)
^ 'I's ’J'b

The surface tilt angle ( <f>)

is not changed by these rotations about the
Z-axis

The coordinates of the surface vertices are given in a coordinate

system in the plane of the surface relative to the second vertex as shown
for four surfaces in figure E.2. The X-axis of the surface coordinate
system is a horizontal line through the second vertex. The global
coordinates of the surface vertices are given by

X = X go - X gr * cos^ - Y sr * sinij> * cos<f> (E.1.4a)

Y = Y so + X sr * - Y * (E.1.4b)
sinij/
sr * cosi|> cos<J>

Z = Z so + Y sr * sin<{> (E.1.4c)

Vertices in the global coordinate system can be transformed to the

coordinate system relative to a given surface by

X* = X - X (E. 1 .5a)
so

Y’ = Y - Y (E. 1 .5b)
so

Z' = Z - Z (E . 1 .5c)
so

X sr = -X’ * cost + Y' * sint (E.1.5d)

Y sr = -X* * sint * cost - Y' * cost * cost + Z* * sint (E.1.5e)

Z sr = X* * sint * sint + Y' * cost * sint + Z' * cost (E.1.6f)

III.E.2 SHADOW PROJECTION

All architectural forms are represented by plane polygons. This can

give good accuracy even for curved surfaces: a sphere can be approximated
by the 20 nodes of an icosohedron with only 3 percent error in the shadow
area cast by the sphere. Consider how a solid object, which is composed of
a set of enclosing plane polygons, casts a shadow. Figure E.3 shows a box
shaped structure on a horizontal surface. The structure consists of a top
(surface 1) and four vertical surfaces (2 and 3 visible to the observer and
4 and 5 not visible). The sun is positioned behind and to the right of the
structure and a shadow is cast onto the horizontal surface (the ground).
Surfaces 1, 4, and 5 are in sunlight; 2 and 3 are in shade. It is possible
to think of the structure's shadow as the combination of shadows cast by
surfaces 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 or by 1 4 and 5, or by surfaces 2 and 3. This
,

last combination of shadow casting surfaces is the simplest. In the TARP

shadow algorithm every surface is considered to be one of the surfaces which

47
 9 .

enclose a solid, and only those surfaces which are not sunlit at a given
hour are considered shadowing surfaces.

The expressions in eq (E.1.6f) are the direction cosines of the

surface:

CWi = sim{> * sin<(> (E.2.1a)

CW 2 = cos^ * sin<J> (E 2 . lb)

CW 3 = cos<{> (E 2 . lc)

The cosine of the angle of incidence of the sun's rays on the surface are
given by the dot product of surface and sun (B.3.3) direction cosines.

cos 9 = CSj * CWi + CS 2 * CW 2 + CS 3 * CW 3 (E.2.2)

If cos9 is less than zero, the sun is behind the surface.

A shadow is projected from the vertices of the shadowing surface (SS)

along the direction of the sun's rays to the plane of the shadow receiving
surface (RS). If any vertices of the SS are below the plane of the RS
(z < 0), a false shadow is cast as in figure E.3. The "submerged" portion of
the SS must be clipped off before projection. This is done by finding, through
linear interpolation, the points on the perimeter of the SS which intersect
the plane of the RS. These points become new vertices of the SS, which
together with the other positive vertices define a clipped SS which casts
only a real shadow.

A vertex located at (x, y, z) relative to the RS coordinate system

casts a shadow to a point in the plane of the RS given by

x' = x - z * a / cos (E.2.3a)

y' = y - z * b / cos (E.2.3b)

where
a = sinij> * CS^ - cos\|> * CS
2
and
b = -cosij^ * costjj * CSi - simj) * cost}) * CS
2 + sin<j) * CS
3

III.E.3 HOMOGENEOUS COORDINATES

Two-dimensional homogeneous coordinate techniques are used to determine

the vertices of shadow overlaps. In homogeneous coordinates, points and lines
are represented by a single form which allows simple vector operations between
those forms [3]. A point (X, Y) is represented by a three element vector
(x, y, w) where x = w*X, y = w*Y, and w is any real number except zero. A
line is also represented by a three element vector (a, b, c). The directed
line (a, b, c) from point (x^, y^ wj ) to point (x 2 , y 2 , w 2 ) is given by
,

(a, b, c) = (xj_, yi , wj) cross (x 2 , y2 ,

w2 ) (E.3.1)

48
The sequence in the cross product is a convention to determine sign. The
condition that a point (x, y, w) lie on a line (a, b, c) is that

(a, b, c) dot (x, y, w) = 0 (E.3.2)

Normalize the representation of a point by dividing by w. Then if

(a, b, c) dot (x/w, y/w, 1) > 0 (E.3.3)

the point is to the left of the line, and if it is less than zero, the point
is to the right of the line. The intercept (x, y, w) of line (a^ , b^ , c^)
and line (a 2 , b 2 , 02 ) is given by

(x, y, w) = (aj, bi, c^) cross (a 2 , b2 , C2 > (E.3.4)

Note that the use of homogeneous coordinates as outlined above provides

a consistant method and notation for defining points and lines, for
determining intercepts, and for determining whether a point lies to the
left, to the right, or on a line. Normalization provides the means for
transforming to and from homogeneous notation and Cartesian coordinates.
Thus, if (X, Y) is a Cartesian coordinate pair, its homogeneous coordinates
are (X, Y, 1). Similarly, the homogeneous coordinates (x, y, w) can be
transformed to the Cartesian point with coordinates (x/w, y/w).

III.E.4 OVERLAPPING SHADOWS

After transforming the shadows onto the plane of the receiving surface,
the basic job of the shadow algorithm is to determine the area of the
overlap between the polygons representing the shadows and the polygon
representing the receiving surface.

There is considerable simplification if only convex (no interior angle

> ) polygons are considered.
180 The overlap between two convex polygons is
another convex polygon. Coordinate and projection transformations of a
convex polygon produce another convex polygon. Any non-convex polygon can
be constructed as a sum of convex ones.

The vertices which define the overlap between two convex polygons, A
and B, consist of:

1) the vertices of A enclosed by B,

2) the vertices of B enclosed by A,
3) and the intercepts of the sides of A with the sides of B.

In figure E.4a point a is the result of rule 1, point c is the result of

rule 2, and points b and d result from rule 3. The overlap of A and B is the
polygon a-b-c-d. Figure E.4b shows an overlap where all of the vertices of
A are enclosed by B. Figure E.4c shows an overlap defined only by the
intercepts of A and B. Figure E.4d shows a more complex overlap.

49
 Coordinate transformation retains the order of the vertices of a
polygon, while a projection reverses the order. The sequence of vertices of
the receiving polygons should be reversed so it and all shadow polygons will
have the same sequence.

A point is enclosed by a clockwise, convex polygon if it lies to the

right of all sides (or does not lie to the left of any side) of the polygon.
The intercept of two sides may not lie beyond the ends of either side.
These are "line segments" rather than "lines". It is possible to tell if
line segments A and B intercept within their end points by noting that the
ends of A must lie on both sides of B, and the ends of B must lie on both
sides of A as shown in figure E.5. This should be done before the intercept
is calculated.

Once the vertices are determined, they must be sorted into clockwise
order for the area to be computed. Given a plane polygon of n sequential
vertices (x ls y^, (x 2 y 2 ), •••, (*n yn ), its area is given by [4]
, ,

A = ( Xl y 2 + x 2 y 3 + ... +y^-iy n + V! - y^ 2 - y 2 x 3 - ... - y^)^

(E.4.1)

The area is positive if the vertices are counter-clockwise and negative if

they are clockwise.

If two shadows overlap the receiving surface, they may also overlap
each other as in figure E.6. The vertices of this overlap can be computed.
The areas of all overlaps can be computed. The total sunlit area can be
expressed as the sum of all polygon areas given a proper sign on each of the
areas. The following convention was adopted:

receiving surface positive (A)

overlap between shadow and receiving negative (B & C)
overlap between two shadows positive (D)

and so on through multiple overlaps where the sign of the overlap area is
the product of the signs of the overlapping areas.

Partially transparent shadowing surfaces can also be modeled by giving

a transparency (x) to every shadowing polygon. Let x of the receiving polygon
be one. Then the x of every overlap of polygons i and j is the product of x^
and x j .The shaded area is then computed by summing A-^* (1 - Xj[) for all
overlap polygons.

It is easy to determine the sunlit area of a window once all the shadow
and overlap vertices on the wall have been computed. Consider wall 2 of
figure E.l. First the wall is considered a simple rectangle and the window
on it is ignored. The shadow overlapping is performed and the sunlit portion
of the gross wall area is computed. Then the window rectangle is overlapped
with the shadow to determine its sunlit area. The sunlit area of the window
is subtracted from the gross wall sunlit area to determine the net wall sunlit

50
area. During this calculation it is not necessary to recompute the shadows,
because they were precisely determined on the wall.

III.E.5 SOLAR GAINS

The total solar gain on any exterior surface is a combination of the

absorption of direct and diffuse solar radiation given by

QSO = a * (I b * cos0 * Ss / S + I8 * F ss + I * F sg ) (E.5.1)

g

where
a = solar absorptance of the surface
9 = angle of incidence of the sun's rays
S = area of the surface
Ss = sunlit area
Ib = intensity of beam (direct) radiation
Is = intensity of sky diffuse radiation
Ig = intensity of ground reflected diffuse radiation
F S g = angle factor between the surface and the sky
Fgg = angle factor between the surface and the ground

For the surface of a building located on a featureless plain

F ss = (1 + cos<j>) / 2 (E.5.2a)
and

F sg “O'” cos<t>) / 2 (E.5.2b)

These values can be modified by the user.

For a window the absorptance, a, is divided into components ab (for beam

radiation) and aj (for diffuse radiation) as described in section D. A similar
expression describes the transmittance of solar radiation into the zone. In
its default mode, TARP assumes that all transmitted beam radiation is incident
on the floor. The floor absorbs a fraction of that radiation equal to the
floor inside solar absorptance. The unabsorbed portion of the beam radiation
is combined with the diffuse radiation and then evenly distributed over all
surfaces as described in section F.2. In the detailed mode, TARP computes the
beam radiation distribution on all surfaces.

REFERENCES

[1] Groth, C. C. and Lokmanhekim, M.

, "Shadow - A New Technique for the
,

Calculation of Shadow Shapes and Areas by Digital Computer," Second

Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, (Honolulu, HI,
January 22-24, 1969).
[2] Walton, G. N., "The Application of Homogeneous Coordinates to Shadowing
Calculations", ASHRAE Transactions Vol 84 (ASHRAE, 1978), Part I.
,

[3] Newman, M. W. and Sproul, R. F., Principles of Interactive Computer

,

Graphics (McGraw-Hill, 1973).

,

[4] Selby, S. M. ed. Standard Mathematical Tables 22nd Edition,

, , ,

(CRC Press, 1974) p 369.

51
 building

shaped

L~

an

on

Shadows

,15.1

II
I

Figure

52
 Sun’s rays Sun’s rays

Figure III.E.2 Shadow polygon clipping

53
 I

Figure III.E.3 Shadow casting surfaces

54
 polygons

convex

Overlapping

III.E.4

Figure

55
 segments

line

of

Intercepts

III.E.5

Figure

56
Figure III.E.6 Multiple shadow overlaps

57
Ill .F INTERNAL HEAT GAINS

III.F.l SOURCES AND TYPES OF GAINS

Internal heat gains from lights, people, and equipment of various types
are usually significant elements in the zone thermal balance. TARP allows
the user to specify heat gains from equipment of various types, lights,
occupants, and baseboard heat controlled by outdoor temperature. The total
heat gain is made up of convective, radiant, and latent gains in various
proportions from each of these sources. Convective gains are instantaneous
additions of heat to the zone air. Radiant gains are distributed on the
surfaces of the zone, where they are first absorbed and then released back
into the room (and some fraction conducted through the surface) according to
the surface heat balances (section I). Latent gains must be handled by venti-
lation or air conditioning equipment. Recommended heat gains for many items
of equipment are given by ASHRAE [1]. These recommendations include the sen-
sible (convective plus radiative) and latent proportions. Sensible gains from
equipment are predominately radiant. The user can specify the heat gains and
proportions appropriate for any type of equipment. The gains from lights,
people, and baseboard heat are slightly more complicated.

III. F. 1.1 LIGHTS

Radiant gains from lights must be handled differently from other

radiant gains for reasons described in F.2. It is necessary to divide the
total radiant gains into visible and thermal portions. The total electric
input to typical incandescent lights is converted into 10 percent visible
radiation, 80 percent thermal radiation and 10 pecent convective gain. The
electric input to typical flourescent lights is converted into 20 percent
visible radiation, 20 percent thermal radiation, and 60 percent convective
gain [2].

III.F.l. 2 PEOPLE

Heat is generated in the human body by oxidation at a rate called the

metabolic rate. This heat is dissipated from the body surface and
respiratory tract by a combination of radiation, convection, and
evaporation. The relative portions of sensible (radiation plus convection)
and latent (evaporation) heat from people is a complex function of the
metabolic rate and environmental conditions. TARP uses a polynomial
function to divide the total metabolic heat gain into sensible and latent
portions. That function is based upon a fit to data [3] at average adjusted
metabolic rates of 350, 400, 450, 500, 750, 850, 1000, and 1450 Btu/h each
at temperatures of 70, 75, 78, 80, and 82 F. Sensible gains of 0 at 96 F
and sensible gains equal to the metabolic rate at 30 F were assumed in order
to give reasonable values beyond the reported temperature range. The
original data for the polynomial was in English units, but the following
correlation is in metric units.

58
 S “ 6.461927 + .946892*M + .0000255737*112

+ 7 . 139322*T - .0627909*T*M +.0000589172*T*M 2

- . 198550*T 2 + . 0009400 18*T 2 *M - .00000149532*T 2 *M 2 (F.1.1)

where

M « metabolic rate (W)

T = air temperature (C)
S = sensible gain (W)
L = latent heat gain (W) [
= M - S ]

This function is compared to the original data points in figure F.l. The
radiant fraction of the sensible gain is determined by the user.

I I I. F.l. 3 BASEBOARD HEAT

Outdoor temperature controlled baseboard heat adds energy to the zone

according a control profile as in figure F.2. At T a = T£, the baseboard
heat gain is Q 2 . For T a > T 2 there is no heat gain. For T a < Tj_, a
,

maximum amount of energy, Q]_, is added to the zone. There is proportional

control between those temperatures:

Q = Q 2 - (Q 2 - Qi)*(T 2 - T a )/(T 2 - T X ) (F.l. 2)

III.F.2 DISTRIBUTION OF RADIANT GAINS

It is useful to consider the distribution of short wavelength

(including visible) radiant energy separate from long wavelength (thermal)
radiant energy because many materials have different optical porperties at
the different wavelenghts. An extreme example is glass which is opaque to
the long wavelengths and transparent to the short. Properties of materials
vary across the entire spectrum of wavelengths. In TARP, all radiant
interactions are represented in terms of only two wavelengths: "short" and
"long". Short wavelength refers to the distribution given by a ~6000K black
body source such as the sun. Long wavelengths refer to radiation from ~300K
sources such as walls or people, there is negligible overlap between these
two distributions. Some sources, such as lights, must be considered as
emitting both long and short wavelength radiation in proportions which
approximate their actual effects on room surfaces.

Long wavelength radiation from all internal sources, such as people,

lights, and equipment, is combined and then uniformly distributed over all
surfaces according to (H.2.5).

Some fraction of the beam solar radiation transmitted into the zone is
directly absorbed by the interior surfaces according to the solar distribution
algorithm (3.1.5) selected by the user. The beam radiation not directly
absorbed, plus the diffuse sky and ground-reflected radiation, plus the short
wavelength radiation from lights are combined and distributed over the surfaces
of the zone according to:

59
 NS
OSIi - QS n * ot / E S ± * (1 - Pi) (F.2.1)
i=l

If all surfaces of the room are opaque, the radiation is distributed in

proportion to the area*absorptance product of each surface. For surfaces
which are transparent, = 1 - aj.- x^. That fraction of radiation
represented by ii is lost from the zone.

The transmittance and absorptance of transparent surfaces (windows) are

calculated as in section D based on optical properties of the window
material layers. The total absorptance of the window is computed for the
interior shading device, the inside surface, and the outside surface for
diffuse solar radiation incident from outside the zone. Those absorptances
are used for short wavelength radiation incident from inside the zone. In
most cases, this should not cause significant error. When movable
insulation covers the window, the radiation which would have been
transmitted is absorbed at the outer surface of the window (thermally equal
to the inside surface of the insulation).

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), pp 26.26-26.28.

[2] Handbook of Air Conditioning System Design (Carrier Air Conditioning
Company, McGraw Hill, 1965), pp 1-99 to 1-100.
[3] Handbook of Air Conditioning System Design (Carrier Air Conditioning
Company, McGraw Hill, 1965), p 1-100, Table 48.

60
 people

from

gains

heat

Sensible

at

data
III.F.l

Published

Figure

61
 OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

Figure III.F.2 Baseboard heat control profile

62
Ill .G NATURAL AIR MOVEMENTS

Most building surfaces contain openings, either large or small, which

permit the movement of air through them whenever there is a pressure
difference across the surface. Pressure differences arise from naturally
occurring wind and thermal forces. The following discussion of air
movements emphasizes the relationships to basic principles of fluid
mechanics.

Ill .G. 1 WIND FORCES

Wind pressures on surfaces are proportional to the velocity head of the

undisturbed air stream [1]. The wind pressure is thus calculated from
Bernoulli’s equation as

2
PW 1 ’
= 0.5 * D
a * V (G. 1.1)

The density of air is given by

D a = 0.0034838*PB/T a (G.1.2)

The wind speed is evaluated at the highest point of the surface using the
wind speed to height correlation (B.3.1).

Wind direction effects are dependent on the building's configuration

and its relationship to surrounding structures. No single correlation can
truly model directional effects on all buildings or even the effects on a
single building in different environments. The following correlation is a
compromise derived by averaging several published correlations [2, 3]. It
accounts for the trends observed in wind pressure measurements.
Let Y = angle of incidence of wind on the surface (0<=Y<=180.)

If (Y<=90 . ) PW i = ( .75-1 .05*Y/90. ) * FWj.'

If (Y>=90. ) PW t = (0. 15*Y/90.-.45) * PW-j/ (G.1.3)

III.G.2 THERMAL FORCES

Temperature differences cause air density differences which cause

bouyancy (or "stack”) effects. The magnitude of the force on a submerged
surface (all surfaces are submerged in air) is equal to the area times the
pressure at the centroid of the area. It is therefore necessary to know the
pressure at the centroids and the locations of those centroids. The effect
of air density on the pressure on any surface can be considered by a single
simple formula. The pressure at height Z1 is equal to the pressure at height
Z2 plus fluid density times the graviational constant (9.80 m/s^)tiraes ( Z2 -
Zl). Figure G.l shows a surface separating two vertically adjacent zones.

The pressure difference (AP) across the surface is Pj - Pi. It is more useful
to know this AP in terms of zone pressures Pm and Pn:

63
 :

Pj = p
m + Dm * g * (Zm - Zj ) (G.2.1a)

Pi = Pn + °n * g * (Zn " z i> (G.2. lb)

The sane formulae apply to a vertical surface as in figure G.2. They also
apply to an envelope surface where Pj is the pressure of the outside air
(figure G.3). Ambient air variables are substituted for the zone ra
variables

Pj = P + Da * g * (Z a - Zj) (G.2.2)
a

Z a is the reference height for air pressure measurements. Its location is

arbitrary. The zone reference heights, 7^ and Z^ are also arbitrary. All
are chosen for convenient or physically meaningful representation.

The pressure difference across surface i is

AP = Pj - Pi

- Pm - Pn + ’ D *g*(Zn-Zi)
n

= P - P + PSi (G.2.3)
m n
where
PSi - D m *g*(Zm-Zj) - D n *g*(z n -z1 )

is the "stack pressure" on surface i.

The height of the centroid of a triangle or rectangle is the average of

the heights of the vertices. Since the stack effect also occurs within the
thickness of a horizontal surface and since it is necessary to leave no
building internal height unaccounted, Zi and Zj in figure G.l should both be
replaced by their average.

III. G.3 FLOW EQUATIONS

The flow through small openings in a surface is based on the orifice

equation

F=C*A*D*/2*AP/D (G.3. 1)

where A is the observed opening area and where the flow coefficient, C, is
a function of the Reynolds number and the ratio of the opening size to the
entire surface. When the opening is small, C equals 0.6 for a wide range of
Reynolds numbers [4]. TARP assumes this value of C. The user may modify C
by using an effective flow area (FA) which differs from the actual proportional
opening area. Experimental results indicate that flow through real surfaces
is a combination of orifice flow (Fa /AP ) and capillary flow ( F a AP )
with an exponent of about 0.65 [5]. In order to retain the concept of opening
area and provide a simple grouping of all other terras in (G.3.1), C is multi-
plied by /2 and D divided by /D to give:

64
 Xi
F
±
« 0.848 * FA £ * /d * (AP) (G.3.2)

where FA-^ is the effective flow area of the openings in the surface, D is
the density of incoming air, and is the flow exponent. The pressure
difference for envelope surfaces is

AP = PWi + PSj_ - P n (G.3.3a)

and the AP for interzone surfaces is

AP - PSi + P m " P n (G.3.3b)

The surface flow equation becomes

X1
F
a
- 0.848 * FA a * /Dm * (AP) (AP > 0) (G.3.4a)
or
F
i
= -.848 * FA
t
* /D n * (~AP) Xi (AP < 0) (G.3.4b)

For each zone there must be a mass balance

Fs + I Fi = 0 (G.3.5)

where F g is the net mass flow into the zone from the air handling system and
the F-i are the flows through openings in the zone envelope surfaces. These
mass balances form a system of non-linear algebraic equations which can be
solved for the zone pressures.

III.G.4 SOLUTION OF THE FLOW EQUATIONS

In some schemes for the evaluation of these simultaneous equations it

is important to know the following partial derivatives:

—
3F,

3P n
i = -X,
1
* F,
1 / AP (G.4.1a)

—
3Pm
3F
i = Xj
1
* Fj
1 / AP (interzone surface) (G.4 . lb)

or
3F
1 =
0 (envelope surface) (G.4. lc)
3Fm

Note that it is not necessary to evaluate (AP)^ X ^~^^ to compute these

derivatives. Note also that as AP approaches zero these derivatives cannot be
evaluated. This condition applies for large openings which cannot support a
large pressure difference (except with very high flow rates). This is a
potential source of trouble which must be considered.

65
 These equations have been successfully solved by a modified Newton’s
method in all cases tested. A standard Newton's method was found to sometimes
give very slow convergence because of overcorrections during the iteration.
The modification reduces the Newton correction when this problem appears to
occur.

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 22.3.

[2] Shaw, C. Y. and Tamura, G. T., "The Calculation of Air Infiltration
Rates Caused by Wind and Stack Action for Tall Buildings", ASHRAE
Transactions Vol 83 (ASHRAE, 1977), part 2.
,

[3] Shaw, C. Y.,

"A Method for Predicting Infiltration Rates for a Tall
Building Surrounded by Lower Structures of Uniform Height", ASHRAE
Transactions Vol. 85 (ASHRAE, 1979), part 1.
,

[4] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 4.13, Fig 18.
[5] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 22.8.

66
 Xi
F
1
= 0.848 * FA t * /D * (AP) (G.3.2)

where FA-^ is the effective flow area of the openings in the surface, D is
the density of incoming air, and is the flow exponent. The pressure
difference for envelope surfaces is

AP = PWi + ?S ± - P n (G.3.3a)

and the AP for interzone surfaces is

AP = PSi + P m - P n (G.3 ,3b)

The surface flow equation becomes

FAt Xi
F
t
= 0.848 * * /Dm * (AP) (AP > 0) (G.3 .4a)
or
= -.848 * FA ± * /D n * (-AP) Xi (AP < 0) (G.3. 4b)

For each zone there must be a mass balance

Fs + Z Fi = 0 (G.3.5)

where F s is the net mass flow into the zone from the air handling system and
the F-^ are the flows through openings in the zone envelope surfaces. These
mass balances form a system of non-linear algebraic equations which can be
solved for the zone pressures.

III.G.4 SOLUTION OF THE FLOW EQUATIONS

In some schemes for the evaluation of these simultaneous equations it

is important to know the following partial derivatives:

3F,
—
8P
1 = -Xj
1
* F, / AP (G.4. la)
n

—
3F •

i = Xj
1
* Fj
1
/ AP (interzone surface) (G.4 . lb)

or
3F
—
3p
1 = 0 (envelope surface) (G.4. lc)
m

Note that it is not necessary to evaluate (AP)^-*-""^ to compute these

derivatives. Note also that as AP approaches zero these derivatives cannot be
evaluated. This condition applies for large openings which cannot support a
large pressure difference (except with very high flow rates). This is a
potential source of trouble which must be considered.

65
 These equations have been successfully solved by a modified Newton's
method in all cases tested. A standard Newton's method was found to sometimes
give very slow convergence because of overcorrections during the iteration.
The modification reduces the Newton correction when this problem appears to
occur.

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 22.3.

[2] Shaw, C. Y. and Tamura, G. T., "The Calculation of Air Infiltration
Rates Caused by Wind and Stack Action for Tall Buildings", ASHRAE
Transactions Vol 83 (ASHRAE, 1977), part 2.
,

[3] Shaw, C. Y.,

"A Method for Predicting Infiltration Rates for a Tall
Building Surrounded by Lower Structures of Uniform Height", ASHRAE
Transactions Vol. 85 (ASHRAE, 1979), part 1.
,

[4] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 4.13, Fig 18.
[5] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 22.8.

66
 Zm
ROOMm

Zj
zzzzzzzZzzzzzzzz
Z|
Pi

ROOM n
z„
*Pn

Figure III.G.l Pressure relationships for vertically adjacent zones

Zm
Pm

ROOM n I I
Z|,Zj

ROOMm
•Pn I Z„

Figure III.G.2 Pressure relationships for horizontally adjacent zones

Pi*^*pj Zi,Z,

ROOM n AMBIENT

P.

1 Z,

Figure III.G.3 Pressure relationships for envelope surfaces

67
Ill .H ROOM RADIANT INTERCHANGE

III.H.l DETAILED RADIANT INTERCHANGE

The surfaces of a room form an enclosure where they exchange energy

with the room air by convection and directly with each other by radiation.
The net radiant flux absorbed by surface i is given by

4 -
QI i = E F
ii
*(T.j T^) + QLI ± + QS^ (H.1.1)
j
This expression is not usually substituted into the surface heat balance
equations since the T 4 terms would make the equations nonlinear and difficult
to solve. The radiation interchange factor, F-jj (which includes geometry and
radiocity factors) is difficult to calculate for rooms with arbitrary geometry.
Since each surface interacts with all other surfaces of the room (total of N
surfaces) there are N^ interactions to be considered. This requires a time
consuming solution technique. Quicker solutions are possible by linearizing
and assuming constant radiative and convective coefficients for all surfaces
[1]. Alternate methods are available which use mean radiant temperature
instead of the detailed radiant interchange. These methods allow efficient
treatment of the problem without assuming constant coefficients. They so
significantly affect the solution time for problems with many surfaces that
they make simultaneous heat balances for many rooms feasible [2].

III.H.2 MRT NETWORK ALGORITHM

In the TARP radiant interchange between room surfaces is based on the

mean radiant temperature network (MRTN) method of Joseph A. Carroll [3],
Surfaces radiatively interact with an MRT instead of directly with each
other.

QIi = HRi * (TRn - T ± ) (H.2.1)

o
where HR^ is a radiative conductance. This gives N instead of N
interactions. The time required to solve the inside surface heat balances
is reduced from order N^ to order N. The effects of QLI^ and QSI^ are
discussed below.

Since the MRT includes the effect of all surfaces, coupling the surface
to the MRT couples it to itself. The MRT network method includes a factor
F^, the "MRT view factor", which compensates for the self weight of surface
i in the MRT.

F± = 1 / [1 - S^Fi / ( E Sj*Fj ) ] (H.2.2)

j

This expression can be solved iteratively.

The effects of surface eraittance are modeled by a surface resistance in

the radiative conductance.

68
 HR t = A*a*T 3 /[l/F 1 + ( l-e ± )/e ± ] (H.2.3)

Near room temperature the radiative couplings between surfaces vary by

about 1 percent per degree C variation in the mean radiant temperature. The
TARP allows a quick mode of calculating the radiant interchange which uses a
constant T (= 296K = 23C) for evaluating HR^. A more accurate model uses
the following algorithm to account for the non-linearity of the detailed
equation.

1. Initialize all the HRi for a temperature of 27C:

HRi = 6.13 / [ 1/F ± + (l-e i )/e 1 ] (H.2.4a)

2. At each iteration first adjust all

HRi = (0.865 + 0.005*Ti> * HRi (H.2.4b)

3. Then evaluate

TRL n = £ HRi*Ai*Ti / E HR^Ai (H.2.4c)

where the sura applies to all surfaces of room n

4. Then again adjust all

HRi = (0.865 + 0.005*TRL n ) * HRi (H.2.4d)

This method scales each HR^ by two factors nearly proportional to T** 3 and
,

estimates the radiant fluxes to within about 1 percent for surfaces between 0C
and 50C.

In addition to the radiation from other surfaces, there is longwave

radiation from various energy sources in the room. The effect of these
radiant sources can be factored into the MRT and the radiant flux
automatically distributed over the room surfaces.

TR n = (£ HRi*Si*Ti + QL n ) / £ HR^Si (H.2.5)

Shortwave radiation, such as from the sun and lights, should not be handled
by this modification of the MRT because the room surfaces can have entirely
different emissivites for short and long wavelength radiation. Therefore,
H.2.1 should be written:

Qli = HRi *(TRn - Ti> + QSIi (H.2.6)

The MRTN method of Carroll is slightly more accurate than the "balanced
mean radiant temperature" (MRTB) method of Walton. In addition it can
easily handle multiple reflections and air emittance effects. However, when
MRTN is used in the TARP iterative heat balance, it is slower than MRTB A.

single MRTN iteration is slightly faster than MRTB, but more are required.
This is because MRTN updates TR n once per heat balance iteration of all

69
 .

surfaces while MRTB updates TR n for each surface during the heat balance
iteration. The effect is the same as Jacobi versus Gauss-Seidel iteration [4]
The MRTN method was chosen over MRTB because of its accuracy and potential for
future expansion. It thus became important to find a method to reduce the
number of iterations to regain speed similar to MRTB. This method is described
in section L.

REFERENCES

[1] Sowell, E.F., and Walton, G.N.,

"Efficient Computation of Zone Loads",
ASHRAE Transactions Vol 86 (1980), Part I.
[2] Walton, G. N.,
"A New Algorithm for Radiant Interchange in Room Loads
Calculations", ASHRAE Transactions Vol 86 (1980), Part II.
[3] Carroll, J. A., "An 'MRT Method' of Computing Radiant Energy Exchange
in Rooms", Proceedings of the 2nd Systems Simulation and Economics
Analysis Conference (1980).
[4] Conte, S. D., and de Boor, C., Elementary Numerical Analysis: An
Algorithmic Approach, (McGraw-Hill, 1972), pp 166-167.

70
 I

III. SURFACE OUTSIDE HEAT BALANCES

III.I.l SIMPLE SURFACE CONDUCTANCE

The convective plus radiative heat flux from a surface to the environment
may be represented by:

. CO + QO = HO * (TO - T a ) + QSO (1. 1.1)

The surface coefficient, HO, accounts for both convection and longwave radiant
interchange. QSO is the absorbed shortwave radiant flux. A simple correla-
tion for HO uses a polynomial expression [1] based on an ASHRAE relationship
[2] which relates the surface coefficient (W/m^K) to wind speed (m/s) and
surface roughness.

H 0 - *0 + A l* V a + V v
a
2
0.1.2)

The values of the coefficients are determined by the surface roughness:

Roughness A0 Al a2 Example Material

Index
1 11.58 5.894 0.0 Stucco
2 12.49 4.065 0.028 Brick, rough plaster
3 10.79 4.192 0.0 Concrete
4 8.23 4.00 -0.057 Clear pine
5 10.22 3.10 0.0 Smooth plaster
6 8.23 3.33 -0.036 Glass, paint on pine

Va is the reported wind speed unmodified for surface height or orientation.

This is reasonable for estimating design loads, but it needs improvement for
detailed simulations.

Rain causes the surface temperature to rapidly approach the water

temperature. TARP models this by setting HO to 1000. W/m^K and replacing Ta
in (1.1.1) by the wet bulb temperature.

III. I. 2 DETAILED SURFACE CONDUCTANCE

A detailed description of the outside surface coefficient must include

components of forced convection (Hf), natural convection (H n ), and radiant
interchange (H r ). These are affected by surface size, shape, location, orien-
tation, and many features in the surrounding environment. All of these effects
are open to further study [3]. The following algorithms have been combined
(perhaps not justifiably) to allow the user to study the effects of certain
details in the outside conductance algorithm on relative zone conditions.
They show the kind of details that can be considered in TARP. They will be
progressively enhanced as better algorithms are developed.

71
 .

III. I. 2.1 FORCED CONVECTION

Wind velocity tends to increase at increasing heights above the ground.

The relationship for this increase is described in B.3.

V v
aZ = a * b
* < z/z o> a 0.2.1)

Studies of the effect of surface shape on Hf give the following

correlation [4]

st * Pr 2/3 = 0.86 * Re-1/2 ( 1 . 2 . 2 )

H If - 0.86*D
a
*C*P L " 2 / 3 *(.25*V cLZ *C*v/A)!/ 2 (1.2.3)
p

where

St = Stanton number (Hf/D a CpV z )

Pr = Prandtl number (CpV /k)
R.e = Reynolds number ( ^V az A/Cv)
A = surface area
C = surface circumference
Da = density of air
Cp = specific heat of air
V az = free stream wind velocity (at height of surface)
v = kinematic viscosity

For air Pr~ 2/3 = 1.245, C - 1004 J/Kg K , and D a iTv 5 0.00472 Kg/s m 5/2
p
which combine to give

H f = 2.537 * f~C]k * /~V^T (1.2.4)

The local value of Hf was found to be greatest near the edges of the surface
where the thermal boundary layer is thinnest. Therefore, to avoid computing
too large a value for small subsurfaces (windows and doors), TARP uses the
same C/A for the subsurfaces as for the wall they are on.

There is as yet no definitive study giving an algorithm for wind direction

effects. Therefore, it was decided to follow the suggestion of Cole [5] and
multiply Hf by a wind direction modifier, Wf, of one half for the leeward
surfaces. Wf equals one for windward surfaces. In TARP leeward is defined
as greater than 100 degrees from normal incidence.

A simple surace roughness multiplier, Rf, was developed from the ASHRAE
graph of surface conductances [6]. At 0 mph all lines on this graph intercept
at about 1.9 Btu/hrft 2 F. The correlations for the six roughnesses are nearly
linear. Therefore, a simple roughness multiplier was constructed by subtrac-
ting 1.9 from all values of H (at 25 mph) and dividing by the quantity H [

(of roughness 6 at 25 mph) - 1.9 as summarized below. ]

72
 Roughness H (at 25 mph) Rf

1 13.6 2.1
2 10.8 1.67
3 10.1 1.52
4 8.0 1.13
5 7.9 1.11
6 7.3 1.00

1 1 1. 1. 2. 2 NATURAL CONVECTION

There must be a natural convection component in the overall surface

coefficient to account for the convection which exists at zero wind velocity.
The same expressions are used for outside natural convection as for inside
convection (J.2).

Heat flow up: H 9.482* 3 >/| TO-Ta| /(7 .238- cos (I. 2. 5a)
n - |
4> |

Heat flow down: Hn = 1 ,810* 3 /|TO-Ta| / (1 .381+ 1

cos<j> |
) (I. 2. 5b)

This component is assumed to be present at all wind speeds.

111. 1. 2. 3 RADIANT INTERCHANGE

There is radiant interchange between the surface and the sky, and between
the surface and the ground surface or adjacent structures. The effective
temperature of the ground surface is assumed to be equal to T a (pending further
algorithm development). The effective temperature of any point in the sky
depends on the optical path length through the atmosphere. Section B.3 des-
cribes the algorithm which computes the effective sky temperature which would
be seen by a horizontal surface. For tilted surfaces the radiant interchange
coefficient (H r ) must be divided into three parts: one (HS) to sky temperature,
one (HG) to ground surface temperature, and one (Ha) to air temperature.

Ha = a * e * F (1 - cos( )*(T0 4 - 1^ 4 )/|T0 - Tj (1. 2. 6a)

gg * <t>/2)

4
HS = a * e * F * cos(<j>/2)* (TO 4 - T o )/|TO - T |
(1. 2. 6b)

HG = a * e * F * (TO 4 - T 4 )/ TO - T | (I. 2. 6c)

o o
|

^o

Pending further research, TARP assumes the ground surface temperature, Tg,
equals the air temperature, T a This three component split of H r must still
.

be validated or modified by experimental data. It produces proper results

for horizontal surfaces. It causes a vertical surface to radiate to an
effective temperature of (.35 T s + .65 T a) . TARP allows for radiant exchange
to surfaces of buidings to be represented by the user-specified values of R ss
and F S g. Other building surfaces can be expected to have about the same tem-
perature as the surface in question. Therefore, there is no net radiant trans-
fer to it, and the view factor to all other building surfaces is represented
by - F
1
gs - F S g.

73
 4

III. I. 2. COMBINED FACTORS

Since the expressions for Hn and Hr are used to evaluate TO, the most
recent value of TO is used in their calculation. The three factors combine
to give the following expression for combined convective and radiative flux.

CO + QO = (H f *Wf*R f + H n + HA)*(T a -TO) + HS*(T g -T0) + HG*(T„-T0) + QSO

(1.2.7)
I II. I. 3 BASIC HEAT BALANCES

A heat balance must exist at the outside surface-air interface. The

incoming conductive, convective, and radiative fluxes must sum to zero:

KO + CO + QO = 0 (1.3.1)

In contrast to the internal surface heat balance which treats all surfaces
simultaneously, the external thermal balance for each surface is performed
independent of all other surfaces. This implies that there is no direct
interaction between the individual surfaces.

The TARP includes four possible representations for the basic outside
surface heat balance. The first two depend on which of the optional surface
conductance algorithms the user selects. The simple outside surface conduc-
tance (1.1) which includes both the convective and thermal interchange between
the surface and the environment in a single coefficient, is represented by
the thermal network in figure 1.1. (1.3.1) can be expressed in terras of
(C.1.6) and (1.1.1) as

KOP t + Y 0 *TI t - X 0 *TO t + HO*(T a - T0 t ) + QSO = 0 (1.3.2)

This can be solved for the outside surface temperature.

T0 t = (KOP t + QSO + Y 0 *TI t + HO*T a ) / (X 0 + HO) (1.3.3)

The detailed outside surface conductance model (1.2) considers convection

and radiant interchange with the sky and with the ground as separate factors.
Its use in the outside thermal balance is shown in figure 1.2. In this case
(1.3.1) can be expanded according to (C.1.6) and (1.2.7) to give

KOP t + Y 0 *TI t - X 0 *TO t + HA*(T a - T0 t )

+ HS*(T s - T0 t ) + HG*(T - T0 t ) + QSO = 0 (1.3.4)

g

This can be solved for the outside surface temperature:

T0 t = (KOP t + QSO + Y0*TI t + HA*T a + HS*T s + HG*T )

g

/ (Xq + HA + HS + HG) (1.3.5)

74
 The third and fourth representations occur when the outside surface has
been covered with a movable insulation. The insulation has a conductance of
UM. This case is represented by the thermal network in figure 1.3. The
insulation must be massless because it is not generally possible to perform a
correct thermal balance at the juncture of two surfaces each modeled by CTF.

The equation for the thermal balance betwen the surface and the insulation is

KOP t + Y 0 *TI t - X0 *TO t + UM*(TM-TO t ) + QSO = 0 (1.3.6)

which can be rewritten to solve for TO:

T0 t = (KOP t + QSO +Y 0 *TI t + UM*TM) / (X 0 + UM) (1.3.7)

Depending on whether or not the detailed or simple algorithm for surface

conductance is being used, there are two expresions for TM, the outside
temperature of the insulation. For the simple conductance:

TM = (QSM + UM*TO t + HO*T a ) / (UM + HO) (1.3.8)

For the detailed conductance:

TM = (QSM + UM*TO t + HA*T a + HS*T s + HG*T )

g
/ (UM + HA + HS + HG) (1.3.9)

In this case the values of HA, HS, and HG must be found by using an estimated
value of TM in place of TO in (1.2).

I I I. I. 4 HEAT BALANCE CASES

T0 t and TI t are related through the Yq CTF. However, TI t is also unknown.

While it is possible to combine the outside and inside surface heat balances
to compute T0 t and TI t simultaneously, the TARP uses a simpler procedure
where T0 t is based on a previous value of TI. When Yq is small, as occurs in
well insulated or very massive surfaces, TI t can be replaced by TI t _i (which
is known from the previous hour's heat balance) without significantly effecting
the value of T0 t . When Yq is large, TO and TI can be so strongly coupled
that separate outside and inside heat balances do not work because the environ-
ment and zone temperatures have negligible influence on the heat balances.
The TARP uses the inside surface heat balance to couple T0 t with TZ and TR,
These two temperatures are less strongly influenced by TO and allow a reason-
able heat balance. On the first heat balance iteration, TZ and TR are the
values at time t-1. The user may optionally require that T0 t be recomputed
with every iteration of Tlf In this case TZ and TR have the values from the
previous iteration, and a true simultaneous solution is achieved. In most
conventional construction, recomputing T0 t does not significantly change the
computed zone loads and temperatures. The inside surface heat balance is
given by (J.3.3) which is repeated here.

TI t = (KIP t + QSI + HC*T Z + HR*TR + Y 0 *TO)

/ (Zq + HC + HR) (1.4.1)

75
 ] ] ] ]

The surface heat balances can be combined in eight ways according to

conditions for calculation of the outside surface temperature. Compute

Fj_ = Y
0 / (Zq + HI + HR) (I. 4. 2a)
F2 = UM / (UM + HO) (I. 4. 2b)
F3 = UM / (UM + HA + HS + HG) (I .4 .2c)

as needed for the following cases.

CASE 1: Yq small, simple conductance, no movable insulation. From equation

(1.3.3):

T0 t = (KOP t + QSO + Yo^TIj--! + HO*T a ) / (Xq + HO) (1.4.3)

CASE 2: Yq not small, simple conductance, no movable insulation. From (1.3.3)

and (1.4.1):

T0 t = [KOP t + QSO + HO*T a + F 1 *(KIP t + QSI + HI*TZ + HR*TR)

/ (Xq + HO - F!*Y 0 ) (1.4.4)

CASE 3: YO small, detailed conductance, no movable insulation. From (1.3.4):

T0 t = (KOP t + QSO + Y Q *TI t _ 1 + HA*T a + HS*T s + HG*T )

g

/ (X 0 + HA + HS + HG) (1.4.5)

CASE 4: Yq not small, detailed conductance, no movable insulation. From

(1.3.4) and (1.4.1):

TO t = [KOP t + QSO + HA*T a + HS*T s + HG*T

g

+ F 1 *(KIP t + QSI + HI*TZ + HR*TR)

/ (Xq + HA + HS + HG - F 1 *Yq) (1.4.6)

CASE 5: Yq small, simple conductance, with movable insulation. From (1.3.7)

and (1.3.8):

T0 t = [KOP t + QSO + YQ*TI t _i + F 2 *(QSM + HO*TM)

/ (Xq + UM - F 2 *UM) (1.4.7)

CASE 6: Yq not small, simple conductance, with movable insulation. From

(1.3.7), (1.3.8), and (1.4.1):

T0 t = [KOP t + QSO + F 2 *(QSM + HO*T a ) + F 1 *(KIP t + QSI + HI*TZ + HR*TR)

/ (Xq + UM - F 2 *UM - Fj_*Yq) (1.4.8)

76
CASE 7: Yq small, detailed conductance, with movable insulation. From (1.3.7)
and (1.3.9):

T0 t - [KOP t + QSO + Yo*TI t _! + F 3 *(QSM + HA*T a + HS*T s + HG*T g )]

/ (Xq + UM - F 3 *UM) (I. A. 9)

CASE 8: Yq not small, detailed conductance, with movable insulation. From

(1.3.7), (1.3.9), and (1.4.1):

T0 t = [KOP t + QSO + F 1 *(KIP t + QSI + HI*TZ + HR*TR)

+ F 3 *(QSM + HA*T a + HS*T g + HG*T )]

g

/ (Xq + UM - F 3 *UM - F X *Y 0 ) (1.4.10)

REFERENCES

[1] T. Kusuda, "NBSLD, the Computer Program for Heating and Cooling Loads in
Buildings," NBS Building Science Series 69, (July 1967), p 66a.
[2] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 23.2, Figure 1.
[3] R. J. Cole and N. S. Sturrock, "The Convective Heat Exhcange at the
External Surface of Buildings", Building and Environment, Vol 12 (1977)
pp 207-214.
[4] E. M. Sparrow, J. W. Ramsey, and E. A. Mass, "Effect of Finite Width
on Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow about an Inclined Rectangular Plate,"
Journal of Heat Transfer , Vol 101 (May 1979), p 204.
[5] R. J. Cole and N. S. Sturrock, "The Convective Heat Exchange at the
External Surface of Buildings", Building and Environment, Vol 12
(1977), p 212.
[6] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals, (ASHRAE, 1981), p 23.2, Figure 1.

77
Figure III.I.l Thermal network for simple outside surface coefficient

Tl

Figure III. 1. 2 Thermal network for detailed outside surface coefficient

Figure III. I. 3 Thermal network for outside movable insulation

78
III.J SURFACE INSIDE HEAT BALANCES

III.J.l SIMPLE CONVECTION COEFFICIENT

The convective heat flux from the zone air to a surface is given by:

Cl = HC * (TI - TZ) (J.1.1)

The coefficient for natural convection heat transfer is based on data from
ASHRAE [1], The ASHRAE values are for combined convection and radiation, so
a radiative component of (1.02 times emissivity of 0.9) is subtracted from
the tabulated values which are then converted to metric. When warm air is
below a cool horizontal surface (or cool air above a warm surface), there is
more convective mixing than for air next to a veritcal surface. Conversely,
when cool air is below a warm surface (or warm air above a cool surface)
there is reduced convection.

HC (W/m 2 K) Type of Surface Tilt

Heat Flow
4.043 enhanced 157.5 to 180 or 0 to 22.5 degrees
3.873 enhanced 112.5 to 157.5 or 22.5 to 67.5 degrees
3.078 normal 67.5 to 112.5 degrees (vertical surface)
2.283 reduced 22.5 to 67.5 or 112.5 to 157.5 degrees
0.920 reduced 0 to 22.5 or 157.5 to 180 degrees

When the air handling system is moving air through the zone, a single value
of 6.14 W/m 2 K (= 2.0 - 1.02 * 0.90 Btu/h*ft 2 *F) should be used for HI.

III.J. 2 DETAILED NATURAL CONVECTION COEFFICIENT

ASHRAE has the following expressions for natural convection from large
surfaces [2].

HC (W/m 2 K) Direction of Heat Flow

1.52* 3 /|TZ-TI Upward (J.2. la)

1.31* 3
/| TZ-TI |
Horizontal (J.2. lb)

0.76* 3 /| TZ-TI Downward ( J.2 . lc)

It may be noted that these expressions are inconsistant with the values
given for the simple algorithm.

To account for all surface tilts, the following expressions are used.

Heat flow horizontal or upward:

HC = 9.482 * 3
/| TZ-TI |
/ (7.238- |
cos<|) |
) (J.2. 2a)

79
 )

Heat flow horizontal or downward:

HC = 1.810 * 3 /| TZ-TI / (1.382+|cos<|)|) (J.2.2b)

|

III.J.3 BASIC HEAT BALANCE

A heat balance must exist at the inside surface-air interface. The

incoming convective, radiative, and conductive fluxes must sum to zero:

Cli + QIj_ + KI t = 0.0 (J.3.1)

This equation can be expanded according to the descriptions of convection

(J.l and J.2), radiation (F.2.6), and conduction (C.1.4) and as shown in
figure J.l to give

HCj^CTZn-TIi) + HR^CTRn-TIi) + QSIi + KIPi + Y 0> i*TOi - Zo^TIi = 0.0 (J.3.2)

Interior surface temperatures of envelope surfaces are computed by

rearranging (J.3.2):

TI ± « (HC i *TZn + HRi^TRn + OSIi + KIP t + Y 0> i*TOi)

/ (HCi + HRi + Z 0ji ) (J.3.3)

The value of TO^ must have been previously calculated by the methods in
section 1.4.

The following two partial derivatives are useful in improving the rate
of convergence of the heat balance iterations.

3TI t (J.3.4a)
= HCi / (HCi + HR i + Zo.l)
3TZ
n
3TIi (J.3.4b)
= HRi / (HCi + HRi + Z0,i)
3TR
n

III.J.4 INTERNAL SURFACES

Internal masses and partitions separating identically conditioned zones

can be treated as surfaces with equal inside and outside temperatures. In
that case Equation (J.3.2) may be rearranged to give:

TI ± = (HC i *TZ n + HR i *TR n + QSIi + KIP i) (J.4.1)

/ (HC ± + HR t + Z 0>1 - Y 0 ,i>

The partial derivatives are

3TIi ( J.4 . 2a
HCi / (HCi + HRi + Z 0j i Y 0 ,i)
3T Z
n

80
 ) )

and

“
3TX
= HR
i 1 (HC 1 + HR 1 + ZQ.i " Y 0,i)
(J.4.2b)

III.J.5 INTERZONE SURFACES

In the TARP interzone surfaces are permitted to have movable

insulation. This creates another set of basic heat balances at the
air-insulation and the insulation-surface interfaces (figure J.2). The
inside heat balances (with movable insulation) are

HC i *(TZ n -TM 1 ) + HR i *(TRn -TM1 ) + UM1 *(TI 1 ~TMi ) + QS!^ = 0.0 (J.5.1)

KIP t + Y 0 ji *T0 i - Zq + UMi *(TM1 -TI i ) + QSIj. = 0.0 (J.5.2)

A similar set of equations exist for the far side of the surface (described
as surface j adjacent to zone m) . The far side heat balance (without
movable insulation) is

HCj *(TZm-TIj ) + HRj*(TRtn-TIj ) + OSIj + KIPj + Y 0 j*TOj - ZQ j*TIj

}
=0.0
(J.5.3)

The far side heat balances (with movable insulation) are

HCj * ( T Zjjf-TMj ) + HRj*(TRm-TMj) + UMj*(TIj-TMj ) + QSMj = 0.0 (J.5.4)

KIPj + Y 0) j*TOj - Zq
^ j
*TIj + UMj *(TMj-TIj ) + QSIj =0.0 (J.5.5)

The following relationships apply because i and j refer to opposite sides of

the same surface:

TIi = TOj ; TOi = TIj ; KIPi = KOPj ; KOPi = KIPj ;

- X
Zo.j 0>1 (= X 0 ); Y0>j - Y 0>1 (= Y 0 ).

The placement of insulation on either side leads to four basic cases.

Compute

F x = Y 0 / (Xq + HCj + HRj (J.5 .6a)

F 2 = UMi / (UMjl + HCj: + HRi) (J.5.6b)
F 3 = UMj / (UMj + HCj + HRi) (J.5.6c)
F 4 = Yq / (Xq + UMj - F 3 *UMj (J.5.6d)

as needed for the cases below.

CASE 1: No movable insulation on either side. From equations (J.3.2) and

(J.5.3):

81
 Tit = [HCi^Zn + HRi*TRn + QSIi + KIPi +

F 1 *(HCj*TZm + HRj^TR^j + QSIj + KIP-j ) ]

/ (Zq + HCi + HR t - F 1 *Y 0 ) (J.5.7)

The partial derivatives are:

and
3TI,
)Yf - HCj
,

/
,
<HCi + HR i + ZO - W (J. 5 .8a)

3TL
^ = H RjL / (HCi + HR i + Z0 Fi*Y 0 )
(J.5.8b)

CASE 2: Movable insulation on near side only. From equations (J.5.1),

(J.5.2), and (J.5.3):

TIi = [KIPi + Q SI i + F 1 *(HCj*TZm + HRj *TRm + QSIj + KIPj

+ F 2 *(HC 1 *TZn + HR i *TRn + QSMi) ]

/ (Zq + UMi- F^Yq - F 2 *UMi) (J.5.9a)

TMi = F 2 *[TIi + (HCi*!^ + HR i *TRn + QSM 1 )/UMi ] (J.5.9b)

Since UMi should be small, the partial derivatives are:

3TX
—i = HCi / (HCi + HRi + UMi)
(J.5 . 10a)
n

and

—
3TI
9T R
i
n
- HRi / (HCi + HRi + UMi)
(J.5. 10b)

CASE 3: Movable insulation on far side only. From equations (J.3.2)

(J.5.4), and (J.5. 5):

TIi = (HCi*TZ n + HRi*TRn + KIPi + Q SI i

+ F 4 *[KIPj + QSIj + F 3 *(HCj*TZm + HRj *TR m + QSMj ) ]

}

/ (Zq + HC ± + HR i " F 4* Y 0) (J.5. 11)

The partial derivatives are given by (J.5. 8a) and (J.5. 8b).

CASE 4: Movable insulation on both sides. QSIi and QSIj are both zero
because the insulation is assumed opaque. From equations (J.5.1), (J.5.2),
(J.5.4) and (J.5. 5):

82
 }

TIi - {KIPi + F 4 * [KIPj + F 3 *(HCj*TZm + HRj*TRm + QSllj ) ]

+ F 2 *(HC i *TZ n + HR 1 *TR n + QSM^)

/ (Z 0 + UMj - F 4 *Y 0 - F 2 *UM i ) ( J.5 . 12a)

TMj. = F 2 *[TI 1 + (HC^TZn + HR i *TRn + QSMjO/UMjJ (J.5. 12b)

The partial derivatives are given by (J.5. 10a) and (J.5. 10b).

REFERENCES

[1] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 23.12, Table 1.

[2] ASHRAE Handbook - 1981 Fundamentals (ASHRAE, 1981), p 2.12, Table 5.

83
 TZ

Figure III.J.l Inside surface thermal network

Figure III.J.2 Inside movable insulation thermal network

84
Ill .K ZONE AIR HEAT BALANCE

The calculation of the zone air temperature is based on a heat balance

on the zone air. The convective gains from the room surfaces and internal
sources plus the sensible gain from incoming air plus the energy added by
the air handling system must equal zero.

CE + Z HC i *S i *(T 1 - TZ) + I Fj*C *(TSj - TZ) + L = 0 (K.0.1)

p

The summations apply to all surfaces which are part of the zone.

The system performance model (III.K.l) may be used with the detailed
natural air movement model (III.G) if the supply and exhaust air flows of
every zone are equal (that is, Fs in equation (G.3.5) must be zero). The
simple air movement models (III.K.2 through III.K.5) may not be used
siraulatneously with the detailed air movement model.

III.K.l SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MODEL

The energy from the system is based on the user defined control profile
which approximates the performance of the actual system. The control
profile consists of a set of control points which define the heating or
cooling capacity of the system as a function of the control temperature as
in figure K.l. Control range p is between temperatures T and Tp+j . The
p
control profile is linear between the control points. Simple
proportionality gives

L - Lp + (T - T )*(L p+1 - L )/(T p+1 - T ) (K.1.1)

p p p

This can be rearranged to

L = LT * T + LC (K.l. 2a)

where

LT = (L p+1 - L )/(T p+1 - T p ) and LC = L p - LT*T p (K.l. 2b)

p

The control temperature consists of both the air and the mean radiant
temperatures according to the formula

T = 0 * TR + (1 - 0) * TZ (K.l. 3)

where 0 is the user defined radiant fraction. When this expression is

substituted into the zone air heat balance, it gives the following
expression for computing the zone air temperature

TZ = [ CE + SUM HC i *S 1 *T i + SUM Fj*C p *TS-j + g*LT*TR + LC]

/ [ SUM HC i *S i + SUM Fj *C - (1 - f?)*LT ] (K.l. 4)

p

85
III.K.2 SIMPLE INFILTRATION MODEL

An equation for the mass flow of infiltration air can be developed from
measured values in similar structures [1]. The TARP assumes a correlation
of the form

FI - (A0 + A l *|TZ - T a |
+ A 2 *V + A 3 *V 2 ) * D
a
(K.2.1)

This correlation accounts for stack effects in the temperature difference

terra and wind effects in the two velocity terms. Equation (K.1.4)
simplifies to

TZ = [ CE + I + FI*C *T a + f?*LT*TR + LC]

p

/ I HC-^Sjl + FI*C p - (1 - 0)*LT] (K.2.2)

III.K.3 ZONE VENTILATION MODEL

The heating effect of ventilation air is given by

LV = FV * C (T a - TZ) (K.3.1)
p *

TARP ventilation operates by creation of a ventilation profile similar to

the zone temperature control profile. A new ventilation profile is created
every hour as the ambient temperature changes. No point on the ventilation
profile is permitted to overlap the heating or cooling portions of the
control profile. This assumes the same fan is used for ventilation and
heating or at least that two separate fans are managed by the same
controller.

Several types of ventilation profile are possible. Figure K.2 shows a

profile when the ambient temperature (T a ) is higher than the desired tempera-
ture (TV). No cooling occurs until the zone air temperature exceeds TA.

When T a is less than TV, there is a cooling capacity at TV. A small

ramp between TV and TV+0.01 is created for stability of the heat balance
iterations as in figure K.3.

When there is a heating control profile and the desired ventilation

temperature is below the point which initiates heating, the TARP revises TV
to above that point as in figure K.4.

When there is a cooling control profile, the ventilation profile is not

permitted to extend upward into the cooling temperature range (figure K.5).

III.K.4 TWO ZONE MIXING MODEL

A simple model can be developed to describe the forced mixing of air

between two zones with simple controls. A mass flow of up to FM will exist
from zone ra to zone n when TZ m - TZn > TD. It is assumed that an equal
return flow exists from zone n to m. Since the two zone air temperatures

86
are intimately coupled, it is best to seek an exact simultaneous solution.
The description of that solution is simplified by rearranging equation
(K.2.2) to

B n * TZn - ^ (K.4.1)

where

A n - CE n + E HCi^TIi + FI n *Cp n *T a + 3*LT n *TR n + LC n

Bn = E HCi + FI n *C pn - (1 - B)*LT n

A similar equation exists for zone m. The effect of an interzone air flow
is given by the two equations

(B n + MM)*TZ n « A n + MM*TZm (K.4 . 2a)

(B m + MM)*TZ m = Am + MM* TZn (K.4.2b)

where MM = FM * C .
p

There are three possible conditions for the interzone air flow. First
is that TZjh - TZ n < TD and therefore MM = 0. Second is that the maximum
flow rate still leaves T - TZ n > TD. Simultaneous solution of equations
(K.4. 2a) and (K.4. 2b) gives

TZ n = (An + F^Ajjj) / (B n + MM - F^MM) (K.4. 3a)

TZpj = (Apj + MM*TZn ) / (Bm + MM) (K.4. 3b)

where Fj = MM / (B m + MM)

The third case occurs when no flow gives TZq - TZn > TD and full flow would
cause TZ m - TZ n < TD. It is then necessary to solve for the partial flow
during the hour which will cause TZtn - TZn = TD. This gives

MM = [Am - B m * ( TD + An /B n )l / [TD*B m /B n + TD] (K.4. 4a)

TZ n = (An + MM*TD) / Bn (K.4. 4b)

TZm = TZn + TD (K. 4 ,4c)

III.K.5 WHOLE HOUSE FAN MODEL

A model similar to the zone mixing model (III. K.4) can be developed
which describes the effects of a fan moving air only from zone n to zone m
with movement of air to and from ambient completing the mass balance. Such
a case is the exhaust of house air into its attic. A simple control scheme
allows a mass flow of up to FF whenever TZ n > TD > T a . The effect of the
air flow on the zone energy balances is given by

87
 (B n + MF)*TZn - An + MF*TA (K.5.1a)

and

(B m + MF)*TZn = ^+ MF*TZn (K.5.1b)

where

MF = FF * C
p

similar to equations (K.4.2).

There are three possible conditions for the interzone air flow. First
is that TD < T a or TZ n < TD which gives MF=0. Second is that the maximum
flow leaves TZjB > TD. Direct solution of equations la and lb gives

T^ = < An + MF*TA) / (B n + MF) (K.5.2a)

TZn, = + MF*TZn) / (B m + MF) (K.5.2b)

The third case occurs when no flow gives TZn ^ TD anc^ full flow would cause
TZ n < TD. It is then necessary to solve for the partial flow during the
hour which causes TZn = TD.

MF = (A n " B n *TD) / (TD-T a ) (K.5.3a)

TZn = TD (K. 5.3b)

TZm = (An + MF*TZ n ) / (B m + MF) (K.5.3c)

REFERENCES

[1] Coblenz, C. W. and Achenbach, P. R. "Field Measurements of Ten ,

Electrically-Heated Houses", ASHRAE Transactions (ASHRAE, 1963),

pp 358-365.

88
Figure III.K.l Zone temperature control profile

89
Figure III.K.2 Ventilation control profile: T a higher than TV

Figure III.K.3 Ventilation control profile: T a higher than TV

90
Figure III.K.5 Ventilation and cooling control profiles

91
Ill .L HEAT BALANCE CONVERGENCE

In any zone the air temperature, mean radiant temperature, and the
surface temperatures are intimately related. A change in any one will cause
changes in all of the others. Those secondary changes should be predictable.

It was observed that, with the zone air temperature held nearly
constant by a large heating capacity, there was a regular pattern in
successive radiant temperature values during the heat balance iterations for
a given hour.

(TR^+2 ~ TR^+i) / (TR^+j - TR^) = constant (L.1.1)

where

k is the iteration number.

The value of that constant is

E (HR i * S i * m i) / E (HR i * S ± ) (L.1.2)

9TR n

with i for all surfaces of the zone. The partial derivatives are described
in section J.

The following logic led to a method for improved convergence for fixed
or floating zone air temperature.

(1) Do the first iteration in the normal manner.

(2) During the second iteration a new TR is computed (H.2.5). It is ATRO
greater (negative value means less) than the first iteration TR.
(3) By itself, this would cause an increase of cx*ATRq in the value of TR in
the next iteration, a is the constant given by (L.1.2).
(4) It also causes an increase in the zone air temperature due to increased
convective gain. Assuming that the average change in surface temperatures
equals the change in radiant temperature

AT Zq = ATR 0 * E HC i *S i /

[E HC-j^Si + E Fj *Cp - (1-3)*LT ] (L.1.3)

(5) Increasing TZ will then increase the TI because of convective gain.

Again assuming the change in surface temperatures is about equal to the
change in radiant temperature

9TI
ATR X = ATZq * E HC *S *
i i
i / E HC^S 1
8TZ n

92
 aTI
= ATRq * E IIC
i
*S i * i /

8TZ n
[Z HCi^Si + E Fj*Cp - (l-e)LT ]

= Y * A TR 0 (L.1.4)

(6) Combine the changes in radiant temperature in (3) and (5) to give the
total change in TR for one iteration.

ATR2 = (ot + y) * ATRq (L.1.5)

The total change in TR over several iterations is

ATR = ATRq * [ 1 + (oc+y) + (cx+y)^ + (o+y)^ + ••• ]

= ATRq / (1 - a - y) (L.1.6)

(7) Similarly, the total change in zone air temperature is

given by

2
ATZ = [ATRq * E HC i *S i )
* [ (crHy) + (cc+y) + ... ] /

[E HC i *S 1 + Fj *C (1-S)*LT (L.1.7)
p -
E ]

(8) The current estimates of TR and TZ are therefore increased by ATR and
ATZ, respectively. Then the surface temperatures and resulting new zone air
temperature are calculated in the normal manner. For the convergence test
the new TZ is compared to the predicted value of TZ instead of the previous
iteration value. If the two temperatures (or associated heating/cooling
load) are sufficiently close, the solution has converged.

On the first iteration of a given hour, many parameters may have

changed from the previous hour. These parameters include the delayed
conductive gains and radiant and scheduled loads. These are additional
factors which must be included in the convergence algorithm. So far that
has only been partially successful.

Sample results of the convergence improvement algorithm for a single

zone showed a reduction from an average of 7.6 to 2.3 iterations per hour
in the floating temperature mode and from 5.4 to 2.1 iterations per hour
in the fixed temperature mode.

93
 IV. INPUT

IV. A OVERVIEW

It is intended that the TARP input deck be an on-line file which is

created and modified by a text editing system. It can also be a deck of
punched cards. There is a simple, consistant input structure. The input is
based on a keyword system (keyword = value) to produce a free-format,
self-descriptive input. In some ways it is similar to NAMELIST input which
is a feature of some versions of FORTRAN. The keywords have been kept short
(usually less than 5 letters) to reduce the amount of typing that must be
done. The keyword system is organized in a logical hierarchy which groups
related concepts and data. Defaulting is used extensively. This applies to
individual values and to groups of values representing entire elements of
building operation or description. Some groups of often used data can be
named and then used many times by referring to the name.

This input method was chosen from the following four basic
alternatives.

1. Columns or lines of numbers for simple fixed or free format FORTRAN

reading.
2. A free-format, self-descriptive language such as used by BLAST or DOE.
3. A prompting, fully interactive system.
4. A graphic, interactive system.

Method 4 could not be used because of its equipment and programming

time requirements. The complexity of describing building geometry may make
it the logical choice of input for a user-oriented loads program. Simple
FORTRAN reads (method 1) are easy to program and produce a small, fast
computer program. However, it is difficult to incorporate simple defaulting
and optional input. It is also difficult to understand and correct the
input without running it through the input processor. Self-descriptive
input (method 2) can be criticised as taking too long to prepare and
presenting more opportunites for error because of the additional words used
to describe the numbers. But defaulting is easy to incorporate, and the
user can understand the input deck directly after only a little practice.
Prompting, interactive input (method 3) can be of great help to the
beginning user. The large number of values involved in a complete building
description can make full prompting tedious. The prompting system must
allow for changing the input after it has been used for a loads calculation.
This method may be worth the programming time it would take to implement.

IV .B INPUT LANGUAGE SYNTAX

Several goals were assisted by the development of a simple, consistant

input structure. That input structure may be considered a language and the
relationships of the components of a language are called "syntax". The
following pages describe the input syntax in two ways. First is the
Backus-Naur Form (BNF) which is traditional to computer science. Second is

94
 .

an English description of the same features for those who are unfamiliar
with BNF.

IV.B.l BNF DESCRIPTION

1. < INPUT DECK> <SECTION> {<SECTION>}

2. <SECTION> <SECTION NAME> [ <KEY> {<KEY>} ]

3. <KEY> ::= <KEY NAME> ( <SUBKEY> {<SUBKEY>})

4. <SUBKEY> < SUBKEY NAME> / |

< SUBKEY NAME> = <DATA> {, <DATA> } /

5. <DATA> ::= <NAME> |

<INTEGER> |
<REAL> |
<DATE> |
<DESCRIPTION>

6. <NAME> <CHAR> {<CHAR> |

<NULL>}

7. <UNS INTEGER> : := <DIGIT> {<DIGIT> |

<NULL>}

8. <INTEGER> ::= <UNS INTEGER> |

- <UNS INTEGER>

9. <REAL> <INTEGER> |
<INTEGER> . . <UNS INTEGER> |
|

<INTEGER> . <UNS INTEGER> |

<INTEGER> . <UNS INTEGER> E <INTEGER>

10. <DATE> ::= <M0NTH> <UNS INTEGER> |

<UNS INTEGER> <M0NTH>

11. <DESCRIPTION> ’ {<CHAR> |

<SYMB0L> |
<NULL>> *

12. <CHAR> ::= <LETTER> |

<DIGIT> |
- |
.

13. <SYMB0L> :;- / |

- | , |
( | ) |
$ |
* | [ |
]

14. <NULL> <BLANK> |

+

15. <LETTER> :
A |
B |
... |
Y |
Z

16. <DIGIT> ::= 0 |

1 |
... |
8 |
9

17. <M0NTH> ::= JAN |

FEB |
... |
NOV |
DEC

18. <C0MMENT> : := $ |
) |
] {<CHAR> |
<SYMB0L> |
<NULL>} END-OF-LINE

IV. B. 2 ENGLISH DESCRIPTION

1. The TARP input deck consists of several sections. There are presently
four sections: PROJECT, LIBRARY, BUILDING, and ZONE.

2. Each section consists of a section name and one or more keys enclosed in
brackets

95
3. A key is a key name and one or more subkeys enclosed in parentheses.

4. A subkey consists of a subkey name or a subkey name, an equals sign, one

or more data values, and a terminating slash. When only a subkey name is
called for, entry of that name enables some option. Most subkeys introduce
one or more elements of data. Multiple data values are separated by commas.

5. There are five different data types. Only descriptions may be longer
than 10 non-null characters.

6. A name consists of characters.

7. An unsigned integer consists of digits.

8. An integer is an unsigned integer for positive values or an unsigned

integer preceeded by a minus sign for negative values.

9. There are five distinct representations for real numbers. Note that a
decimal point is not necessary and that exponential notation is possible.

10. Dates consist of a month name and a day number.

11. A description is a string of characters and other symbols enclosed in

apostrophes. It may be up to 100 characters long, including nulls and
symbols. An apostrophe may not occur within the string.

12. "Characters" are letters, digits, hyphen (minus), and period.

13. There are several generally recognized symbols in FORTRAN 77. These
symbols are used as punctuation in the input language. Most systems also
provide other symbols which may be used in those language elements which use
"symbols" such as ", %, @, etc.

14. The blank and plus sign are nulls. They are ignored by the input
reader. Therefore, elements of the language may be separated by blanks to
improve readability. The plus sign does not affect the value or character
count of a number.

15. Letters are the 26 letters of the alphabet.

16. Digits are the 10 numerals.

17. Months are first three letter abbreviations of the 12 months.

18. Comments begin with a dollar sign or at the end of a key or end of a
section and continue to the end of the line. They may be included on lines
with input or on separate lines.

96
Other features:
.
Successive identical subkey values " . . . <DATA> <DATA> <DATA>
, , , , . . " may
.
be replaced by " . . . ,<UNSIGNED INTEGER>*<DATA> , . . " .

A line of input may be up to 80 characters long. Input features may be

continued on succeeding lines. Punctuation determines the end of all input
features except comments, which terminate at the end of the line.

The final subkey slash before ending a section may be dropped. That
is, )" may be replaced by ")" .
"/ The slash may be considered a separator
rather than a terminator.

IV. B .3 ERROR PROCESSING

The TARP handles incorrect input by reporting the error and then
skipping to the next readable input. It makes no attempt to correct the
input error. It is more important for the user to correctly type
punctuation than names or values. The approximate order of importance of
punctuation is: '$[]()/=,. Similarly, section names are more
important than key names which are more important than subkey names which
are more important than data. For example, an incorrect data value would
cause the program to not process only that value, but an incorrect subkey
name causes the program to skip all values following it (because the program
cannot know to which subkey they apply) and go to the next subkey, which
will be after the next "/"• Similarly, an incorrect key name causes the
program to skip the entire key including all its subkeys. The key name will
have to be corrected and another run made to find any errors in the subkeys.
The punctuation is critical because it determines where the input skipping
stops. The program must then find a recognizable name or another skip will
occur. Thus the brackets and parentheses are more important than slashes
because an error in them causes more skipped input. The apostrophe and
dollar sign are most critical because descriptions and comments can include
punctuation symbols which could totally confuse the input reader. Although
this process sounds complex, the consistancy of the syntax makes it very
easy for the user to check punctuation before submitting the input to the
computer. The input deck can be debugged in a small number of runs because
the entire deck will be processed during every run instead of quitting at
the first error.

97
IV. INPUT DETAILS

The input must be made meaningful by defining the "vocabulary" of names

and data which fill in the syntax. Every section, key, and subkey is
discussed below. Each subkey description is headed by a line containing six
elements

1. The section, key, and subkey numbers (e.g. 2.4.1). These serve in
cross-referencing to other input. Several related subkeys may be grouped
under one subkey number.

2. The subkey name, "", data types. The data types mean: n * name, r =
real, i = integer, d = date, desc ° description.

3. The default. Dimensional values are in metric units. Immediately below

is the value in English units.

4. The units. means dimensionless. English units are given below the
metric units.

5. The status, "reqd" means a value must be given, "opt" means a value is
optional; otherwise the default will be used, "cond" means conditional.
One of several values must be chosen or a value must be chosen if some other
input has been set.

6. The permitted range of the data value.

IV.C.l PROJECT SECTION

1. PROJECT [ Project Section.

This section is required. It also must be first. It creates the data
that relates to the entire project: weather data and various
input/output controls.

1.1 RC ( Run control parameters.

This key is optional, but if it is used it must be first.

1.1.1 DESC = 'desc' blank - opt

This description will appear on the loads reports.

1.1.2 SYNTAX no - opt

This subkey causes the input processor to do only a "syntax check".
Syntax and typing errors are listed. This avoids many of the calcu-
lations that are normally done, so that the processor can run quicker
and with less core, but it does not produce a simulation input file
(SINPFL) for the loads program.

1.1.3 DEM no - opt -

This subkey will enable the printing of more detailed error messages.
It may be useful in the early debug phase or for the inexperienced
user.

98
1.1.4 2SPC no - opt
This will cause double spacing. A blank line will be inserted between
each user input line which is echoed in the input processor report.
This enhances readability.

1.1.5 XREF no - opt

The input processor will report the sequence number of every major
input element. This will aid in locating the input that may be causing
1.1.6
errors in the loads calculation. See V.A.2.3 for further details.

OLDW no - opt
This subkey may be used if a environment file (ENVTFL) has been prepared
1 and saved in a previous run. It causes keys 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6 to
1.1.7
be skipped, saving the time that would be spent preparing a new
identical environment file.

ENGLISH yes - opt

METRIC
UIN = n
UOUT « n
These subkeys provide different ways of specifying the units used for
the input and output of numbers. See the Table of Units. ENGLISH
means the input and output are in English units. METRIC means they are
in metric units. Alternatively, the input units can can be either
UIN=ENGLISH or UIN=METRIC and the outputs either UOUT=ENGLISH or
UOUT=METRIC.

1.2 RPT ( Set reports flags.

1.2 RNOS = i,i,... 9 - opt

1 = dump PROJECT and LIBRARY data
2 = dump DDY and WTAP data
3 = dump CTF calculations
4 = dump glass calculations
5 = dump DSS data
6 = dump ZONE data
7 = dump cross reference values
8 = dump SINPFL as read by loads program
9 = report description of zone
13 = report sunlit areas
14 = report shadowing combinations
15 = dump shadow calculation controls
16 = dump shadow calculations
20 = dumps 21-24 during warm-up period
21 = dump primary zone data
22 = dump constant load components
23 = dump variables
24 = dump temperature and flux histories
25 = dumps 21-24 on WED nearest 21st of month

99
1.3 LOC ( Location.

1.3.1 DESC - 'desc' blank opt —

1.3.2 LATD - r 40 . degrees opt -90.<»r<»90.

The latitude of the site. Degrees north is positive.

1.3.3 LONG - r 90 . degrees opt -180.<-r<-180.

The longitude of the site. Degrees west is positive.

1.3.4 TZ » r 6. — cond O.Or<“24.

The time zone number of the site. The United States eastern time zone
is 5 and the Pacific time zone is 8.

1.3.5 ALT = r 0. - opt -

The altitude of the site. Not used by the program.

1.3.6 TER = i 2 - opt l<-i<-3

Type of terrain is used only with HO » 2 (3.1.6).
Type numbers are as described in III.B.4.

1.4 GRND ( Ground parameters.

1.4.1 GRT = r,r,...<12> 12*12.78 C opt

12*55. F

Ground temperatures for the 12 months starting with January. They are
used only with other side coefficients (4.3).

1.4.2 MWT = r,r,...<12> 12*12.78 C opt

12*55. F
Make-up water temperatures for the 12 months starting with January.
Not yet used by the program.

1.5 WTAP ( Weather tape parameters.

1.5.1 DESC = 'desc* blank - opt

1.5.2 SKIP = i 0 - opt 0<=i<=365

Skip this number of days on the weather tape before starting to process
days for the environment file (ENVTFL).

1.5.3 DAYS = i 365 opt l<-i

Process this number of days from the weather tape (WTHRTP) to the
environment file (ENVTFL).

1.6 DDY ( Design day description.

1.6.1 DESC = ’desc' blank - opt

100
 .

1 . 6.2 HIGH = r 35.0 opt

95.0

High temperature for the design day

1.6.3 LOW = r 22.78 opt L0W<=HIGH

73.0
Low temperature for the day.

1.6.4 WB = r 25.56 C opt

78.0 F
1.6.5 Wet bulb temperature at the time of the day's high temperature. This
temperature must be psychrometrically possible.

DATE = d 21JUL - opt

The date determines the solar position and length of daylight,

1.6.6 PRES = r 100000. Pa opt

401.5 in H20
The absolute barometric pressure at the site is used in the
psychrometric calculations.

1.6.7 WS = r 3.353 m/s opt -

660. ft/min
The default wind speed is 7.5 miles per hour. (1 mph = 88 ft/min)

1.6.8 DIR = r 270. degrees opt -360.<=r<=360.

Wind direction: north = 0 degrees, clockwise is positive. The default

wind is from the west.

1.6.9 CLR = r 1.0 - opt 0.<=r

The total solar radiation on a horizontal surface is the ASHRAE clear
sky amount times this clearness number. The proportion of beam and
diffuse
1.6.11 radiation changes according to a correlation function.

1.6.10 RAIN no - opt -

RAIN causes the outside temperatures of surfaces exposed to ambient to
1.6.12be set to the wet bulb temperature. This models the cooling effect of
rain on the building.

SNOW no - opt -
SNOW causes the ground reflectance to be increased from its default of
0.2 to 0.7. This gives a much higher diffuse solar gain to the zones.

SUN ... MON - opt

The day of the week determines which day-schedules (2.2) and control
day-schedules (2.6) are used. Allowable day names are: SUN, MON, TUE,
WED, THU, FRI, SAT, HOL, SP1 SP2 , SP3 , SP4
,

101
IV. C. LIBRARY SECTION

2. LIBRARY [ Library Section.

The library simplifies input by grouping relatively large amounts of
data by name. That name can be referenced later in the input process
instead of again specifying all the data. This produces economies when
items are used several times. There are seven types of library data:
day-schedules (DS), week-schedules (WS) materials (MATL) constructs
, ,

(CONS), control profiles (CPFL), control day-schedules (CDS), and

control week-schedules (CWS).

LIB ( Library control parameters.

NAME = n blank - opt —

Not yet used.

NDS = i 16 - opt -
NWS = i 16 - opt -
NMATL = i 16 - opt -
NCONS « i 16 - opt -
NCPFL = i 16 - opt -
NCDS = i 16 - opt -
NCWS i 16 - opt -
These subkeys control the number of library elements which can be
defined. Library names are stored in an array which is 256 elements
long. The total number of named library elements cannot exceed 256.
The sum of these subkeys (including those left to default) cannot
exceed 256.

i
ALL no - opt -
DS no — opt -
WS no - opt -
MATL no - opt -
CONS no - opt -
CPFL no - opt -
CDS no - opt -
CWS no - opt -
These eight subkeys control the printing of library data. The eight
individual names will each produce reports for that class of library
data. ALL will cause all eight classes to be reported.

2.2 DS ( Day-schedules
A day-schedule is a set of 24 numbers used to provide an hourly
variation in some building parameter.

2.2.1 NAME = n blank - reqd -

Each day-schedule name must be different from all other day-schedule
names

102
2.2.2 DESC desc’ * blank - opt
A description will more fully describe the purpose of the schedule. It
will appear in the day-schedule report.

2.2.3 FFCr,r,...<24>
=* 24*1.0 - opt 0.<“ROl.
Fraction of full capacity. 24 values are required: one for each hour
of the day. They may range from zero to one. A zero value can be
replaced by OFF and ON can be used in place of one. This may be more
intuitive for day-schedules which are controlling the on/off operation
of something.

2.3 WS ( Week-schedules.
A week-schedule is a set of 12 day-schedules: one for each day of the
week, one for holidays, and one for each of 4 special day types (SP1,
SP2,
SP3, and SP4). It is referenced by name in subsequent building
input
2.3.2 -
2.3.1 NAME = n blank - reqd
Each week-schedule must have a name different from all other
week-schedule names.
2.3.3
DESC = 'desc' blank - opt -
A description is useful in more fully describing the schedule, but its
use is optional.

WD = n blank - cond
Set weekday (Monday through Friday) pointers to the named day-schedule.
That day-schedule must have been previously defined (2.2). Other
options are:
WE = n Set weekend (SAT & SUN) pointers.
ALL = n Set all 12 pointers.
SUN = n Set Sunday pointer only
MON = n Set Monday pointer only,
and similarly for TUE = n, WED = n, THU = n, FRI = n, SAT = n, SPl = n,
SP2 = n, SP3 = n, and SP4 = n. At least one day must be defined (other
pointers will be set by default rules).

2.4 MATL ( Materials.

These describe the materials used in the walls, windows, floors, etc.,
of the building. Conductive, optical and surface properties can be
described. The user must define the conductive properties (K, CP,
and D) or R.

2.4.1 NAME = n blank reqd

Each material must have a unique name.

2.4.2 DESC = 'desc’ blank opt

2.4.3 K = r 0 . W/m*K cond 0.<r

0 . Btu/hr*f t*F
Conductivity.

103
2.4.4 CP - r .8368 kJ/kg*K cond 0.<r
0.2 Btu/lbm*F
Specific heat.

2.4.5 D “ r 0 . kg/ra3 cond 0.<r

0 . lbm/ft 3
Density.

2.4.6 R - r 0. ra^*K/W cond 0.<r

0. hr*ft^*F/Btu
Thermal resistance (R-value).

2.4.7 A " r .75 opt 0.<«r<'

Absorptance (and emittance) for solar radiation.

2.4.8 E = r .90 - opt 0.<r<l

Emittance (and absorptance) for thermal wavelength radiation

2.4.9 TRNS = r 0. opt 0.<r<l

Transmittance of GLASS (2.4.17) and SHADE (2.4.16) materials

2.4.10 IR = r 1.52 - opt 1 .<r<2

Index of refraction of GLASS (2,.4.17) materials.

2.4.11 FTRN - r 0. opt 0.<r<l

This is the transmittance of a sheet of GLASS (2.4.17) with a
thin metallic film on the inside surface.
It must be used in conjunction with TRNS (2.4.9) which is the
transmittance of the glass without the film.
FTRN must be less than TRNS.
The thickness of the film is computed from those values and IR
(2.4.10) with optical properties of aluminum assumed for the film.

2.4.12 REF = r 0. - opt 0.<r<l.

Reflectance of a SHADE (2.4.16)

2.4.13 SC ® r 0. - opt 0.<r<1.14

The ASHRAE defined shading coefficient of a window. This must be used
with GLASS (2.4.17). All other optical properties are ignored.

2.4.14 RGH = i 2 - opt l<=i<=6

The roughness index interacts with the wind speed to determine the
outside convection coefficient. Index values:
1 very rough - stucco, built-up roof with stone, wood shingles
2 rough - brick, plaster, concrete block
3 medium rough - concrete, asphalt, shingles
4 medium smooth - clear pine
5 smooth - smooth plaster or metal
6 very smooth - glass, smooth painted surfaces

104
 .

2.4.15 AIR - - cond

This subkey must be used if the material is to used as an air layer in
any transparent construct. The optical algorithms assume that the
glass panes are separated by air layers. Those air layers
automatically have TRNS=1 and IR=1.

2.4.16 SHADE - - cond

This indicates that the material is an interior shade in transparent
constructs. It must have information on TRNS (2.4.9) and REF (2.4.12).
Conductive properties need not be defined because they will not be
2.4.17
used.

GLASS - - cond
This subkey indicates the glass panes in a transparent construct. A
GLASS material must have conductive properties and optical properties
chosen from: (TRNS, IR) or (TRNS, IR, FTRN) or (SC). The program
assumes that multiple panes are separated by air layers for the optical
calculations

2.5 CONS Constructs.

Constructs are the wall and window sections, described in terms of
2.5.2 their constituent layers, that make up the building.

2.5.1 NAME = n blank - reqd -

2.5.3 Every construct must have a name different from all other constructs.

DESC = ’desc' blank - opt -

A description will appear in the construct report to more fully
describe the construct.

MATL = r,n,r,n,... 0, blank m, - reqd

ft, -

This subkey describes the material layers which form the construct.
The values are pairs of (thickness, name of material) from the outside
to the inside layer. Layers which are described by R-value (2.4.6)
must be given a thickness to maintain the proper sequence of values.
The value of that thickness is not used in the conductivity
calculations, so even a zero is adequate.

2.5.4 OA = r - - opt 0.<=r<=l.

Outside absorptance (and emittance) for solar radiation. If no value
is given, the default is the absorptance (2.4.7) of the outside (first)
layer.

2.5.5 OE = r - - opt 0.<=r<=l.

Outside emittance (and absorptance) for thermal radiation. If no value
is given, the default is the emittance (2.4.8) of the outside (first)
layer.

105
2.5.6 ORGH - i - - opt l<-i<-6
This describes the roughness of the outside surface. It has the values
of subkey 2.4.14. If no value is given, the default is the roughness
of the outer layer.

2.5.7 IA « r - - opt O.Or<"l.

Inside absorptance (and emittance) for solar radiation. If no value is
given, the default is the absorptance (2.4.7) of the inside (last)
layer.

2.5.8 IE = r - - opt 0.<-rOl.

Inside emittance (and absorptance) for thermal radiation. If no value
is given, the default is the emittance (2.4.8) of the inside (last)
layer.

2.6 CPFL ( Control profiles.

Control profiles relate the capacity of the air handling system to the
zone temperature.

2.6.1 NAME *» n blank - reqd -

Every control profile must have a unique name.

2.6.2 DESC =* 'desc' blank - opt

The description more fully describes the control profile.

2.6.3 TMP = r,r,... - C reqd

F
This subkey is a list of the control point temperatures which make up
the control profile. See IV. E on control profiles.

2.6.4 CAP = r,r,... - - reqd -l.<=r<=l.

This subkey is a list of the control point capacities which make
up the control profile.
Each capacity is matched to the control temperature (2.6.3).
There may be no more than eight capacities in the profile.
See IV. E on control profiles.

2.7 CDS ( Control day-schedules.

A control day-schedule is a set of 24 control profiles.

2.7.1 NAME = n blank - reqd -

Each control day-schedule name must be different from all other control
day-schedule names.

2.7.2 DESC = 'desc' blank - opt

A description will more fully describe the purpose of the control
day-schedule. It will appear in the day-schedule report.

2.7.3 CPFL = n,n,... blank - reqd

24 profile names are required: one for each hour of the day. They
must have been previously defined (2.6).

106
2.8 CWS ( Control week-schedules.
A control week-schedule is a set of 12 control day-schedules: one for
each day of the week, one for holidays, and one for each of 4 special
day types (SP1, SP2, SP3, and SP4). It is referenced by name in
subsequent building input.

2.8.1 NAME = n blank - reqd

Each control week-schedule must have a name different from all other
control week-schedule names.

2.8.2 DESC = 'desc' blank - opt -

2.8.3 A description is useful in more fully describing the schedule, but its
use is optional.

WD = n blank - cond -
Set weekday (Monday through Friday) pointers to the named control
day-schedule. That control day-schedule must have been previously
defined (2.7). Other options are:
WE = n Set weekend (SAT & SUN) pointers.
ALL = n Set all 12 pointers.
SUN = n Set Sunday pointer only
MON = n Set Monday pointer only.
and similarly for TUE = n, WED = n, THU = n, FRI = n, SAT = n, SP1 = n,
SP2 = n, SP3 = n, and SP4 = n. At least one day must be defined (other
pointers will be set by default rules).

107
 3 .

IV. C. BUILDING SECTION

3. BUILDING [ Building Section.

This section describes features referring to all zones of the building.
The entire section is optional. If used, it must occur before any zone
(section 4.) descriptions.

3.1 SIM ( Simulation control parameters.

If this key is used, it must occur before any detached shadowing
surfaces (3.2). It may not be used more than once.

3.1.1 N = r 0.0 degrees opt -360 .<-r<**360

Degrees from true north to the north axis of building coordinate system
(IV. F. 5).
Clockwise is positive.

3.1.2 SLDS = i 0 - opt 0<=i<=3

Solar distribution algorithm:
0 = shading from '
f
SHD surfaces only;
1 = shading from '
SHD' and ’DSS 1
surfaces;
2 = shading from all surfaces including other zones;
3=2+ distribution of beam radiation on interior surfaces.
The surfaces of each zone must form a simple convex envelope.

3.1.3 CNVG = r,r,r,i C,-,W,-

.056 , .01 , . 1 ,6 opt
.1,. 01, .34,6 F,-,Btu/hr,-
Heat balance iteration convergence limits:
First variable = temperature convergence: when there is no heating or
cooling load successive iterations of zone air temperature must be
within r degrees.
Second variable = loads convergence: when there is a load, successive
iterations of loads must be (1 - load(n)/(load(n-l)) < r.
Third number = minimum load: when load(n) < r, the next iteration
would cause division by a small number. Therefore convergence is
assumed. Convergence is also assumed if |load(n) - load(n-l)| < r.
Fourth number = maximum number of iterations. Then record occurance of
non-convergence and go to next time step.
It is not necesary to give all 4 numbers, but to set the third number
the first two must also be given.

3.1.4 FLOW = i 12 - opt 0<i

This subkey indicates that the loads processor will use the detailed
air flow algorithm (III.G). It may be used without the value. The
value specifies the maximum number of iterations: Run terminates if
this number is exceeded because the heat balance is not valid if the
flows are not balanced. Two other air flow convergence parameters
are set as functions of the heat balance parameters (3.1.3).
Relative flow convergence = realtive loads convergence.
Absolute flow convergence = .00005 * minimum load.

108
 .

3.1.5 HTB = i 0 - opt i - 0, 1, or 2

Solve surface heat balances using only a single calculation of the
outside surface temperature (0 or 1) or by iterating the outside
temperatures simultaneously with the inside surface temperatures to
convergence (2). The simpler mean radiant temperature (H.2.3) is used
with HTB = 0 and the more detailed MRT (H.2.H) is used with 1 or 2.

3.1.6 HO = i 0 - opt i = 0 or 2
Compute exterior convection coefficient using simple (0) or detailed
(1) algoritrah (1.1 and 1.2).

3.1.7 HI = i 0 - opt i = 0 or 1
Compute interior convection coefficient using simple (0) or detailed
(2) algorithm (J.l and J.2).

3.2 DSS ( Detached shadowing surfaces.

Shadows from these surfaces are not used unless SLDS > 0 (3.1.2).

3.2.1 AZM = r 0 degrees opt -360.<=r<=360

Azimuth (facing) angle of surface relative to building coordinate
system. For example, north = 0, east = 90, south = 180, west = 270 or
-90.

3.2.2 TILT = r 90 degrees opt 0.<=r<=180.

Tilt of surface (0 = facing upward like flat roof; 90 = vertical; 180
= facing downward like floor).

X = r 0. m opt -
0. ft
Y = r 0. m opt -
0. ft
Z = r 0. m opt
''
-
0. ft
ORG = r,r,r
Coordinates of lower left corner of surface relative to building
coordinate system. ORG provides a simpler way of describing all 3
coordinates at once (ORG = X, Y, Z) . See IV. F on geometric data

3.2.4 W = r 0. m reqd -
0. ft
H = r 0. ra reqd -
0. ft
SIZE = r,r
or
VRTS = r,r,r,r or r,r,r,r,r,r

The first two forms specify the width and height of a rectangular
surface (SIZE = W, H). The last form is for triangles or quadri-
laterals. The first pair of numbers are the surface relative x-y
coordinates of the first vertex counter-clockwise from the lower
left vertex. The subsequent pairs of numbers are the coordinates

109
 . F

of the remaining vertices in counterclockwise sequence. See IV.

on geometric data.

3.2.5 TRNS - r 0. - opt 0.<rOl

Transmittance of the shadowing surface.

3.2.6 FROM - d 1JAN - opt

THRO - d 31DEC

The surface may apply for only part of the year, Any dates may be
used, but for greatest efficiency dates should be chosen from the
shadowing surface dates table.

110
IV. C. ZONE SECTION

4. ZONE [ Zone Section.

A zone is a space under the control of one thermostat (or uncontrolled)
where the air can be considered well mixed. The zone is composed of
surfaces which connect it to the environment or to other zones,
scheduled internal loads, and air temperature control strategy. There
may be multiple zone sections. They must appear after the PROJECT,
LIBRARY, and BUILDING sections.

4.1 GEOM ( Zone geometry.

4.1.1 This key is required and must be the first key in the zone section. It
may not be used more than once.

NAME = n blank - reqd

Each zone must have a unique name.

N = r 0.0 degrees opt -360.<=r< =360.

i

Degrees from building north axis to north axis of zone coordinate

system. Clockwise is positive.

X = r 0. m opt
0. ft
Y = r 0. m opt
0. ft
Z = r 0. m opt -
0. ft
ORG = r,r,r
4.1.4
Coordinates of the lower left corner of the zone relative to the
building coordinate system. ORG provides a simpler way of describing
all 3 coordinates at once (ORG = X, Y, Z) . See IV. F on geometric data.
Zone origin is necessary only for the more detailed shadowing
4.1.5
calculations (SLDS > 0; sec 3.1.2).

CLHT = r 3.0 m opt

4.1.6 9.84 ft
Height of ceiling is used only in computing the zone height for
detailed air flow calculations (3.1.4 and G.2).

MIRX no - opt
This key causes all surface x-vertices to be mirrored about the y-axis
(north-south axis).

MIRY no - opt -
This key causes all surface y-vertices to be mirrored about the x-axis
(east-west axis).

4.2 PEO ( Occupant heat gains.

4.2.1 WS=n - - reqd
The occupancy schedule is selected from the library of week-schedules
(2.3). The hours refer to clock time.

Ill
 .

4.2.2 CAP - r 0 - cond 0.<r

Enter the number of occupants.

4.2.3 ACT - r 0.1318 kW opt . 102<-r<-.425

.450 kBtu/hr .350r<»1.45

Enter the activity level. The program will divide this number into
latent and sensible portions based on room air temperature.

4.2.4 RAD = r .5 - opt 0.<-r<«l.

This is the fraction of the sensible heat gain which is radiated to the
room surfaces. The rest is convected to the room air.

4.2.5 FROM = d 1JAN - opt

THRU - d 31DEC - opt
The occupancy week-schedule may apply for only part of the year. The
schedule used by another PEO key may not overlap.

4.3 LIT ( Heat gains from lights.

The total heat gain from lights is divided into several fractions and
each is handled differently. The convective fraction is 1 .-RA-RAD-VIS
It may not be less than zero.

4.3.1 WS=n - - reqd

The total lighting energy is modified by the week-schedule element
(2.3) for the appropriate day and hour (clock time).

4.3.2 CAP = r 0. kW reqd 0.<r

0. kBtu/hr
CAP is the peak power consumption (capacity) of the zone lights.

4.3.3 RA = r 0. - opt 0.<“rOl.

This is the fraction of the total lighting energy which goes directly
into the return air instead of into the zone. This can occur with
vented light fixtures.

4.3.4 RAD = r .20 - opt O.Or<=l.

This is the fraction which can be considered long-wave radiant energy.
It interacts with zone surfaces according to their inside emittance
(2.5.8). The default fraction is typical of flourescent lights. A
value of 0.80 is appropriate for incandescent lights.

4.3.5 VIS - r .20 - opt 0.<-r<-l.

This is the fraction which can be considered short-wave (or visible)
radiant energy. It interacts with the room surfaces according to their
inside absorptance (2.5.7). It can leave the zone through transparent
surfaces without creating a load. The default is typical of floures-
cent lights. For incandescent lights 0.10 is an appropriate value.

4.3.6 REP = r 0. - opt -

This is the fraction of lighting energy which can be replaced by
daylight (4.10).

112
4.3.7 FROM » d 1JAN - opt
THRU = d 31DEC - opt
The lighting week-schedule may be applied to only part of the year.
The schedules used by other LIT keys may overlap. This allows a simple
way to combine lighting from different sources as might be necessary to
describe area and task lighting.

4.4 EQP ( Heat gains from equipment.

EQP describes the heat gains from various types of equipment. The
convective fraction of that gain is 1 .-LAT- RAD-LOST. It may not be
less than zero.

4.4.1 WS = n - - reqd -
The equipment is selected from the library of week-schedules (2.3).
The schedule refers to clock time.

4.4.2 CAP = r 0. kW reqd 0.<r

0. kBTU/hr
4.4.3
CAP is the peak power consumption of the equipment. A negative
capacity is permitted. It can describe a process which cools the zone.
A zero capacity is meaningless.

LAT = r 0. - opt 0.<=r<=l

This is the latent fraction, i.e., the fraction of energy used to add
water vapor to the zone air.

4.4.4 RAD = r .3 - opt 0.<=r<=l.

This is the radiant fraction which is treated as long-wave radiation.

4.4.5 LOST = r 0. - opt 0.<=r<=l.

The fraction lost allows the user to add energy to the total zone and
building consumption without effecting the zone loads. For example, it
might be used to account for outside lighting.

4.4.6 FROM = d 1 JAN - opt

THRU = d 31 DEC - opt
Time periods for multiple EQP keys may overlap.

EL cond
electricity
GS gas cond
ST steam cond
HW hot water cond
OTHR other cond
These simple subkeys identify the energy source of the equipment. They
allow summing of the building energy requirements by energy type. One
of them must be given. OTHR allows a load to occur in the zone without
adding to the energy requirements.

4.5 INF ( Simple infiltration - Algorithm K.2.

INF allows scheduling of infiltration with simple temperature and wind

113
 speed dependencies. It may not be used with the detailed air flow
option (3.1.4).

4.5.1 WS = n - - reqd
The infiltration schedule is selected from the library of
week-schedules (2.3). The schedule refers to clock time.

4.5.2 CAP = r 0. m 2 /s reqd 0.<r

0. ft^/min
Enter the peak infiltration volume flow rate. The user must convert
"air changes" to volume flow rate.

C = r .606 - opt -
T = r .03636 1/C opt -
.0202 1/F
V = r .1177 s/m opt -
.000598 min/ ft
>> ii
j-i 0. (s/m) 2 opt -
0. (min/f t) 2

The scheduled infiltration is modified by the factor:

(C + T*|TZ - TA| + V*SPD + VV*SPD 2 )
where TZ = zone air temperature
TA = ambient air temperature
SPD = wind speed
The default values are for a 7.5 mph wind and 0 temperature difference
Users who wish to have a constant infiltration should set C to 1 and
the other coefficients to 0.

4.5.4 FROM = d 1JAN - opt

THRU = d 31 DEC - opt
Time periods from multiple INF keys may not overlap.

4.6 VENT ( Ventilation - Algorithm K.3.

Ventilation describes the use of unconditioned outside air to cool the
zone. It may also be used to precool the zone during unoccupied hours
It may not be used with the detailed air flow option (3.1.4).

4.6.1 WS=n - - reqd

The ventilation schedule is chosen from the library of week-schedules
(2.3). The schedule refers to clock time.

4.6.2 CAP = r 0. m^/s reqd 0.<r

0. ft^/min
Enter the peak volumetric flow rate.

4.6.3 MIN = r 20. C opt

This causes ventilation to seek to bring the zone air temperature down
to the value given. If this subkey is used, do not use MAX (4.6.4).

114
4.6.4 MAX = r 90. C opt
This causes ventilation to occur whenever the zone air temperature is
greater than this value. If this subkey is used, do not use MIN
(4.6.3).

4.6.5 TD = r 2. K opt 0.<=r

3.6 F
This requires that the outside air be TD degrees cooler than the inside
air before ventilation can occur.

4.6.6 FROM = d 1 JAN - opt

THRU = d 31DEC - opt
Time periods of multiple VENT keys may not overlap.

4.7 MIX ( Two zone mixing - Algorithm K.4.

MIX simulates the controlled mixing of two zones such as occurs in
attached sunspace designs. It may not be used with the detailed air
flow option (3.1.4).

4.7.1 WS = n - - reqd
The mixing schedule is chosen from the library of week-schedules (2.3).
The schedule refers to clock time.

4.7.2 CAP = r 0. m-Vs reqd 0.<r

0. ft^/min
Enter the peak volumetric flow rate. The mass flow will be based on
standard (1.2kg/m3) air.

4.7.3 TD = r 0. K opt 0.<=r

0. F
There is mixing with the adjacent zone whenever the zone air
temperature is TD greater than the adjacent zone. When TD is zero,
there is always mixing (as controlled by the schedule).

4.7.4 ZONE = n - - reqd -

Give the name of the adjacent zone.

4.7.5 FROM = d 1 JAN - opt

THRU = d 31DEC - opt
Time periods of multiple MIX subkeys may not overlap.

4.8 FAN ( Whole house fan - Algorithm K.5.

Fan simulates a whole house fan which exhausts house air into the
attic. It may not be used with the detailed air flow option (3.1.4).

4.8.1 WS = n - - reqd
The fan schedule is chosen from the library of week-schedules (2.3).
The schedule refers to clock time.

115
 .

4.8.2 CAP “ r 0. m^/s reqd 0.<r

0. ftVmin
Enter the peak volumetric flow rate. The mass flow will be based on
standard (1.2kg/m3) air.

4.8.3 T = r 0. C reqd 0.<=r

0. F
The FAN will seek to cool the zone air temperature to T.

4.8.4 ZONE ** n - - reqd

Give the name of the adjacent (attic) zone.

4.8.5 FROM - d 1JAN - opt

THRU - d 31DEC - opt
Time periods of multiple FAN subkeys may not overlap.

4.9 CTRL ( Zone control - Algorithm K.l.

Details of zone temperature control are described in IV. E.

4.9.1 CWS = n - - reqd

The control schedule is sectected from the library of control
week-schedules (2.8). The control profile is referenced by clock time.

4.9.2 HEAT = r 1.E6 kW opt O.C-r

Enter the peak heating capacity.

4.9.3 COOL = r 1.E6 kW opt O.Or

Enter the peak cooling capacity.

4.9.4 RAD = r 0. - opt O.Or<l

The control profile refers to a control temperature which is defined as
(1-RAD)*TZ + RAD*TR where TZ is the zone air temperature and TR is the
zone mean radiant temperature.

4.9.5 FROM = d 1 JAN — opt -

THRU = d 31 DEC - opt -
It is common to operate with different control profiles during
different seasons as heating or cooling capacities are shut off. The
time periods from multiple CTRL keys may not overlap.

4.10 DLT( Daylighting.

The program uses a very simple model to estimate the savings in
lighting energy by using daylighting. All DLT keys should appear in
the zone description before any LIT keys.

4.10.1 WS - n - - reqd -
The fraction of beam sunlight which is usable for lighting is modified
by the week-schedule (2.3) element for the hour (standard time).

116
4.10.2 BEAM “ r 0 opt O.Or<“l

This is the fraction of beam sunlight entering the zone which can be
used to offset the visible energy from the lights.

4.10.3 DIFF ° r 0. - opt 0.<-rOl.

This is the fraction of diffuse sunlight entering the zone which can be
used to offset the visible energy from lights.

4.10.4 FROM = n 1 JAN opt

THRU = d 31DEC - opt
Time periods from multiple DLT keys may not overlap.

4.11 BBH ( Baseboard heat.

This key describes a system which adds heat to the zone based on the
outside air temperature.

4.11.1 WS = n - - reqd
The peak heating capacity avalable at any hour (clock time) is modified
by the baseboard heating schedule selected from the week-schedule
library (2.3).

4.11.2 CAP = r,r 0.,0. kW reqd O.Or

The first value is the peak heating capacity. The second value is the
minimum heating capacity at the shut-off temperature. Two values are
required.

4.11.3 TMP = r,r 0.,0. C reqd -

The first value is the highest temperature at which the system gives
full heating capacity. The second value is the maximum temperature for
which the system produces any heat (the shut-off temperature). Both
values are required.

4.11.4 RAD = r .3 - opt 0 . <=r<=l

This is the radiant fraction which is treated as long-wave radiation.

4.11.5 FROM = d 1 JAN - opt

THRU = d 31DEC - opt
Time periods from multiple BBH keys may not overlap.

4.11.6 ST cond
HW cond

These refer to the source of heating energy: steam or hot water. One
or the other must be given.

4.12 MASS ( Internal mass.

Internal masses are modeled by the internal surface algorithms. The
only difference from the treatment of a partition is that the internal
mass is not given a location in the zone and, therefore, beam sunlight
cannot fall directly on it.

117
4.12 1 CONS = n - - reqd
Select the composition of the mass from the constructs library (2.5)
(2.5).

4.12 2 AREA = r 0. m2 reqd 0.<r

0. ft 2
The mass must be given an area.

4.13 SRF ( Heat transfer surfaces.

All zone surfaces which conduct or store heat (except internal mass;
4.12) are described by this key.

4.13 1 CONS = n - - reqd

Select the composition of the surface from the constructs library
(2.5).

4.13 EX - -
cond -
IN - -
cond -
OP - -
cond -
TR - -
cond -
BS - -
cond -
SS - -
cond -
The user must specify the following three factors: Is this an EXterior
or INterior surface? Is the surface OPaque or TRansparent? Are its
coordinates defined as a Base Surface or a Subsurface? (The
coordinates of a subsurface are defined relative to the most recently
described base surface.) There are eight combinations of these
factors. Three of those are not permitted because of various
algorithmic restrictions in the program. The following table explains
the three factors in terras of the common English names for such
surfaces (at three basic tilt angles).

EX/ IN OP/TR BS/SS 90 deg 0 deg 180 deg

EX OP BS wall roof -
EX OP SS door - -
EX TR BS *** not permitted ***
EX TR SS window skylight -
IN OP BS partition ceiling floor
IN OP SS *** not permitted ***
IN TR BS - - -
IN TR SS *** not permitted kick

4.13 AZM = r 180. degrees Opt -360.<=r<=360.

!

Azimuth (facing) angle of the surface relative to the zone coordinate

system. North = 0; clockwise positive. This is used fo base surfaces
only. Subsurfaces face the same direction as their base surface.

4.13 4 TILT = r 90. degrees opt 0.<=r<=180.

Tilt of surface ( 0 = facing upward like flat roof; 90 = vertical;
180 = facing downward like floor). This is used for base surfaces
only. Subsurfaces have the same tilt as their base surface.

118
4.13.5 W » r 0. m reqd 0.<r
0. ft
H « r 0. ra reqd 0.<r
0. ft
SIZE ® r,r
VRTS *= r,r,r,r or VRTS r,r,r,r,r,r
The first two forms specify the width and height of a rectangular
surface (SIZE = W, H). The last form is for triangles or
quadrilaterals. The first pair of numbers are the surface relative x-y
coordinates of the first vertex counter-clockwise from the lower left
vertex. The subsequent pairs of numbers are the coordinates of the
remaining vertices in counter-clockwise sequence. See IV. F on
geometric data.

X - r 0. m opt -
0. ft
Y - r 0. m opt -
0. ft
Z - r 0. m opt -
0. ft
ORG = r,r,r
For base surfaces (BS - 4.13.2) these are the coordinates of the lower
left corner of the surface relative to the zone coordinate system. The
base surface origin is not used in the simple shadow calculation mode
(3.1.2). For subsurfaces (SS - 4.13.2) these are the coordinates
relative to the lower left corner of the base surface. The Z
coordinate is the amount of the setback. ORG provides a simpler way of
describing all three coordinates at once (ORG = X, Y, Z) . See IV. F on
geometric data.

4.13.7 FSS = r .5 - opt 0.<=r<=l.

FSS is the angle factor between the surface and the sky. It is used in
determining the intensity of diffuse sky radiation incident on the
surface. If FSS is not specified, it is computed from the TILT
(4.13.4) angle: FSS =* (1 + cos(tilt))/2.

4.13.8 FSG = r .5 - opt 0.<=r<=l.

FSG is the angle factor between the surface and the ground. It is used
in determining the intensity of diffuse ground reflected radiation on
the surface. If FSG is not specified, it is computed from the tilt
(4.13.4) angle: FSG = (1 - cos(tilt) )/2.

4.13.9 ZONE = n blank - opt

This is the name of the zone on the other side of the surface from the
current zone. The program will check for that zone to have a surface
which refers to this zone. That is, a single partition (or ceiling or
floor) which is between two zones, must must be described in each zone.
The program checks that these two surfaces have the same area and
U-value. It makes a partial check on the conduction transfer
functions. Remember that constructs are defined from the outer to the
inner layer and, therefore, asymmetric interzone partitions will have
to be defined twice to be referenced from the different zones.

119
4.14 AFS ( Air flow surface - Algorithm G
AFS describes the crack area and other openings in the base surface
which are used in the detailed air movement simulation. FLOW (3.1.4)
must have been specified. The base surface must be either an exterior
surface or an interzone surface (4.13.2 and 4.13.9). The AFS assumes
the azimuth of the base surface for computing wind direction effects.
When the AFS applies to an interzone surface, there must be an
identical AFS specified for the appropriate base surface in the
adjacent zone.

4.14.1 AREA = r 0. m^ reqd 0.<r

0. f t^
This is the effective area of the opening.

4.14.2 EXP = r .65 opt .5<-r<-l.

EXP is the flow expontent. It is typically .65 for exterior walls and
.50 for interzone openings.

4.14.3 ZS = r - m opt
ft
This is the height of the centroid of the surface or opening relative
to the zone origin (G.2). The default value is the average of the
heights of the vertices of the base surface.

4.14.4 ZT = r - m opt
ft
This is the height at which the wind speed is evaluated for the opening
(G.l). The default value is the highest vertex of the base surface.

4.15 SHD ( Shadowing subsurfaces.

SHD describe simple shadowing surfaces which apply to the most recently
defined base surface (BS - 4.13.2) and all of its subsurfaces. The
base surface must be an exterior (EX) surface unmodified by OSC (4.16).

4.15.1 OHNG - - cond -

LFIN - - cond -
RFIN - - cond -
PROJ - - cond -
There are four configurations for these features overhang
right fin, and projection. See IV. F for details.

4.15.2 W = r 0. m reqd 0 ,<=r

0. ft
H = r 0. m reqd 0.<=r
0. ft
SIZE = r,r
These subkeys specify the width and height of the rectangular shadowing
surface. SIZE is a shorter description (SIZE = W, H) . See IV. F on
geometric data.

120
4.15 3 X = r 0. m opt ~
0. ft
>* it
0. m opt
0. ft
N II
0. m opt 0 ,<=r
0. ft
ORG = r,r,r
The positioning of the shadowing subsurface is given relative
base surface coordinate system. See IV. F on geometric data.

4.15 4 TRNS = r 0. — opt 0.<=r<l

Transmittance of the shadowing surface.

4.15 5 FROM = d 1 JAN

— opt
THRU = d 31 DEC - opt
The surface may apply for only part of the year. Any dates may be
used, but for greatest efficiency dates should be chosen from the
shadowing surface dates table (IV.G.l).

4.16 OSC ( Other side coefficients.

OSC provides a means of approximating conditions on the outside of a
surface where it is not desirable (or possible) to simulate those
conditions. The OSC key applies to the most recently described
surface. That surface should be EX / OP / BS (4.13.2). It should also
have no shadowing or heat transfer subsurfaces. Other side
coefficients establish an outside temperature which is a function of
several factors. The temperature is computed from the formula:

T = (TZP*TZ + TAP*TA + CTP*CT + TGP*GRT + WSP*SPD*TA)

/ (TZP + TAP + TGP + WSP*SPD)

where TZ = most recent value of zone air temperature

TA = ambient air temperature
GRT = ground temperature (1.4.1)
SPD = wind speed
and the other factors are user defined as described below. At least
one of the factors in the divisor of the equation must be defined
nonzero.

4.16 1 HO = r 0. W/m^K opt 0.<=r

0. Btu/hr*ft^F
This is the value of the outside surface convection coefficient. If it
is zero, the OSC temperature is the surface outside temperature. If it
is not zero. The OSC temperature is an air temperature which is used
with the convection coefficient to compute the outside surface
temperature.

4.16 2 TZP = r 0. - opt

Zone temperature part.

4.16 3 TAP = r 0. - opt

Ambient air temperature part.

121
 .

4.16.4 CT = r 0. C opt
0. F
Constant temperature.

4.16.5 CTP = r 0. opt

Constant temperature part.

4.16.6 TGP - r 0. opt

Ground temperature part.

4.16.7 WSP - r 0. s/m opt

0. min/ft
Wind speed part.

4.17 EMI ( Exterior movable insulation.

Exterior movable insulation is applied to the most recently defined
surface. That surface must have been defined as exterior (EX; 4.13.2)
and not modified by subsequent OSC (4.16). EMI may apply to either
massless or massive surfaces. EMI is opaque and can prevent solar
gains through windows.

4.17.1 CONS = n - - reqd

The movable insulation is chosen from the constructs library. The
movable insulation algorithm handles only massless insulation. It uses
the U-value, outer solar and thermal absorptances and roughness of the
construct

4.17.2 DS = n - - cond
SNUP - - cond -
SNDN - - cond
One of three methods must be chosen for control of the EMI. The first
is reference to a day-schedule (2.2). A value of zero means no EMI for
that hour (standard time) and a one means the EMI is in effect.
Fractional values in the day-schedule modify the R-value. Any schedule
value greater than zero causes sunlight to be absorbed on the EMI
rather than on the surface. Second is SNUP which means the EMI is in
effect whenever the sun is above the horizon. SNDN means the EMI is in
effect when the sun is below the horizon.

4.17.3 FROM = d 1JAN - opt

THRU = d 31 DEC - opt
The EMI may apply for only part of the year. It may be desirable to
use different controls during different seasons. Any dates may be
used, but since the EMI effects the solar gain calculations, dates
should be chosen from the table of shadowing surface dates (IV.G.l) for
greatest efficiency. Time periods from multiple EMI subkeys may not
overlap.

122
4,18 IMI ( Interior movable insulation.
Interior movable insulation applies to interzone surfaces only. That
is, the most recently defined surface should be interior (IN; 4.13.2)
and have an other side zone name (4.13.9).

4.18.1 CONS = n - - reqd

The movable insulation is chosen from the constructs library. The
movable insulation algorithm handles only massless insulation.

4.18.2 DS = n - - cond
GAIN - - cond
LOSS - - cond
One of three methods must be chosen for control of the IMI. First is
reference to a day-schedule (2.2). A value of zero means no IMI for
that hour (clock time) and a one means the IMI is in effect. Fraction
values in the day-schedule modify the R-value. The second method is
GAIN which causes the IMI to be in effect whenever the surface
temperature is greater than the zone control temperature (4.9.4). LOSS
is the inverse of the GAIN operation.

4.18.3 FROM = d 1JAN - opt

THRU = d 31 DEC - opt
Since IMI does not effect the zone’s solar gain, the dates need not
refer to the shadowing surface dates. Time periods from multiple IMI
subkeys may not overlap.

123
IV. D INPUT SUMMARY

This summary of the input language is intended to serve as a reminder of the

syntax and all the keywords. As the user becomes more familiar with the
input, he will use this summary more and the detailed input description
(IV. C) less. It may be desirable to copy these pages and place them near
the computer terminal.

Data types:
n = name, r » real, i » integer, d date, desc description

1 . PROJECT [

1.1 RC ( DESC - 'desc' / SYNTAX / DEM / 2SPC / XREF / OLDW /

ENGLISH / METRIC / UIN - n / UOUT - n )

1.2 RPT ( RNOS » i,... )

1.3 LOC ( DESC = ’desc* / LATD - r / LONG =r/TZ“r/ ALT " r /

TER - i )

1.4 GRND ( GRT - r,...<12> / MWT = r,...<12> )

1.5 WTAP ( DESC - ’desc’ / SKIP - i / DAYS « i )

1.6 DDY ( DESC = ’desc’ / HIGH - r / LOW - r / WB - r / DATE - d /

PRES = r / WS = r / DIR r / CLR r / RAIN / SNOW /
SUN / MON / TUE / WED / THU / FRI / SAT /
HOL / SP1 / SP2 / SP3 / SP4 )
]

2 . LIBRARY [

2.1 LIB ( NAME =n/NDS=i/NWS=i/ NMATL - i / NCONS = i /

NCPFL - i / NCDS = i / NCWS = i / ALL / DS /
WS / MATL / CONS / CPFL / CDS / CWS )

2.2 DS ( NAME = n / DESC = ’desc' / FFC - r,...<24> )

2.3 WS ( NAME = n / DESC = ’desc' /WD=n/WE=n/ ALL = n /

SUN = n / MON = n / TUE = n / WED = n / THU = n / FRI = n /
SAT = n / HOL - n / SP1 = n / SP2 = n / SP3 = n / SP4 = n )

2.4 MATL ( NAME - n / DESC = 'desc' /K=r/CP=r/D=r/

R=r/A=r/E=r/ TRNS - r / IR - r / FTRN = r /
REF = r / SC = r / RGH - i / AIR / SHADE / GLASS )

2.5 CONS ( NAME - n / DESC = ’desc’ / MATL = r ,n,r ,n, . . .<10> /

OA = r / OE = r / ORGH -i/IA-r/IE-r)

124
2.6 CPFL ( NAME - n / DESC - 'desc' / TMP = r,...<8> / CAP - r,...<8> )

2.7 CDS ( NAME = n / DESC - 'desc' / CPFL - n,...<24> )

2.8 CWS ( NAME - n / DESC - 'desc' /UD=n/WE=n/ ALL = n /

SUN = n / MON = n / TUE = n / WED = n / THU » n / FRI » n /
SAT = n / HOL = n / SP1 = n / SP2 = n / SP3 = n / SP4 «= n )

3 . BUILDING [

3.1 SIM ( N = r / SLDS - i / CNVG » r,r,r,i / FLOW - i /

HTB - i / HO - i / HI = i )

3.2 DSS ( AZM = r / TILT =r/X=r/Y=r/Z=r/ORG« r,r,r /

W = r / H = r / SIZE = r,r / VRTS = r,...<4 or 6> /
TRNS = r / FROM = d / THRU = d )
]

4 . ZONE [

4.1 GEOM ( NAME =n/N=r/X=r/Y=r/Z=r/ORG= r,r,r /

CLHT = r / MIRX / MIRY )

4.2 PEO ( WS = n / CAP = r / ACT - r / RAD - r / FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.3 LIT ( WS = n / CAP = r / RA = r / RAD = r / VIS = r / REP = r /

FROM - d / THRU = d )

4.4 EQP ( WS = n / CAP = r / LAT = r / RAD = r / LOST = r /

FROM = d / THRU = d / EL / GS / ST / HW / OTHR )

4.5 INF ( WS = n / CAP =r/ C=r/T=r/V=r/VV=r/

FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.6 VENT ( WS » n / CAP » r / MIN = r / MAX = r / TD = r /

FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.7 MIX ( WS = n / CAP = r / TD = r / ZONE - n / FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.8 FAN ( WS = n / CAP = r / T = r / ZONE = n / FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.9 CTRL ( CWS = n / HEAT = r / COOL = r / RAD = r / FROM = d /

THRU = d )

4.10 DLT ( WS = n / BEAM = r / DIFF = r / FROM = d / THRU = d )

4.11 BBH ( WS = n / CAP = r,r / TMP = r,r / RAD = r / FROM = d /

THRU = d / ST / HW )

125
4.12 MASS ( CONS - n / AREA - r )

4.13 SRF ( CONS « n / EX / IN / OP / TR / BS / SS / AZM - r / TILT - r /

W-r/H-r/ SIZE - r,r / VRTS - r,...<4 or 6> / X r /
Y - r / Z - r / ORG - r,r,r / FS - r / FSG - r / ZONE - n )

4.14 AFS ( AREA -r/EXP-r/ZS-r/ZT-r)

4.15 SHD ( OHNG / LFIN / RFIN / PROJ /W-r/H-r/
SIZE -r,r/X-r/Y-r/Z-r/ORG- r,r,r /
TRNS “ r / FROM - d / THRU - d )

4.16 OSC ( HO - r / TZP - r / TAP - r / CT - r / CTP - r / TGP - r /

WSP - r )

4.17 EMI ( CONS - n / DS - n / SNUP / SNDN / FROM - d / THRU - d )

4.18 I MI ( CONS » n / DS » n / GAIN / LOSS / FROM - d / THRU - d )

126
 E

IV. ZONE TEMPERATURE CONTROL

The zone air temperature is determined by the interaction of the energy

flows in the zone and the operation of the air conditioning system. The
present version of the TARP does not include detailed system models. The
operation of the system is modeled by control profiles like those in the
loads section of the BLAST program [1] from which much of the following
discussion is taken. A control profile relates the zone air temperature to
the capability of the system to add or remove heat from the zone. The use
of the control profile in the zone air heat balance is described in III.K.l.
Figure E.l shows a simple control profile which can either heat or cool the
zone.

Point 1 might occur on a winter day. At that point, the room is at 68

F (20.0 C) and the heat loss from the room air exactly equals the room
heating capacity available at 68 F. In this example, the room heating load
(= heat delivered to the room air) is 40.0 kBtu/hr (11.7 kW).

Point 2 might occur on a mild day in the spring or fall. At this point
(73 F [22.8 C]), no room heating or cooling is accomplished by the building
fan system (although heating or cooling energy may be consumed to condition
ventilation air). For the heat balance to occur at point 2, convective heat
gains caused by such factors as lights or occupancy must be balanced by
convective heat losses to room surfaces or by infiltration. The load at
point 2 is zero.

Point 3 shows a cooling condition. Here heat gains to the room air are
balanced by cooling capacity available at the balance point temperature.

The control profile can be described in terms of the temperatures and

heating/cooling capacities at control points A, B, C, and D. Simple linear
proportionality is assumed between the control points. At temperatures
below point A, the heating capacity is constant. The cooling capacity is
constant above point D. The control profile is described in two phases in
TARP. The full heating and cooling capacities are given for each zone
(4.9.2 and 4.9.3). The shape of the profile is described in the library
section by normalizing the control point capacities (divide heating
capacities by the full heating capacity; divide cooling capacities by the
full cooling capacity, the result being set negative). This allows the same
profile to be used in many zones which have identical control temperatures
but different full capacities. Full heating and cooling capacities can then
be adjusted independently of each other. The control profile in figure E.l
normalizes to that in figure E.2 which could be described by the input
language (2.6) as:

CPFL ( NAME=C1 / TMP=67 69 ,77 79

, , / CAP=1,0,0,-1 )

The tempertures and capacities of the control points must be given in the
sequence shown. Very steep profiles are possible. The user may set two
successive control temperatures equal to each other to hold the room
temperature constant. TARP will make the second 0.01 C greater than the
first to permit the air heat balance calculations.

127
 ,

System type can subtly affect room temperature control profiles. For
example, assume that a package DX (direct expansion) condensing unit with
electric heat has been selected to serve the zone whose control strategy
is shown in figure E.l. Futher assume that the unit delivers 3850 cfm
(1.82 m^/s) to the space, that the cooling coil was selected to allow 55 F
(12.8 C) air to be delivered at the design sensible load of 100 kBtu/hr
(29.3 kW), and that the heating coil was selected to deliver 86.2 F (30.1 C)
air at the design heating load of 80 kBtu/hr (23.4 kW). In this case,
figure E.l closely approximates the achieved room temperature control. The
room thermostat will modulate the condensing unit from "off" to "full" capa-
city through as many capacity control steps as are available on the unit.
This modulation will occur in a roughly linear fashion as the balance point
room temperature varies from 77 to 79 F (25 to 26.1 C). The heating will be
similarly modulated between 69 and 67 F (20.6 and 19.4 C) and both heating
,

and cooling will be "off" between 69 and 77 F (20.6 and 25 C). Since the
condensing unit's maximum heating and cooling capacity are approximately
constant, the unit adds or removes fixed quantities of heat whenever the
room temperature is below 67 F (19.4 C) or above 79 F (26.1 C).

If a single-zone drawthrough unit served by hot and chilled water is

selected, the control strategy of figure E.l may require a slight revision.
When room temperature remains between 67 and 79 F (19.4 and 26.1 C), figure
E.l is correct. However, as long as the boiler and chiller serving the
coils in the fan unit can deliver constant temperature hot and chilled
water, the maximum capacity of the heating and cooling coils is not
independent of room temperature. For example, as the room temperature rises
toward 79 F (26.1 C), the room thermostat opens the cooling coil's chilled
water valve until the valve is fully opened at 79 F (26.1 C). If room heat
gains are sufficient, the room air temperature will continue to rise; but as
it rises, the temperature of the air entering the coil also rises.
Therefore, the cooling capacity of the coil gradually increases. The
capacities below point A and above point D of figure E.l are not constant,
but are slowly increasing. Coil catalog data can be used to determine the
change in coil capacity.

Figure E.3 shows the equivalent control profile that should be used if
a three-deck multizone unit is selected to serve several zones with the same
thermostat throttling ranges and deadband. The rationale for selecting this
profile is:

1. Range C-D is the thermostat deadband in which air delivered to the

zone passes through the bypass deck and is neither heated nor cooled.

2. In range B-C, air from the hot deck and the bypass deck of the fan
system are mixed to meet zone heating requirements. This is the heating
throttling range for the thermostat. At its lower end (67 F [19.4 C]), all
air to the zone comes through the hot deck and is delivered to the zone at
the hot deck terapeature (86.2 F [30.1 C] for example).

128
 3. If heat losses are severe, the room temperature may fall into range
A-B. In this range, air entering the room comes from the hot deck only. As
long as the fan system heating coil is not overloaded, the air is supplied
to the zone at constant temperature. However, the amount of heat added to
the room air continues to increase as the room air temperature falls. The
amount of heat added per hour can be calculated from the following formula:

L = F * Cp * (Ts - TZ)

where
F » mass flow rate of air supplied by the fan system to the room
Cp “ specific heat of air
Ts supply air temperature to the room (the hot deck temperature)
TZ =* air temperature in the room

For this system, F and Cp are constant and Ts is constant for range A-B.
Therefore, as room temperature (TZ) falls, the heat added to the room
increases linearly as shown in figure E.3.

4. Ranges D-E and E-F are analogous to ranges B-C and A-B, but are for
cooling.

The TARP description of the profile in figure E.3 is:

CPFL ( NAME-C2 / TMP=60 ,67 ,69 ,77 ,79 ,85 / CAP“1 .73
, ,0 ,-0 ,-.8 ,-l )

When defining a control profile like the one shown in figure E.3, users
should select arbitrary low and high room temperatures to establish the full
heating and cooling (+1 and -1) points on the profile. In the example
above, 60 and 85 F (15.6 and 29.4 C) were selected. When specifying
corresponding heating and cooling capacities for each zone, the "design"
capacity generally should not be used. Capacity should correspond with the
selected low and high temperatures.

In the DX condensing unit, single-zone drawthrough, and three-deck

multizone examples, load calculations will yield identical results when the
control profiles shown in figures E.l or E.3 are used, provided that the
temperature in the space stays between 67 and 79 F (19.4 and 26.1 C) during
the hours when the conrtol profile is in effect. Fortunately, most systems
are designed with sufficient capacity to maintain comfort conditions, and
users need be concerned about room temperature control characteristics which
are outside the range of the thermostat only when the heating or cooling
system has been indavertantly or deliberately undersized.

The same reasoning used for the three-deck multizone system can be used
to construct control profiles for spaces served by conventional multi-zone,
dual duct, or reheat systems (see figure E.4). Ranges A-B and C-D
correspond to ranges A-B and E-F of figure E.3, respectively. Range B-C
covers the temperature range where the mixing box, zone dampers, or reheat
coils are modulated by the room thermostat. The TARP description of such a
profile is:

129
 CPFL ( NAME=C3 / TMP = 60,73,77,85 / CAP = 1 , .58 ,-.74 ,-l )

No deadband is possible with these profiles so they cannot be approximated

by profiles of the type shown in figures E.l and E.3.

Figure E.5 shows a typical control profile for a VAV (variable air
volume) system with reheat. It was constructed based on the assumption that
3850 cfm (1.82 m-Vs) of 55 F (12.8 C) delivery air is to be supplied to the
zone with the VAV dampers fully open at 79 F (26.1 C). The dampers close to
20 percent of full flow at 77 F (25 C). Reheat is to operate between 69 and
67 F (20.6 to 19.4 C), and the reheat coil will deliver air at 140 F (60 C)
when fully energized. The following temperatures and capacities define the
control profile:

Temperature Capacity Normalized

F ( C) kBtu/hr(kW) Capacity
60.0 (15.6) 66 (19.3) 1.0
67.0 (19.4) 61 (17.9) .91
69.0 (20.6) -12 (-3.5) -.09
77.0 (25.0) -18 (-5.3) -.15
79.0 (26.1) -100(-29 .3) -.80
85.0 (29.4) -125(-36.6) -1.0

The TARP input for this profile is:

CPFL ( NAME=C4 / TMP=60,67 ,69 ,77 ,79 ,85 / CAP=1 , .91 .-.09 ,-.15 ,-.8 ,-l )

REFERENCES

[1] Hittle, D. C., BLAST, Version 2.0: Users Manual, Vol 1, U. S. Army
Construction Engineering Research Laboratory, Technical Report E-153
(Champaign IL, 1979), pp 41-46.

130
CAPACITY

SYSTEM

Figure IV.E.l Simple control profile with deadband

131
 + 1.0

CAPACITY

SYSTEM

NORMALIZED

Figure IV. E. 2 Normalized control profile

132
CAPACITY

SYSTEM

NORMALIZED

Figure IV. E. 3 Control profile for three-deck multizone system

133
Figure IV. E. 4 Control profile for multizone system

134
Figure IV. E. 5 Control profile for VAV system

135
 F

IV. GEOMETRIC DATA

To accurately account for shading, solar gains, and the effects of wind
on exterior walls, windows, and roofs, a fairly detailed description of the
building's geometry is required. Every building surface is represented by
a plane polygon of three or four sides. Within the program, each polygon is
represented by the locations if its vertices in a simple Cartesian coordinate
system. In that system, the X axis points due east, the Y-axis points north,
and the Z-axis points upward. The orientation of each surface is maintained
by two conventions. First, the vertices are stored in counter-clockwise
sequence as the surface is viewed from outside the zone it encloses. (Looking
at the surface from the opposite side would give a clockwise sequence.)
Second, the orientation is described in terms of the "azimuth" and "tilt"
angles.

The simplest level (0) of shadowing detail (3.1.2) requires that only
the azimuth and tilt angles be specified. Detailed air flow analysis (3.1.4)
and the detailed exterior surface coefficient algorithm (3.1.6) require
correct heights for every surface. The first and second levels of shadowing
detail require that all surfaces of the building envelope be correctly posi-
tioned in the building coordinate system. The third level of shadowing
detail requires that internal surfaces also be correctly positioned and that
the zone is completely enclosed.

A heirarchy of coordinates systems exists to simplify the positioning of

surfaces. The building coordinate system is a simple rotation from the true
coordinate system which allows major building features to be aligned along
the X-Y axes. There is a coordinate system for every zone which is located
relative to the building system for simplifying the description of the zone
geometry. Finally, each surface of the zone has a coordinate system for
defining the size and shape of the surface and the location of subfeatures
which apply only to that surface.

IV.F.l SURFACE COORDINATE SYSTEM

Every wall, roof, or floor of a building is represented by a plane

surface of three or four sides. The origin of the surface coordinate system
is located at one of the surface vertices. The X-axis is a horizontal (rela-
tive to the global coordinate system) line in the plane of the surface. The
Y-axis is perpendicular to the X-axis and also in the plane of the surface.
The Z-axis is perpendicular to the surface. It is used in the descriptions
of subsurfaces. The coordinates of the vertices of the surface are described
in the surface coordinate system as the surface is viewed from outside its
zone.

Input (4.13.5) allows a simple description of rectangular surfaces. For

example a rectangular wall 12 feet wide by 8 feet high ( W=12 / H=8 or
equivalently SIZE=12,8 ) would be described by figure F.l. This representa-
tion of rectangles places the origin at the lower left corner so that all
vertices are positive numbers.

136
 Non-rectangular surfaces can also be described by giving the
coordinates of the vertices. For example, VRTS“10,0,5,30 describes the
triangle in figure F.2. Negative coordinates like VRTS=12 ,-3 ,7 ,7 ,-5 10 are
,

also possible (figure F.3). In the description of non-rectangular surfaces,

a vertex at the origin (0,0) is assumed. The remaining vertices are given
by their X-Y coordinates going counter-clockwise around the surface. Only
convex surfaces (no interior angle greater than 180 degrees) with 3 or 4
vertices are permitted. Other surfaces should be divided into two or more
convex surfaces. The reasons for this are discussed in III.E.4.

IV.F.2 WINDOW AND DOOR SUBSURFACES

The location and size of these features are described in the coordinate
system of the base surface (wall, roof, etc.) on which they lie. The size
of each window or door is given by its width and height (for example, W=4 /
H=6 or equivalently SIZE“4,6 ). The subsurface is located on the base
surface by giving the coordinates of its lower left corner relative to the
origin of the base surface (for example X es 4 / Y“1.5 or 0RG“4, 1.5,0 ).
Coordinates are given relativve to the base surface coordinate system.
Figure F.4 shows the window thus described placed on the wall from figure
F.l. The subsurface must lie completely within the base surface. Non-
rectangular subsurfaces must be described as equivalent rectangles.

It is common for windows and doors to be set back slightly behind the
plane of the base surface. This causes shadowing of the subsurface,
especially as the sun's rays become nearly parallel to the surface. The
setback is described by the Z coordinate ( Z=-.5 ) of the location of the
subsurface. (A "set forward" is not permitted.)

IV. F.3 SHADOWING SUBSURFACES

TARP input (4.15) provides a simple way to describe rectangular

shadowing features which are parallel to the major axes of the base surface
coordinate system. There are four configurations:
1. An overhang (OHNG) lies parallel to the X-Z plane and can cast shadows
downward onto the surface (figure F.5).
2. A left fin (LFIN) lies parallel to the Y-Z plane and is to the left of
its shadow (figure F.6).
3. A right fin (RFIN) also lies parallel to the Y-Z plane but lies to to
the right of its shadow (figure F.7). Section III.E.2 explains why TARP
surfaces cast shadows to one side but not the other. It is necessary to
use an LFIN and an RFIN to describe a feature which can shade both direc-
tions .
4. A projection (PROJ) lies parallel to the X-Y plane in front of the
surface which it shadows (figure F.8).

Figures F.5 through F.8 show how the size and position of these
shadowing features are described in terras of W, H (or SIZE) and X, Y, Z (or
ORG).

A shadowing subsurface will shade the base surface and all its window
or door subsurfaces. It will not shade any other base surface.

137
 4. )

IV. F. ZONE COORDINATE SYSTEM

The surfaces of a zone are located relative to each other in the zone
coordinate system. It is a Cartesian coordinate system with a vertical
Z-axis and the X and Y axes oriented parallel to major zone features to
simplify placement of surfaces. A surface is located in the zone coordinate
system by giving the coordinates of the surface origin relative to the zone
origin ( X=r / Y-r / Z-r or ORG»r,r,r [4.13.6]) and the azimuth ( AZM - r
[4.13.3]) and tilt ( TILT-r [4.13.4] angles of the surface.

The tilt angle is the angle from the Z-axis to the normal to the
surface. A vertical surface has a tilt of 90 degrees. A horizontal roof
has a tilt of 0. A floor has a tilt of 180 (the outward normal points
down)

Azimuth is the clockwise angle between the Y-azis and the horizontal
projection of the outward normal of the surface. For vertical surfaces this
is simply the direction the wall faces. Figure F.9 shows the locations,
azimuths and tilts of three vertical and three tilted surfaces. For
horizontal surfaces the true azimuth angle is undefined, but one must be
given to properly locate the surface vertices in the zone coordinate system.
This is most easily done by imagining the horizontal surface rotated about
an edge until it is vertical to allow identification of origin, width, and
height as in figure F.10 for a flat roof and figure F.ll for a floor.

IV.F.5 BUILDING COORDINATE SYSTEM

The building coordinate system is chosen to simplify the placement of

zones relative to each other. The X- and Y-axes are usually chosen to lie
along the axes of most of the zones. Each zone is located in the building
coordinate system by giving the coordinates of the zone origin relative to
the building origin ( X=r / Y=r / Z=r or ORG°r,r,r [4.1.3]) and the angle
from the building Y-axis to the zone Y-axis ( N«*n [4.1.2]). Figure F.12
shows the location of three zones in a building coordinate system.

Because of the general orientation of the building, the Y-axis may not
line up with true north. The angle from true north to the Y-axis of the
building coordinate system ( N«r [3.1.1]) must be given to allow TARP to
compute the true coordinates of the surface vertices.

It is common for buildings to have two or more zones which are

geometrically identical except for their location and orientation as shown
by the four zone examples in figure F.13. TARP allows two ways to describe
zones in terms of others already defined. First is rotation and transla-
tion. The description of zone 3 can be produced by duplicating the descrip-
tion of zone 2 and adding a rotation of 180 degrees about the zone origin
and shifting the origin to ORG=24 .5 ,55 ,0. This process is illustrated in
figure F.14. Use the text editor to duplicate the geometric features of
zone 2, and do the rotation and origin translation of the origin in the
GEOM (4.1) key. This reduces the number of new lines that must be typed to
describe a similar zone.

138
 Zone 4 in figure F.13 is very similar to zone 1, but its geometric
description cannot be obtained by any combination of rotations and transla-
tions. It is a mirror image of zone 1. Its description must use one of
the mirror image commands ( MIRX [4.1.5] or MIRY [4.1.6]). Figure F.15
shows how zone 1 is first mirrored in the Y direction (Y coordinates in the
zone system are replaced by their negatives) and then translated to a new
origin to produce the description of zone 4. Figure F.16 shows that the
same results could have been obtained by mirroring in the X direction,
rotating 180 degrees, and translating the origin. Mirror imaging works for
all surfaces and subsurfaces except those cases where a subsurface is on a
non-rectangular base surface which was described with the first vertex not
lying on the X-axis (such as the base surface in figure F.3).

IV. F. 6 DETACHED SHADOWING SURFACES

The georaerty described thus far will allow calculation of shadowing

from subsurfaces like fins and overhangs, and from other zone surfaces. In
addition the user may wish to describe adjacent buildings or other signifi-
cant shadow casting features which are not part of a particular zone and
which can shade more than one zone or surface. This is done with the
"detached shadowing surface" (DSS [3.2]). The description of such a sur-
face invloves defining its size and shape ( W=r / H=r or SIZE=r,r or
VRTS=r,r ,r ,r,r ,r [3.2.4]) as described above for a zone surface and then
locating ( X=r / Y=r / Z=r or ORG^rjrjr [3.2.3]) and orienting ( AZM=r
[3.2.1] and TILT=r [3.2.2]) the surface in the building coordinate system.
The critical consideration in locating and orienting the surface is that
it casts a shadow only into the hemisphere which it faces.

139
 Y
Y

Figure IV.F.l Rectangle Figure IV. F. 2 Triangle

Figure IV. F. 3 Quadrilateral Figure IV. F. 4 Window/door subsurface

140
Figure IV. F. 5 Overhang Figure IV. F. 6 Left fin

• Subsurface origin
• Base surface origin

Figure IV. F. 7 Right fin Figure IV. F. 8 Projection

141
1: ORG = 0, 18.2, 0 / SIZE = 10.7, 8 / AZM = 270 / TILT = 90
2: ORG = 0, 7.5, 0 / SIZE = 10.7, 8 / AZM = 225 / TILT = 90
3: ORG = 7.5, 0, 0 / SIZE = 10.7, 8 / AZM = 180 / TILT = 90
4: ORG = 0, 18.2, 8 / SIZE = 10.7,8 / AZM = 270/ TILT = 20

5: ORG = 0, 7.5, 8 / VRTS = 10.7, 0, 5.3, 4/ AZM = 225/ TILT = 20

6: ORG = 7.5, 0, 8 / SIZE = 10.7, 8 / AZM = 180 / TILT = 20

Figure IV. F. 9 Zone coordinate system: tilted surfaces

142
ORG = 0, 0, 8 / SIZE = 12, 12 / AZM = 180 / TILT = 0

Figure IV.F.10 Zone coordinate system: flat roof

143
ORG = 0, 12, 0 / SIZE = 12, 12/ AZM = 180/TILT = 180

Figure IV.F.ll Zone coordinate system: floor

144
 3: ORG = 0,0, 10

4: ORG = 15, 0, 10

Figure IV.F.12 Building coordinate system: four zones

145
Figure IV.F.13 Portion of building with similar zones

146
Figure IV.F.14 Zone 3 described by rotation and translation of zone 2

147
 GEOM (MIRY/ORG = 0, 55, 0/

Figure IV.F.15 Zone 4 described by mirror imaging and

translation of zone 1

148
Figure IV.F.16 Zone 4 described by mirror imaging, rotation and
translation of zone 1

149
IV. G TABLES

IV.G.l SHADOWING DATES

Shadow patterns are normally computed for the 14 time periods listed
below. These periods were chosen so that the error in the solar position
would be less than 2 degrees on any day in the period. This causes the
periods to be shorter around March 21 and Sept 21 when the solar declination
angle changes rapidly. Shading features which do not use these dates will
increase the number of time periods and therefore the amount of time
necessary to calculate shadowing. Most shading features will occur over
several time periods, e.g. FROM - 16MAY / THRU = 30SEP.

PERIOD FROM THRU

1 1 JAN 31 JAN
2 1 FEB 20 FEB
3 21 FEB 12 MAR
4 13 MAR 31 MAR
5 1 APR 20 APR
6 21 APR 15 MAY
7 16 MAY 31 JUL
8 1 AUG 24 AUG
9 25 AUG 12 SEP
10 13 SEP 30 SEP
11 1 OCT 20 OCT
12 21 OCT 15 NOV
13 16 NOV 15 DEC
14 16 DEC 31 DEC

150
 V OUTPUT

The Thermal Analysis Research Program produces output in various levels

of detail as directed by the user. Output reports generally consist of
tables of numbers suitable for printing or display at a terminal. Develop-
ment of more elegant graphic output has not been pursued because of the TARP
emphasis on the fundamental heat transfer algorithms and computational
methods. Almost every intermediate result that TARP calculates can be
printed. Most of these intermediate results are available through "dumps"
which have minimal descriptive information with the numbers and are in
metric units — the internal data representation. Several "reports" are
also available. Reports present summary data and can be in either English
or metric units. The following sections discuss the various output options.

V.A INPUT REPORTS

V.A.l Default Reports

The input processor produces an "echo" of the user input. This echo is
organized by numbered lines on numbered pages as shown in the report for the
sample problem from II. C shown in figure 1 on the following pages. Each page
heading includes a page number, title, date, time of day, and central proces-
sor execution time. This last number is based on a non-ANSI function and may
not be available on all computers. The input lines are numbered primarily to
aid in editing the user input file. If user lines are not over about 72 char-
acters long, the output will appear on most terminals without "wrap-around".

The last page of the input processor report tells the unused library
elements and the required array dimensions (parameters) for the load calcula-
tor. The report of unused library names can help to identify typing errors
which cause library elements to not be found when they are referenced later
in the input. The report also identifies elements which can be removed from
the input deck (possibly by commenting - $) to use less array space. The
array dimensions report tells the minimum parameter sizes (see VI. C for a
complete list of parameters) necessary to run the simulation.

151
 1 ) ) )) )) )) ) ) )

1 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 06.07.55. .715

1 PROJECT t
2 RC<DEM/UIN=ENGLISH/UOUT=ENGLISH/
3 DESC* THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES DIRECT SUN')
' »

4 RPT RNOS = 9 . 21)

<

5 LQC<DESC='COLUMBIA» MO. '/LATD=38. 9/LONG =92. 3/TZ*6)

6 GRND(GRT=40.42.48.55.62.67.70.69.63. 55.48.42)
7 DDY<DESC= 'MILD W I NTER /H I GH=50/L0W=30/WB=40/DATE=2 1 FEB/
'

8 CLR= 1 ./M0N/WS=1320/DIR=315)
9 3
10 LIBRARY C
1 DS(NAME=NONE/DESC='ZERO ALL HOURS /FFC=24*0 '

12 DS(NAME=FULL/DESC='ONE ALL HOURS /FFC=24* 1 '

13 DS<NAME=ON/DESC=' NORTH OCCUPANCY'/

14 FFC = 6*1 . 5 » 16.8*0.4* 16. 2*. 33. ,67.1)
. . .

15 DS<NAME=OC/DESC=' CENTER OCCUPANCY'/

16 FFC = 1 6*0 3* . . 1 7 . ,67. .5. .67. , 17.0)
17 DS(NAME=OS/DESC= 'SOUTH OCCUPANCY'/
18 FFC=6*0. ,5. .5. 8*0. 2*. 33. 67 2* 1 6 . 3*0 . . .

19 WS(NAME=OCCN/DESC= 'NORTH OCCUPANCY /WD=ON '

20 WS(NAME=OCCC/DESC=' CENTER OCCUR ANCY /UD=OC '

21 WS(NAME=OCCS/DESC=' SOUTH OCCUPANCY /WD=OS '

22 DS(NAME=LN/DESC=' NORTH LIGHTING'/

23 FFC=6*0 ,7. .7. 8*0. 2*. 33. 4*. 7. .4.0)
.

24 DS<NAME=LC/DESC=' CENTER LIGHTING'/

25 FFC=16*0» ,5. 5*. 7. .3.0)
26 DS<NAME=LS/DESC='SOUTH LIGHTING'/
27 FFC = o*0 .7. .7. 8*0. 5*. 7. 3*0)
.

28 US<NAME = I.ITN/DESC='NORTH L I GHT I NG /WD = LN '

29 WS(NAME=L I TC/DESC=' CENTER LIGHTING /WD=LC '

30 US<NAME = LITS/DESC='SOUTH L I GHT I NG /WD = LS '

31 DS<-NAME = EN/DESC=' NORTH EQUIPMENT'/

32 FFC-=20*0.3*1 .0)
33 DS(NAME=EC/DESC=' CENTER EQUIPMENT'/
34 FFC=16*0.4*1»4*0)
35 DS(NAME=ES/DESC=' SOUTH EQUIPMENT'/
36 FFC = 6*. 3.2*1 .8*. 3. 2*1 »3*,7.3*,3)
37 US <NAME=EQPN/DESC=' NORTH EQUIPMENT' /WD=EN
38 US <NAME=EQPC/DESC=' CENTER EQU I PMENT /UD=EC '

39 US(NAME=EQPS/DESC=' SOUTH EQU I PMENT /UD=ES '

40 US <NAME=CONST/DESC=' CONSTANT 1 OOX /ALL=FULL '

41 MATL(NAME=GYP/DESC=' GYPSUM WALL BOARD /K= 42/D=45 /CP= 3 ' . . .

42 M ATL(NAME=WD-S/DESC=' SOFTWOOD '/K=.0675/D=32./CP=. 33)

43 MATL<NAME=SHTH/DESC=' INTERMEDIATE DENSITY BUILDING BOARD SHEATHING'/
44 K=,034/D=22,/CP=,31)
45 MATL(NAME=C-HW/DESC=' HEAVY CONCRETE /K= 1 0/CP= 2/D= 1 40 ' . . .

46 MATL<NAME = B1/DESC=' AIRSPACE RES I ST ANCE /R= 9 1 /A I R ' .

47 MATL<NAME=R5/DESC='R5 POLYSTYRENE '/R=5.

48 MATL<NAME = R19/DESC='R19 I NSUL AT I ON /R= 1 9 ' .

49 MATL<NAME=R30/DESC='R30 INSULATION /R=30 ' .

50 MATL NAME=SPDS/DESC=' STANDARD GLASS '/GLASS/R=.0236/TRNS=. 86)

(

51 MATL<NAME=ASH/DESC=' ASPHALT SH I NGLES /K= 1 8 1 6/D=70/CP= 3 ' . .

52 MATL(NAME=DIRT/K=.1/D=65./A=,70)

Figure V.l Sample default output

152
PAGE 2 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 06.07.56. 1.048

53 MATL<NAME=AL/DESC=' ALUMINUM S I D I NG /K = 1 28/D= 1 7 1 /CP= 2

'
. .

54 MATL<NAME=CPT/DESC=' CARPET 8 PAD'/R=2.08)

55 CONS<NAME=WL-I/DESC='EXTERIOR WALL - INSULATION AREA'/
56 MATL= 0052 AL .0417, SHTH, 0.R19, .0521, GYP)
. » ,

57 CONS <NAME=WL-S/DESC=' EXTERIOR WALL- STUD AREA'/

58 MATL= 0052 AL ,0417. SHTH, .292, WD-S, .0521, GYP)
. » »

59 CONS(NAME=PTN-A/DESC=' PARTITION - AIR SPACE AREA'/

60 MATL=. 0521 .GYP. 0.81. .0521. GYP)
61 CONS<NAME=PTN-S/DESC=' PARTITION - STUD AREA'/
62 MATL=. 0521, GYP. .292.WD-S. .0521. GYP)
63 C0NS(NAME=WDW2/DESC='2 PANE WINDOW'/
64 MATL=O.SPDS» 0.81. O.SPDS)
65 CONS (NAME=FRAME/DESC =/ WINDOW FRAME /MATL=0 1 354 WD-S ' . »

66 CONS <NAME=RF-T/DESC=' CEILING/ROOF - TRUSS AREA'/

67 MATL.= , 0104. ASH. .0417. WD-S. ,625. WD-S. .0417. GYP)
68 CONS(NAME=RF-I/DESC= 'CEILING/ROOF INSULATION AREA'/
-
69 MATL=. 0104. ASH. .0417. WD-S, 0.R30, .0417, GYP)
70 CONS<NAME=PTN-M/DESC='MASSIYE PART I T I ON /MATL= 667 C-HW '
. ,

71 CONS(NAME -SLAB-C/OESC='SLAB WITH CARPET'/

r

72 MATL= 5 DIRT , 0.R5, .333, C-HW, O.CPT)

. »

73 CONS (NAME=SLAB-T/DESC=' SLAB WITH TILE'/

74 MATL= 5 D IRT 0.R5, .333.C-HW)
, » »

75 CPFL<NAME=P1/DESC='HEATING SETBACK /CAP=1 0/TMP=60 62 ' , ,

76 C P FL NAME- P 2/ DESC =/ STANDARD HE AT I NG /CAP= 1 0/TMP=68 70

< ' , ,

77 CDS <NAME=HN/DESC=' NORTH HEATING'/CPFL=6*P1,2#P2,8#P1,6#P2,2*P1)

78 CDS <NAME=HC/DESC=' CENTER HE AT I NG /CPFL= 1 6 *P 1 6*P2 2*P1
' , ,

79 CDS NAME = HS/DESC= 'SOUTH HE AT I NG /CPFL = 6*P 1 2*P2 8*P 1 5*P2 3*P 1
( ' , , , ,

80 CWS(NAME=HEATN/DESC=' NORTH HEAT ING /WD=HN '

81 CWS<NAME = HEATC/DESC=' CENTER HE AT I NG /WD = HC '

82 CWS<NAME=HEATS/DESC=' SOUTH HEAT ING /WD=HS '

83 3
84 BUILDING C
85 SIM(SLDS=3/HTB=0/FLOW/CNVG=,1» .01, ,34.12)
86 DSS< AZM=180./TILT=153.4/0RG=0, 12, 1 6/SI ZE=44 , 2
87 DSS(AZM=180,/TILT=206,6/0RG=0»0»8/SIZE=44»2)
88 DSS( AZM = 0./TILT = U6.6/ORG = 0,36»8/SIZE = 44,2)
8? 3
90 ZONE C
91 GEOM( NAME-NORTH)
92 CTRL(CWS=HEATN/HEAT=12)
93 PE0(WS=0CCN/CAP=3)
94 LIT <WS = LITN/CAP=1 ,4)
95 EQP (WS=EQPN/CAP=1 ,0)
96 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
97 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-I/AZM=0/0R6=44»36»0/SIZE=41»8)
98 SRF(EX/TR/SS/C0NS=WDW2/0RG=12,5,-.25/SIZE=20,2)
99 AFS(AREA=0.2/EXP=,65)
100 SRF EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-S/AZM=0/0RG=3,36,0/SIZE=3,8)
(

101 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-T/AZM=0/0RG=44,36»8/SIZE=41,8.95/TILT=26.6)
102 AFS AREA-0 1/EXP= .65)
( .

103 SRF EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=0/0RG=3»36»8/SIZE=3»8.95/TILT=26,6)

(

104 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=180/0RG=0,24»0/SIZE = 44» 12/Z0NE=CENTER)

<

Figure V.l (continued)

153
 3 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 06.07.58. 1.491

105 AFS(AREA=0. 5/EXP*. 50)

106 SRF IN/OP /BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=270/0RG=0»36.0/VRTS=12»0» 12. 12. 0.8)
(

107 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=90/0RG=44.24»0/VRTS=12»0» 12.8. 0.12)

(

108 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=SLAB-C/AZM=180/0RG=0.36»0/SIZE=44»12/TILT*180)
109 OSC < TGP= 1
no 3
1 1 ZONE C
112 GEOM<NAME=CENTER)
113 CTRL(CWS=HEATC/HEAT=12)
114 PE0(WS=0CCC/CAP=3)
115 LIT (WS=LITC/CAP=1 .4)
116 EGP(US=EQPC/CAP=1 .0)
117 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
118 SRF (EX/O P/BS/C0NS=FRAME/AZM*180/0RG=0» 12. 12/SIZE=44»3)
119 SRF(EX/TR/SS/C0NS=UnU2/0RG=2.0.-.25/SIZE=40.3)
120 AFS( ARE A=0. 25/EXP*. 65)
121 SRF <EX/0P/BS/C0NS = RF-T/AZM = 0/0RG = 44»24» 12/SIZE = 41 »8.95/TILT = 26.6)
122 AFS(AREA=0. 1/EXP*. 65)
123 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=0/0RG=3.24.12/SIZE*3.8,95/TILT*26.6)
124 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-A/AZM=180/0RG=3»12»0/SIZE=41.12/Z0NE=S0UTH)
125 AFS(AREA=0. 5/EXP*. 50)
126 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=180/0RG=0. 12»0/SIZE=3» 12/Z0NE=S0UTH)
(

127 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS = PTN-M/AZM = 0/0RG = 44»24.0/SIZE = 44. 1 2/ZONE = NORTH)

(

128 AFS ARE A=0. 5/EXP*. 50)

(

129 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=270/0RG=0.24»0/VRTS=12»0» 12.16. 0.12)

(

130 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS = PTN-M/AZM = 90/0RG = 44. 1 2 O/VRTS* 1 2 0 . 12.12. 0.16)

< » .

131 SRF EX/OP/BS/CONS=SLAB-C/ AZM* 1 80/0RG=0 24. 0/S I ZE=44» 12/TILT* 180)
( .

132 0SC(TGP=1)
133 1
134 ZONE C
135 GEOM(NAME=SOUTH)
136 CTRL(CWS=HEATS/HEAT=12)
137 PE0(WS=0CCS/CAP=3)
138 LIT <WS=LITS/CAP=1 *4)
139 EQP(US=EQPS/CAP=9. 4/LOST*. 4)
140 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
141 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS=WL-I/AZM=180/0RG=0.0»0/SIZE=41»8)
142 SRF(EX/TR/SS/C0NS=WDU2/0RG=12.3.-.25/SIZE=20»4)
143 AFS< ARE A=0. 2/EXP*. 65)
144 SRF(EX/DP/BS/C0NS=WL-S/AZM=180/0RG=41»0»0/SIZE=3»8)
145 SRF(EX/0P/BS/C0NS = RF-T/AZM=180/0RG = 0.0.8/SIZE = 41 8 95/T I L.T = 26 6
» . .

146 AFS< AREA=0. 1/EXP*. 65)

147 SRF<EX/0F'/BS/C0NS=RF-I/AZM=180/0RG=41.0»8/SIZE=3»8.95/TILT=26,6)
148 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-A/AZM=0/0RG=44»12»O/SIZE=41.12/ZONE=CENTER)
(

149 AFS(AR‘EA = 0,5/EXP=,50)

150 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=0/0RG=3. 12»0/SIZE=3» 12/Z0NE=CENTER)
(

151 SRF IN/0P/BS/C0N3 = PTN-M/AZM = 270/0RG = 0.12.0/VRTS=12.0. 12.8. 0.12)

<

152 SRF< IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=90/0RG=44.0.0/VRTS=12»0. 12.12. 0.8)

153 SRF <EX/OP/BS/CONS=SLAB-T/ AZM* 180/0RG=0. 12. O/SI ZE*44. 12/TILT* 180)
154 0SC<TGP=1)
155 1

Figure V.l (continued)

154
PAGE 4 MBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17 06.07.59 1.884

UNUSED LIBRARY NAMES (IF ANY):

day-schedule: none
week-schedule: const

MRLP MINIMUM ARRAY DIMENSIONS:

zon: 3
srf: 32
hts : 32
afs : 10
cos: 12
gtp: 1
tfh : 283
ctf: 140
gsc: 3
dsh: 11
wsh: 10
con: 11
pfl: 2
cds: 3
cws: 3

Figure V. 1 (concluded)

155
V.A.2 RUN CONTROL MODIFICATIONS

The run control statement (1.1) includes four optional modifications

of the output.

V.A.2. 1 DEM and error messages.

TARP does extensive input checking. Incorrect or questionable input is

reported to the user by error messages which begin with two stars and a
severity descriptor. Figure 2 shows how error messages appear in the
output. NAME has been misspelled as NAEM in line 15 of the input. This is
immediately reported. Since DEM (1.1.3) was specified in the run control
statement, a list of valid key words is also printed. Errors that might
occur due to bad punctuation, causing the input processor to believe it is
in a different input section, can be quickly spotted from the SECTION: and
KEY: entries. At the end of the day-schedule description (line 16) it is
noted that the user did not give this schedule a name (since the required
NAME subkey was never recognized). The error in line 15 propagates through
the program causing some other errors to be noted. At line 20, the
week-schedule is not created because the day schedule named OC could not be
found. The final error message at the end of the output indicates that a
loads input file (the SINPFL) was not created. All input which produces
SEVERE errors must be corrected before the SINPFL is created.

IDEM AND ERROR MESSAGES

15 DS(NAEM=0C/DESC=' CENTER OCCUPANCY'/

** SEVERE INVALID SUBKEY*. NAEM
section: library key: ds valid subkeys are:
NAME DESC FFC
16 FFC=16*0,3*. 17, .67, ,5. .67, ,17.0)
** SEVERE LIBRARY ELEMENT MUST HAVE NAME
17 DS<NAME=0S/DESC='S0UTH OCCUPANCY'/
18 FFC=6*0, .5, .5, 8*0, 2 *.33, 67 2* 1 6 3*0
. , . ,

1? WS<NAME=OCCN/DESC=' NORTH OCCUPANCY /UD=0N'

20 WS<NAME=OCCC/DESC='CENTER OCCUP ANC Y /WD=0C '

** SEVERE OC NOT IN LIBRARY

** SEVERE WEEKDAY-SCHEDULE NOT DEFINED

** FATAL INPUT FILE NOT CREATED BECAUSE OF 'SEVERE' ERRORS

Figure V.2 Sample error messages

 ) ) )

V.A.2.2 Double spacing

The 2SPC command (1.1.4) causes a blank line to be printed before every
input line echo as shown in figure 3. Note that double spacing does not
begin until the command has been recognized, so there is no skip between
lines 1 and 2.

PAGE 1 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/07. 07.07.18. .707

1 PROJECT C
2 RC(DEM/2SPC/UIN=ENGLISH/U0UT=ENGLISH/

3 DESC= THERMAL MASS TEST

' - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES . DIRECT SUN')

4 RPTCRNOS = 9)

5 LOC(DESC='COLUMBIA» MO .
' /LATD=38 9/L0NG=92 3/TZ=6
. ,

6 GRND<GRT=40»42»48>55»62»67»70»69»63»55»48»42)
7 DDY DESC= 'MILD WINTER /HIGH=50/L0W=30/WB=40/DATE=21FEB/
( '

8 CLR=1 ./M0N/WS=1320/DIR=315)

9 I

10 LIBRARY C

11 DS<NAME=N0NE/DESC='ZER0 ALL HOURS /FFC=24*0 '

12 D3<NAME=FULL/DESC='0NE ALL HOURS /FFC=24*1 '

Figure V.3 Double spacing

V.A.2.3 Cross referencing

The XREF command (1.1.5) allows the user to match the data in the
reports and, especially, the dumps to his input. In general, the input is
read and organized into various arrays. The XREF reports the array
locations. In figure 4, line 87 describes a detached shadowing surface
(3.2). Information about this surface will be stored as element 2 in arrays
having a MAXSRF parameter dimension. The next DSS (line 88) is stored as
element 3 in those arrays. Zone controls and scheduled loads (lines 92-95)
are stored in arrays with MAXCGS dimensions. The MASS is the first heat
transfer surface, so its data goes into the MAXHTS dimensioned arrays at
location 1. The surface description (line 97) has two cross references
because both geometric data (in MAXSRF dimensioned arrays) and heat transfer
data (in MAXHTS arrays) must be stored. The zone number appears after the
zone description is completed (line 110).

157
 87 DSS<AZM=180./TILT X 206.6/0RG=0»0»8/SIZE*44»2)
SRF = 2
88 HSS<AZM = 0./TILT = U4.6/0RG = 0>36»8/SIZE = 44*2)
SRF = 3
89 3
90 ZONE C
91 6E0M<NAME=N0RTH)
92 CTRL<CWS=HEATN/HEAT=12)
CGS = 1

93 PE0<US=0CCN/CAP=3>
CGS = 2
94 LIT<US=LITN/CAP=1 .4)
CGS = 3
95 EGP<WS=EGPN/CAP=1 *0)
CGS = 4
96 MASS<C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
HTS = 1
97 SRF EX/0F‘/BS/C0NS = UL-I/AZM = 0/0RG = 44>36>0/SIZE = 41 » 8)
<

SRF = 4
HjS — 2
98 SRF<EX/TR/SS/C0NS=UDW2/0RG=12>5>-.25/SIZE=20»2)
SRF = 5
HTS = 3
99 AFS<AREA=0,2/EXP=,65>
AFS = 1

107 SRF<IN/0P/BS/C0NS=F'TN-M/AZM=90/0RG=44»24>0/VRTS=12>0» 12>8» 0»12)

SRF = 11
HTS =9
108 SRF EX/0P/BS/C0NS = SLAB-C/AZH=180/0RG = 0>36»0/SIZE = 44 »12/TILT = 180)
<

SRF = 12
HTS = 10
109 03C TGP= 1 <

SSC = 1

110 ]
ZON = 1
111 ZONE C
112 GEOM(NAME=CENTER)
113 CTRL(CWS=HEATC/HEAT=12)
CGS = 5
114 F'E0<WS = 0CCC/CAP = 3)
CGS = 6

Figure V.4 Cross references

V.A.2.4 Metric units

TARP processes input and writes reports in English units by default.

The user can request that the input or output or both be in metric units
(1.1.7). Two samples of metric reports are shown in figure 5. The first is
the final loads summary described in V.B.l. Second is a wall and conduction
transfer function report described in V.A.4.4.

158
BUILDING LOADS FOR

THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES * DIRECT SUN

COLUMBIA* MO,

MILD WINTER
TOTAL TOTAL PEAK PEAK MAX MIN
ZONE HEATING COOLING HEATING COOLING TEMP TEMP HX HT V CL CX
(KWH) (KWH) (KU) < KW <C> <C>

NORTH 14.94 0.00 2.977 0,000 20.71 16,61 0 10 0 0 0

CENTER .33 0,00 .330 0.000 22.84 17.83 0 2 0 0 0
SOUTH ,09 0.00 ,090 0.000 25.48 19.98 0 1 0 0 0

total: 1 .536E+01 0. 3.067 0.000 25.48 16.61

MAX HEATING OCCURS AT HOUR 7 ON 2 1 FEB

MAX TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 18 ON 2 1 FEB
MIN TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 6 ON 21FEB

PTN-S 5 PARTITION - STUD AREA

4 :

DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION

LAYER THICKNESS CONDUCTIVITY DENSITY SPECIFIC HEAT RESISTANCE

METERS W/(M*K> KG/M**3 KJ/<KG*K) M**2*K/W

GYP .0159 726 720.831 1.255 0.000

WD-S .0890 117 512.591 1.381 0.000
GYP .0159 726 720.831 1.255 0.000

5 CONDUCTION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS OF ORDER 2

TIME INTERNAL CROSS EXTERNAL FLUX

1 8.68390584 .01854220 8,68390584 .58886750

2 -11.49423688 .30212722 -1 1 .49423688 -.03735637
3 3.53278776 .22263065 3.53278776
4 -.16599941 .01302198 -.16599941
- .00006837 .00006688 -.00006837

THERMAL CONDUCTANCE = 1.241 W/<M**2*K)

OUTER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
INNER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
OUTER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE = .75
INNER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE - .75
OUTER SURFACE ROUGHNESS =ROUGH

Figure V.5 Two reports using metric units

159
V.A.3 NUMBERED REPORTS

Seven data dumps can be requested by specifying report numbers (1.2.1)

V. A.3.1 RNOS = 1; dump PROJECT and LIBRARY data

This provides summaries at the end of the PROJECT and LIBRARY sections
The DUMP OF PROJECT CONTROL DATA shown below lists the values associated
with different variables which can be set in the PROJECT section. Refer to
VI. C for a description of the individual variables.

DUMP OF PROJECT CONTROL DATA

COMMON /TITLES/?
F'TITLE = THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES * DIRECT SUN
LTITLE = COLUMBIA* MO.
ETITLE = MILD WINTER

COMMON /RUNCTL/J
EMU I = 2
SYNTAX = F
CALCS = T
DEM = T
OLDW = F

COMMON /EFLHDR/:
l.ATD 38.900
LONG 92.300
it NR 6.000
ALTD 0.000
TRRAIN = 3
SINL .628
CQSL .778
MERID = 2.300
TGRND = 4.4 5.6 8.9 12.8 1 A 7 19.4 21.1 20.6 17.2 12.8 8.9 5.6
.

TMKUP = 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 12.8
NRENVS = 1

NRDAYS 1
WSTATN = 0

COMMON /REPORT/*.
EMUO
T T T T F F F
RFLAGS = T T T
F F F F F F F F F
F
F F F F F F F F F F

Figure V.6 Dump of project control data

160
 The DUMP OF LIBRARY CONTROL DATA shown below gives the number and
names of all library entries. First, summary data is given for each of
the seven libraries. This data is taken from common block LIBCTL. It
begins with the day-schedule (DS) by giving the 0 location (DSO) the ,

number of schedules defined (NDS), and the maximum number of schedules

permitted (MXDS). This last number can be set by the user (2.1.2).
Similar data is presented for the other six libraries. Next comes a list
of all library element names (LNAMES) presented in eight names per row in
sequence. The list of numbers can be used to determine to which library
the names belong. For example, the first 16 names are day-schedules. DS
names occupy the first two rows including the five undefined (blank)
names in the second row. Week-schedules (WS) names occupy the net two
rows with ten names defined and six left undefined, etc.

DUMP OF LIBRARY CONTROL DATA

LIBRARY NAME =

DS — 0 11 16
WS = 16 10 16
MATL = 32 13 16
CONS 48 11 16
CPFL = 64 2 16
CDS 80 3 16
CWS = 96 3 16

ELEMENT names:
NONE FULL ON OC OS LN LC LS
EN EC ES
OCCN OCCC OCCS LITN LITC LITS EQPN EGF'C
EQF'S CONST
GYP WD-S SHTH C-HW B R5 R 1 R30
SF'DS ASH DIRT AL CPT
WL-I WL-S PTN-A PTN-S WDW2 FRAME RF-T RF-I
F'TN-M SLAB-C SLAB-T
PI P2

HN HC HS

HEATN HEATC HEATS

Figure V . 7 Dump of library control data

.3.2 RNOS = 2 ;
dump of DDY and WTAP data

This is a dump of all weather data for every day described in the DDY
(1.6) and WTAP (1.5) keys. It is a dump of data in the EVDAT common block.
The data names are summarized as follows:

161
 .. 1

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

YEAR YEAR year

MO MONTH month number
DY DYOFM day of month
DW DAYOFW day of week number
HOL HOLIND holiday and special days indicator
DST DSTIND daylight saving time indicator
SSDECL SSDECL sine of the solar declination angle
CSDESL CSDECL cosine of the solar declination angle
EQTIME EQTIME equation of time (h)
TD ODB dry bulb temperature (C)
TW OWB wet bulb temperature (C)
BP OBP barometric pressure (Pa)
H OHR humidity ratio
WS SPD wind speed (m/s)
WD DIR wind direction (deg)
TS SKY sky radiative temperature (C)
QB SRADBM direct normal (beam) solar flux (W/m**2)
QD SRADDF sky brightness (W/m**2)
QR SRADGR ground brightness (W/m**2)
RN RAIN rain indicator
SN SNOW snow indicator

7 ODY DESC = 'MILD WINTER'/HIGH=5O/L0W=30/WB*40/DATE=21FEB/

(

8 CLR= 1 ,/M0N/WS=1320/DIR=315)

YEAR MO DY DW HOL DST SSDECL CSDECL EQTIME

1958 2 21 2 0 0 -.184 .983 -.229

TD TU BP H US UD TS QB QD QR RN SN
.33 -.87 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -16.16 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
- .22 -1.19 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -16.69 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
- ,67 -1.45 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -17.10 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
-1.00 -1.64 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -17.42 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
-1.11 -1.71 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -17.52 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
-.89 -1 .58 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -17.31 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
-.33 -1.25 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -16.79 0,0 0.0 0.0 0 0
.67 -.67 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -15.85 307.4 18.6 10.2 0 0
2.11 . 09 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -14,49 734.5 44.5 51 . 0 0
3.78 1.05 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -12.93 875.8 53.1 88.0 0 0
5.67 2.12 100000, .0031 6.7 315. -11.15 937.7 56.8 116.1 0 0
7 . 44 3.09 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -9.48 965.4 58.5 133.2 0 0
8,78 3.80 100000 .0031 6.7 315. -8.23 972.2 58.9 138.0 0 0
9 . 67 4.27 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -7.39 961.0 58.2 130.2 0 0
10.00 4.44 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -7.08 927.0 56.2 110.4 0 0
9.67 4.27 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -7.39 852.7 51 .7 80.0 0 0
8.89 3.86 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -8.12 675.5 40.9 41.5 0 0
7.67 3.21 100000. ,0031 6.7 315. -9.27 107.0 6.5 2.6 0 0
6.22 2.43 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -10.63 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
4.78 1 .62 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -11.99 0,0 0.0 0.0 0 0
3.56 .93 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -13.14 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
2.44 .28 100000 .0031 6.7 315. -14.18 0.0* 0.0 0.0 0 0
1 .56 -.17 100000 .0031 6.7 315. -15.02 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
.89 - . 55 100000. .0031 6.7 315. -15.64 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0

Figure V.8 Dump of weather data

162
V.A.3.3 RNOS “ 3; dump of conduction transfer function calculations

Details of the CTF calculations are presented beginning with a list

of the layers and their thermal properties (L thickness, K conductivity,
CP " specific heat, D density, R 05 thermal resistance value). SUMB,
CND, RR, and CC are variable names (see VI. C). The RR value is calculated
only for single layer constructions. The number of roots (NRT) found and
the search increment (SINC) are reported as well as the values of the
ROOTs and the variable RATIO. From the ROOTs and RATIOS the CTF are com-
puted for orders zero (0 0) through (0 5) until the convergence criteria
have been met. The X, Y, Z, and J CTF are reported for all orders. This
report is simplified for massless constructs since no CTF (only the U
value) are calculated.

DUMP OF CONDUCTION CALCULATIONS FORI

PARTITION - STUD AREA
LAYER L K CP D R
GYP .016 .726 1.255 720.831 0.000
WD-S .089 .117 1.381 512.591 0.000
GYP .016 .726 1.255 720.831 0.000

SUMB = 254.58173 CND = 1 . 24059 RR S -I CC = 14368.09

NUMBER OF ROOTS = 9i SEARCH INCREMENT * .007856

N ROOT RATIO
1 .013546079 .516548286
2 .027011651 ,072319215
3 ,040288196 .002899261
4 ,053198718 .000037605
5 065446912 ,000000201
6 .076662966 .000000001
7 .036835154 .000000000
B .096795305 .000000000
9 ,107590765 ,000000000

NUMBER OF RESPONSE FACTORS = 55 ORDER = 2

N 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 4 0 5

1 3.683909 8.683909 8.683906 8.683909 8.683909 8 .683909

2 -6.380569 -10.866227 - 11 ,494237 -11 .519418 -11.519744 -11 .519746
3 - .548920 2.746952 3.532788 3.566114 3,566547 3 .566549
4 -.250886 .032658 -.165999 -.176242 -.176376 - .176377
5 -.127301 ,002293 -.000068 0.000000 0.000000 0 .000000

1 .013542 .018542 ,018542 .018542 .018542 .013542

2 .313046 .303468 .302127 .302073 .302073 302073
.

3 .406281 .244577 .222631 .221755 .221743 .221743

4 .240573 .030710 .013022 .012377 .012368 .012368
5 .126555 .002288 ,000067 0.000000 0.000000 0 .000000

1 8.683909 8.683909 8.683906 8.683909 8.683909 8 .683909

2 -6.380569 -10.866227 - 11.494237 -11.519418 -11.519744 -11 ,519746
3 - .548920 2.746952 3.532788 3.566114 3.566547 3 .566549
4 -.250886 .032658 -.165999 -.176242 -.176376 - .176377
5 -.127301 .002293 -.000068 0.000000 0.000000 0 .000000

.588868 -.037356 0,000000 0.000000 0.000000

Figure V.9 Dump of CTF calculations for massive construct

163
V.A.3.4 RNOS = 4; dump of glass calculations

Details of the optical calculations are presented beginning with the

DESCription of the construction and a list of the normal transmittance,
index of refraction, film transmittance, and reflectance of the GLASS or
SHADE layers (AIR layers are assumed between each optical layer). The
optical properties for the individual panes are:
EXTC = k*L from (D.3.5)
GN = index of refraction
FN = film index or refraction (D.4.1)
FK = film extinction coefficient (D.4.1)
FD = film thickness.

Then the computed reflectances and transmittances of the panes are

reported at various angles of incidence:
T1 = transmittance for TE light
Rll = reflectance for TE light incident from outside
R12 = reflectance for TE light incident from inside
T2 = transmittance for TM light
R21 = reflectance for TM light incident from outside
R22 = reflectance for TM light incident from inside

The polynomial coefficients are the least squares fit values for
(D.1.7b) and (D.1.7a). T refers to transmittance, A to absorptance, 0 to
outside, I to inside, and S to shade.

DUMP OF OPTICAL CALCULATIONS FOR: 2 PANE WINDOW

LAYER TRNS IR FTRN REF
SF'DS .860 1.52 0 0.000 0.000
B1 0,000 1.520 0.000 0.000
SF'DS .860 1.520 0.000 0.000
OFT I CAL PROPERTIES AT WAVELENGTH = ,725
PANE* 1 EXTC= .065 GN= 1 ,520 FN=0 .000 FK=0 000 . FD=0 000
.

F'ANE= 2 EXTC= .065 GN = 1 520 FN=0 000 FK=0 .000

. , FD=0 000
,

OPTICAL VALUES AT COS THETA = ,991

( )

PANE= 1 T 1 = .858 Rll* .079 R 12= .079 T2= .861 R2 1 = ,075 R22* .075
PANE* 2 T 1 = .858 R 1 1 = .079 R 1 2= .079 T2= .861 R2 1 = ,075 R22* ,075
•

OPTICAL VALUES AT COS THET A = .875

< )

PANE* 1 T 1 = .828 R 1 1 = .106 R12= .106 T2= .882 R21* .051 R22= .051
PANE* 2 T 1 = .828 Rll* ,106 R 1 2= .106 T2= .882 R21* .051 R22* .051
OPTICAL VALUES AT COS THET A = .938
< )

F'ANE= 1 T 1 = .845 Rll* .090 R 1 2= .090 T2= .871 R21= .064 R22= .064
PANE* 2 T 1 = .845 Rll* .090 R12= .090 T2= .871 R21* .064 R22* .064
OPTICAL VALUES AT COS THET A = 1.000
< )

FANE* 1 T 1 = .860 Rll* ,077 R 1 2= .077 T2= .860 R21* .077 R22* .077
PANE* 2 Tl= ,860 Rll* .077 R 1 2= .077 T2= .860 R21= .077 R22= .077

Figure V.10 Dump of optical calculations

164
 POLYNOMIAL COEFFICIENTS
I T2 A02 AI2 AS2
1 3.8544537E-01 427646 1 E + 00
2 » 5 , 75769 1 2E-0 -I
2 1 .0308017E+01 -2 2363210E+01
, -3.6428286E+00 -I
3 -3.3949733E+01 1 .0021852E+02 1 .4986929E+01 -I
4 5.0154231E+01 -2.3554957E+02 -3.4400820E+01 -I
5 --3.9590559E+01 2 7725274E+02 3 » 984 1 064E + 0 -I
6 1 .4092558E+01 -1 2867078E+02
. -1 .8204343E+01 -I

I T A0 All AS 1
1 -3.8380648E-01 1 .2150528E-01 .2238673E-02
1 -I
2 4.402 1 943E+00 -1 .3248196E-01 2 4052260E-0
, -I
3 -6.7817725E+00 1 .6526246E-01 -4 1181869E-01
. -I
4 4 835 1 028E + 00
» -1 .2219971E-01 2 9334734E-0
. -I
5 -1.3277812E+00 3 52326 1 9E-02
. -7.9688593E-02 -I

Figure V.10 (continued)

V.A.3.5 RNOS = 5; dump of DSS data

This dump begins with the surface number (same as SRF number in
V.A.2.3). Then the coordinates of the vertices of the surface are presented
as X, Y, and Z values (in meters) arranged in the same order as the surface
is viewed. For example, (-.000 3.113 5.150) are the X, Y, and Z coordinates
respectively of the upper left vertex. (13.411 3.658 4.877) refers to
the lower corner. Several individual values are then presented:
CA = cosine of the axirauth (global coordinate system) angle
SA = sine of the aximuth angle
CT = cosine of the tilt angle
ST = sine of the tilt angle
TRNS = surface transmittance
ON = start date in cyclic date (B.1.4) form
OFF = end date
SI ,S2 = variables SHDSRF(I,1) and SHDSRF(I,2). See VI. C.

85 BUILDING C
86 SIM(SLDS=3/HTB=0/FL0U/CNVG=.1» .01 .34.12) »

87 D S S A Z M = 180, /TILT = 153 4/0RG = 0 » 1

( 16/SIZE=44»2)
» »

surface: 1
VERTICES :
- ,000 3.113 5.150 13.411 3.113 5.150
0,000 ro >0 in CO 4.877 13.411 3.658 4.877

CA SA CT ST TRNS ON OFF SI S2
-1 ,000 -.000 -.894 448 0.000 33 415 0 0

88 DSS<AZM= 180. /TILT = 206 6/0R6=0 i0i 8/SIZE = 44

. , 2 )

SURFACE 2
VERTICES
- . 000 -.545 2.165 13.411 -.545 2.165
0.000 0.000 2.438 13.411 -.000 2.438

CA SA CT ST TRNS ON OFF SI S2
-1 .000 -.000 -.894 -. 448 0.000 33 415 0 0

Figure V.ll Dump of shadowing surface data

165
V.A.3.6 RNOS “ 6; dump of ZONE data

The zone data dump produces output as shown in figure 12. There are
different data formats corresponding to the many different elements of zone
data. Controls and scheduled loads produce similar output as shown for
lines 92 through 95. First the schedule number (corresponding to CGS in
V.A.2.3) is given. Then the contents of CGSZON (zone number), type of
load), GGSON (on date), CGSOFF (stop date), CGSDX (week-schedule pointer),
and elements 1 to 5 of RCGS (see VI. c) are given order.

Lines 96 and 101 produce dumps of heat transfer surface data. They
begin with the heat transfer surface number (corresponding to HTS in
V.A.2.3). On the next two lines the following values are given:

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

AREA AREA Area of surface (m2)

INV ISENV Zone number
ONV OSENV Outside environment / far side zone number
FSS FSS View factor to sky
FSG FSG View factor to ground
K KPTR Pointer to construct data
AZM SFAZIM Azimuth angle (degrees)
CTILT CTILT Cosine of tilt angle
HOC HOC Factor for detailed outside convection
THE TMPHPR Pointer to external temperature histories
THI TMPHPI Pointer to internal temprature histories
QHE FLXHPE Pointer to external flux histories
QHI FLXHPI Pointer to internal flux histories

The surface described in line 101 is part of the envelope of the zone.
Therefore, it also has shadowing surface data identical to that described in
V.A.3.5.

The air flow opening at line 102 produces another dump beginning with
the XREF number (corresponding to AFS). Then following variables are dumped
in order:

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

AREA FAREA Effective flow area

EXP FEXP Flow exponent
ZS ZS Height of opening
ZT ZT Height of top of base surface
C0S1 FC0S1 Direction cosine
C0S2 FCOS2 Direction cosine
PTR AFSPTR Number of adjacent zone (0 = ambient)
ZONE ZNMOUT Name of adjacent zone

Other side coefficients (line 109) also produce a data dump beginning with
the XREFF number (corresponding to OSC). Then the following variables are
dumped in order:

166
 90 ZONE C
91 GEOM<NAME=NORTH)
92 CTRL<CWS=HEATN/HEAT=12)
schedule: i

ZON TYP ON OFF DX R1 R2 R3 R4 R5

1 12 33 415 1 3514 *501###*###### 0.000 0.000 0.000

93 PE0(WS=0CCN/CAP=3)
schedule: 2
ZON TYP ON OFF DX R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
1 1 33 415 1 3.000 131.800 .500 0.000 0.000

94 LIT (WS=LITN/CAP=1 ,4)

schedule: 3
ZON TYP ON OFF DX R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
1 2 33 415 4 410.025 0.000 .200 .200 0.000

95 EGP<WS=EGPN/CAP=1 .0)
schedule: 4
ZON TYP ON OFF DX R1 R2 R3 R4 R5
1 3 33 415 7 292.875 0.000 .300 0.000 .700

96 MASS(C0NS=PTN-A/AREA=480)
HEAT TRANSFER SURFACE: 1
AREA INV ONV FSS FS6 K
44.59 1 -1 0.000 0.000 3
AZM CTILT HOC THE THI QHE GHI
0. 0.000 0.000 0 0 1 1

101 SRF<EX/0F/BS/C0NS=RF-T/AZM=0/0RG=44»36»8/SIZE=41>8.95/TILT=26.6)
HEAT TRANSFER SURFACE: 5
AREA INV ONV FSS FSG K
34.09 1 -3 .947 .053 7
AZM CTILT HOC THE THI GHE GHI
0. .894 3.339 20 26 32 37

surface: 7
VERTICES .
13 .411 8.534 3.660 .914 8.534 3.660
13 .411 10.973 2,438 .914 10.973 2.438

CA SA CT ST TRNS DN OFF SI S2
1 ,000 0 .000 894 .448 0.000 33 415 5 5

102 AFS( AREA =0,1/EXP=. 65)

AIR FLOW SURFACE: 2

AREA EXP ZS ZT C0S1 C0S2 F'TR ZONE
,009 .650 3,049 5 .448 0.000 0

109 0SC(TGF'=1)

OTHER SIDE COEFFICIENTS’, 1

HO TZP TAP CT CTP TGP WSP HTS
0,000 0.000 0,000 0,00 0.000 1,000 0,000 10

110
Figure V.12 Dump of zone data

167
 .

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

HO RSSC(2 ,1) Convection coefficient

TZP RSSC(3 ,1) Zone air temperature part
TAP RSSC(4 ,1) Ambient air temperature part
HO RSSC(5 ,1) Constant temperature
TZP RSSC(6 ,1) Constant temperature part
TAP RSSC(7 ,1) Ground temperature part
WSP RSSC(8 I) Wind speed factor
HTS ISSC(9,I) HTS number of the base surface

Movable insulation also produces a data dump from the RSSC/ISSC

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

R RSSC(l.I) Thermal resistance of insulation

A RSSC(3 ,1) Outside solar absorptance
E RSSC(4 ,1) Outside thermal emittance
RGH ISSC(5 ,1) Outside roughned number
ON ISSC(6 ,1) Start date for movable insulation
OFF ISSC(7 ,1) Stop date
CTL ISSC(8 I) Control type or pointer to day-schedule
HTS ISSC(9 ,1) HTS number of the base surface

V.A.3 .7 RNOS = 7; dump of cross reference values

The matching of interzone partitions and openings can become difficult,

so the following dump has been provided (figure V.13). As the input
processor encounters interzone partitions (IZP) and openings (AFO) it checks
data in two match-up lists. If the IZP/AFO does not match one of the
entries in the list, it is added to the list. Otherwise, if it does match,
the matched element in the list is removed. This dump monitors that
process

The first interzone partition is defined at line 104. No match for

this IZP is found, so the number of unmatched IZP's is now 1. The far side
and near side zone names are CENTER and NORTH, respectively. The surface
area is 449.053 m^; the U-value is 8.5074 W/m^K; the number of temperature
CTF terms is 3; and the number of flux CTF terms is 2. These numbers and
names will be used to find the matching description of the IZP from the
adjacent zone.

The air flow opening at line 105 also created an entry in the AFO
table. The count and zone names are similar to those used for the IZP. The
number are the opening area, flow exponent, and opening height, respectively.

The input processor continues to not find matches (lines 124, 125, 126,
148, and 149) or to match IZP and AFO (lines 127, 128, and 150). When a
match is found, the reduced number of items IZP or AFO tables is reported as
well as the HTS or AFS of the match. In this particular example, there is
a typing error in the name of the adjacent zone at line 148. This error
prevents a match of both IZP and AFO. At the conclusion of input processing

168
this failure to match is reported as SEVERE errors. The data accompanying the
error messages (produced by default) should be sufficient to determine the
incorrect or missing surfaces and openings.

104 SRF< IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-M/AZM=180/0RG=0»24f 0/SIZE=44, 12/Z0NE=CENTER)

IZP - NO MATCH t 1 CENTER NORTH 49.053 8.5074 3 2
105 AFS< AREA=0.5/EXP=.50)
IZF - NO MATCH! 1 CENTER NORTH .04645 .500 1.829

124 SRF(IN/0P/BS/C0NS=F'TN-A/AZM=180/0RG=3»12>0/SIZE=41*12/Z0NE=S0UTH)
IZP - NO MATCH*. 2 SOUTH CENTER 45.708 4.8998 1 1
125 AFS(AREA=0.5/EXP=.50)
IZF - NO MATCH: 2 SOUTH CENTER .04645 .500 1.829
126 SRF< IN/0P/BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=180/0RG=0> 1 2 0/S I ZE = 3 , 1 2/Z0NE = S0UTH
>

IZP - NO MATCH? 3 SOUTH CENTER 3.345 1.2406 4 2

127 SRF(IN/0P/BS/CON5=PTN-M/AZM-O/0RG=44»24.0/SIZE=44>12/Z0NE=N0RTH)
IZP - MATCH: NIZP = 2» HTS = 7
128 AFS(AREA = 0.5/EXF’=.50)
izf - match: nuafs = u afs = 3

148 SRF IN/0F'/BS/C0NS = PTN-A/AZM = 0/0RG = 44» 12»0/SIZE=41 1 2/Z0NE=CETNER

( >

IZP - NO MATCH: 3 CETNER SOUTH 45.708 4.8998 1 1

149 AFS< AREA=0.5/EXP=.50>
IZF - NO MATCH*. 2 CETNER SOUTH .04645 .500 1.829
150 SRF( IN/DP/BS/C0NS=PTN-S/AZM=0/0RG=35 12 > 0/SIZE=3, 1 2/Z0NE=CENTER
IZP - MATCH: NIZP = 2 i HTS = 17

PAGE 4 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/14. 06.33.00. 1.733

** SEVERE UNMATCHED INTER-ZONE SURFACES’.

ZONE FAR SIDE HTS AREA CONSTRUCT

CENTER SOUTH 16 45.708 PTN-A

SOUTH CETNER 28 45.708 F'TN-A
:
SEVERE UNMATCHED INTER -zone openings:
ZONE FAR SIDE AFS AREA EXP zs

CENTER SOUTH 6 .04645 .500 1 .8

SOUTH CETNER 10 .04645 .500 1 .

UNUSED LIBRARY NAMES (IF ANY):

DAY-SCHEDULE: NONE
DAY-SCHEDULE
week-schedule: const
** FATAL INPUT FILE NOT CREATED BECAUSE OF 'SEVERE' ERRORS

Figure V.13 Dump of cross reference values

169
V.A.4 LIBRARY REPORTS

The library data can be reported by library commands (2.1.3).

V.A.4.1 Day-schedules (DS)

Figure 14 shows typical reports for two day-schedules. A simple graph is

provided with the data. The first line of the DS report is the user defined
name (ON) and description (NORTH OCCUPANCY). The next line gives the schedule
number / array index (3). Then comes a list of hour numbers. Below these the
hourly fractions of full capacity are presented by a simple bar graph. Each
hour is three X's wide. The final line of a DS report is the hourly fractions
as a percent of full capacity.

ON l NORTH OCCUPANCY
3 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 19 20 21 22 23 24
1.0 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX+
.8 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX+
6 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX+
.4 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX+
+XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX+
0 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX+
100100100100100100 50 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 16 16 16 33 33 67100

0C : CENTER OCCUPANCY
4 »

1 23456789 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1.0 + +
+ +
.8 + +
+ XXX XXX +
.6 + XXX XXX +
+ xxxxxxxxx +
.4 + xxxxxxxxx +
+ xxxxxxxxx +
.2 + xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx +
+ xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx +
0 +XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX+
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 17 17 67 50 67 17 0

Figure V.14 Day-schedule reports

V.A.4. 2 Week-schedules (WS)

The first two lines of the week-schedule report give the user defined
name, description, and the schedule number. These are followed by a list of
12 days: SUN through FRI on one line and SAT through SP4 lines below. Below
each day name is the name of the day-schedule in effect on that day. Below
that is the day-schedule number. Figure 15 shows three week-schedules.

170
 0CCN *, NORTH OCCUPANCY
i
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI
ON ON ON ON ON ON
3 3 3 3 3 3

SAT HOL SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4

ON ON ON ON ON ON
3 3 3 3 3 3

occc J CENTER OCCUPANCY

21
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI
OC OC OC OC OC OC
4 4 4 4 4 4

SAT HOL SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4

OC OC OC OC OC OC
4 4 4 4 4 4

OCCS J SOUTH OCCUPANCY

3*.

SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI

OS OS OS OS OS OS
5 5 5 5 5 5

SAT HOL SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4

OS OS OS OS OS OS
5 5 5 5 5 5

Figure V.15 Week-schedule reports

4.3 Materials (MATL)

The first two lines of the materials report give the user defined name,
description, and the schedule number. The thermal properties of the material
are given below the names (using the input subkey names) of those properties.
Optical properties are also reported when they apply.

MATERIALS S

GYP J GYPSUM WALLBOARD

1 : OTHER

K CP D R E RGH
.420 .300 45.000 0.000 .7! .90

WD-S : SOFTWOOD
OTHER

CP D R A E RGH
K
.330 32.000 0,000 .75 .90
,068

Figure V.16 Materials report

171
V.A.4.4 Constructs (CONS)

The first two lines of the construct report give the user defined name,
description, and the schedule number. The name and thermal properties of
each layer are given. The number and values of the conduction transfer
functions are reported. "Internal" refers to the Z functions, "cross" to
the Y functions, "external" to the X functions, and "flux" to the J func-
tions. The thermal conductance and surface properties are reported as shown
below in figure 17.

Considerably more data is reported for transparent constructs. Figure

V.18 shows a sample report for a double pane window. It begins with a report
of the conductive properties. There is only one CTF because the layers have
no thermal mass. Then the optical properties are reported. The transmittance
reflectance, and absorptances of the window are reported for 16 evenly spaced
values of the cosine of the angle of incidence and for diffuse radiation. The
program computes polynomial coefficients to approximate the angular dependence
of these properties. These fitted values are reported for the window transmit
tance and absorptances at the outer and inner surfaces of the window.

PTN-S *. PARTITION - STUD AREA

4!

DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION

LAYER THICKNESS CONDUCTIVITY DENSITY SPECIFIC HEAT RESISTANCE

FEET BTU/<HR*FT*F> LB/FT**3 BTU/(LB*F> HR*FT**2*F/BTU

GYP .0521 .420 45.000 .300 0.000

WD-S .2920 .068 32.000 .330 0.000
GYP .0521 .420 45.000 .300 0.000

5 CONDUCTION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS OF ORDER 2

TIME INTERNAL CROSS EXTERNAL FLUX

1 1 .53034770 ,00326766 1.53034770 .58886750

.05324329 -2.02560683 - .03735637
2 -2.02560683
3 .62257626 ,03923376 ,62257626
4 -.02925375 .00229484 -.02925375
- ,00001205 ,00001179 - .00001205
5

THERMAL CONDUCTANCE = ,219 BTU/<HR*FT**2*F)

OUTER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
INNER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
OUTER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE = .75
INNER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE = .75
OUTER SURFACE ROUGHNESS =R0UGH

Figure V.17 Constructs report

172
WDU2 : 2 PANE WINDOU
5 *

DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION

LAYER THICKNESS CONDUCTIVITY DENSITY SPECIFIC HEAT RESISTANCE

FEET BTU/<HR*FT*F) LB/FT**3 BTU/<LB*F) HR*FT**2*F/BTU

SF'DS 0.0000 0.000 0.000 .200 .024

B 0.0000 0.000 0.000 .200 ,910
SPDS 0.0000 0.000 0.000 .200 .024

1 CONDUCTION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS OF ORDER 0

TIME INTERNAL CROSS EXTERNAL FLUX

1 1.04471375 1.04471375 1.04471375

THERMAL CONDUCTANCE = 1.045 BTU/<HR*FT#Kc2*F)

OUTER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
INNER THERMAL ABSORPTANCE = .90
OUTER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE = .75
INNER SOLAR ABSORPTANCE = .75
OUTER SURFACE ROUGHNESS =ROUGH

OPTICAL VALUES

LAYER TRNS IR FTRN TRNS REF

SPDS .860 1.520 0.000
SPDS .860 1.520 0.000

ANGULAR DEPENDENCE OF VALUES:

COS< THETA) .0625 .1250 .1875 2500 .3125 .3750 .4375 .5000

transmittance: .0563 ,1548 .2639 3705 .4647 .5415 .6003 .6434

REFLECTANCE .8314 .7109 .5932 4830 .3875 .3109 ,2532 .2119
ABSORPTANCE: .0872 .0975 .0982 0959 .0926 ,0893 .0862 .0835
ABSORPTANCE*. .0251 ,0368 .0447 0507 .0552 .0584 .0603 .0612

FITTED VALUES FOR LOADS CALCULATIONS*.

transmittance: .0568 .1540 .2643 3708 .4645 ,5412 .6004 ,6436
OUTER ABSORPTANCE*. .0355 .1002 .0971 0944 .0932 .0906 .0859 .0822
INNER ABSORPTANCE: .0249 .0371 .0446 0505 .0553 .0585 .0603 .0611

ANGULAR DEPENDENCE OF values:

COS ( THET A ) .5625 .6250 .6875 7500 .8125 .8750 .9375 H oo DIFFUSE

transmittance: .6743 ,6962 .7117 7228 .7308 .7366 .7409 .7440 .6554
reflectance: .1832 .1639 .1511 1429 .1380 .1352 .1341 .1341 .2089
ABSORPTANCE: ,0811 .0788 .0767 0747 .0728 .0709 .0691 .0673 .0782
ABSORPTANCE: ,0615 .0611 .0605 0595 .0584 .0572 .0559 .0546 .0575

FITTED VALUES FOR LOADS CALCUL AT ons:

transmittance: .6742 .6963 .7118 7228 .7307 .7366 .7410 .7439 .6554
OUTER ABSORPTANCE? .0811 .0788 .0767 0747 ,0728 .0709 ,0691 ,0673 .0782
INNER ABSORPTANCE? .0615 .0612 .0605 0595 .0584 ,0572 .0559 .0546 .0575

Figure V.18 Construct report for a window

173
V.A.4.5 Control profiles (CPFL)

The first two lines of the control profile report give the user defined
name, description, and the schedule number. The next line is a list of the
user defined control temperatures followed by a line of matching fractions
of full capacity. The number of control points is determined by the user
subject to array dimension constraints. Figure 19 shows this report for two
control profiles.

CONTROL profiles:

PI : HEATING SETBACK

tmp: 60.000 62.000

cap: 1.000 0.000

: STANDARD HEATING

tnp: 68.000 70.000

cap: 1.000 0,000

Figure V.19 Control profiles reports

V.A.4.6 Control day-schedules (CDS)

After the two line of standard heading information the CDS report gives a
list of 24 hours (on four lines) with the profile name and index reported below
each hour. Figure 20 shows a CDS report for two control day-schedules.

V.A.4.7 Control week-schedules (CWS)

The first lines of the control week-schedule report give the user defined
name, description, and the schedule number. These are followed by a list of
12 days: SUN through FRI on one line and SAT through SP4 four lines below.
Below each day name is the name of the control day-schedule in effect on that
day. Below that is the control day schedule number. Figure 21 shows two
control week-schedules.

174
CONTROL day-schedules:

HN : NORTH HEATING
i
i: 2 3 4 5 6
PI PI Pi Pi Pi PI
1 1 1 l l 1

7 8 9 10 li 12
P2 P2 PI PI Pi PI
2 2 1 1 1 1

13 14 15 16 17 18
PI PI PI PI P2 P2
1 1 1 1 2 2

19 20 21 22 23 24
P2 P2 P2 P2 PI PI
2 2 2 2 1 1

HC J CENTER HEATING
2
1 2 3 4 5 6
PI PI PI PI PI PI
1 1 1 1 1 1

7 8 9 10 11 12
PI PI PI PI PI PI
1 1 1 1 1 1

13 14 15 16 17 18
PI PI PI PI P2 P2
1 1 1 1 2 2

19 20 21 22 23 24
P2 P2 P2 P2 PI PI
2 2 2 2 1 1

Figure V.20 Control day-schedule reports

CONTROL UEEK-SCHEDULES:

HEATN J NORTH HEATING

1 :

SUN MON TUE WED THU PRI

HN HN HN HN HN HN
1 1 l 1 1 l

SAT HOL SPl SP2 SP3 SP4

HN HN HN HN HN HN
1 1 1 1 1 1

HEATC J CENTER HEATING

n
SUN MON TUE NED THU FRI
HC HC HC HC HC HC
2 2 2 2 2 2

SAT HOL SPl SP2 SP3 SP4

HC HC HC HC HC HC
2 2 2 2 2 2

Figure 21. Control week- schedule reports

175
V.B LOADS REPORTS

V.B.l DEFAULT REPORTS

Sample default output of the loads calculator program is shown in figure

22. The loads calculator is designed to be recompiled to match the specific
problem being simulated. The user may decide to store different compilations
on tape. Therefore, the first action of the loads calculator program is not
to print the maximum available array space so the user can determine the
capabilities of the program by executing it, even without a simulation input
file (SINPFL). The names for the array sizes match those reported by the input
processor as described in V.A.l and VI. C. If the user has attached a SINPFL,
the program prints the array space required to solve the current simulation.
If insufficient space is available, a warning is given, and execution is
terminated. Otherwise, simulation begins. If the available array space is
much too large, it may be desirable to compile so that just sufficient space is
available and charges for program size during execution are minimized. During
(3.1.2)
the calculation of the solar gain multipliers, two other array requirements are
reported: the shadowing combinations (CMB) and homogeneous coordinate space
(HCS). These sizes depend on the number of surfaces, the shadowing algorithm
,
and the specific arrangement of surfaces and so they cannot be known
before program execution.

The next default report is shown as page 2 in figure 22. It describes the
calculational effort used to determine the building loads. First, the tempera-
ture and flux history initialization period is reported. The execution time
for initialization can be determined by comparing the completion time with the
start time (which was given with the page 2 header). Initialization proceeds
until load and temperature extreme values for two successive days are within
the convergence limits. In this example that required seven days. There were
635 surface and air heat balances, or about 3.78 iterations per hour. This
number can be reduced by widening the convergence limits. That will also
result in fewer days for initialization. Wider convergence limits tend to
change peak values more than they change the total loads. There were 2181
Newton's method iterations to compute air flows. That is about 3.43 iterations
per heat balance iteration. There were no heat balance iterations which failed
to converge. Failure to converge may be due to an inadequate iteration limit
(3.1.3) or to cycling between points on two different segments of a control
profile. The loads for that hour may or may not be reasonable. Check the
peak loads (below) for impossible values. Similar information on time, days,
and iterations is given for the simulation period.

The final summary of building loads is presented as page 3 of the example.

The report is headed by three descriptions: project (1.1.1), location (1.3.1),
and weather (1.5.1 or 1.6.1). Then the following values are presented for each
zone: Total heating and cooling requirements, peak heat and cooling loads,
maximum and minimum zone air temperatures, hours at peak heating capacity (HX)
other heating hours (HT), ventilating hours (V), cooling (below peak capacity)
hours (CL), and hours at peak cooling capacity (CX). Building-wide values are
summarized by the line labeled "TOTAL:" These values include the total heating
and cooling requirements for all zones, the peak coincident heating and cooling

176
 !

loads, and the maximum and minimum of all zone temperatures. The hour and day
are reported for the occurrence of the peak loads and temperatures. In the
example, there Is no time reported for peak cooling since there was no cooling
load.

PAGE 1 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 05.38.06. 3.004

MRLP MAXIMUM ARRAY DIMENSIONS!

zqn: 4
SRF 36
HTS J 36
AFS 5 24
cgs: 16
GTP 5 4
TFH *
512
CTF! 192
ssc: 16
dsh: 16
wsh: 16
con: 16
pfl: 8
cds: 8
ows: 8

MRLP ARRAY SPACE USED!

zon: 3
srf: 32
hts : 32
afs: 10
cgs: 12
gtp: 1
tfh: 283
ctf: 140
ssc: 3
dsh: 11
wsh: 10
con: 11
pfl : 2
cds: 3
cws: 3

REQUIRED CMB = 82

REQUIRED HCS = 10

Figure V.22 Default loads calculation output

177
 ) ) )

PAGE 2 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/OP/ 1 7 • 05.38.09 3.469

BEGIN TEMPERATURE AND FLUX HISTORIES INITIALIZATION

INITIALIZATION COMPLETE AT TIME 5.576
7 DAYS SIMULATED
635 HEAT BALANCE ITERATIONS
2181 AIR FLOW ITERATIONS
0 ITERATIONS DID NOT CONVERGE

SIMULATION COMPLETE AT TIME 7.867

1 DAYS SIMULATED
100 HEAT BALANCE ITERATIONS
335 AIR FLOW ITERATIONS
0 ITERATIONS DID NOT CONVERGE

PAGE 3 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 05.38.17. 7.868

BUILDING LOADS FOR

THERMAL MASS TEST - SIMULTANEOUS ZONES* DIRECT SUN

COLUMBIA* MO.

MILD WINTER

TOTAL TOTAL PEAK PEAK MAX MIN

ZONE HEATING COOLING HEATING COOLING TEMP TEMP HX HT V CL CX
(NBTU <NBTU ) KBTUH
< (KBTUH) ( F (F)

NORTH 52.29 0.00 10.300 0.000 69,26 61.89 0 11 0 0 0

CENTER 1.45 0.00 1.292 0.000 73.00 64,01 0 2 0 0 0
SOUTH .56 0.00 .563 0.000 77.64 67.78 0 1 0 0 0

total: 5.430E+01 0, 10.863 0.000 77.64 61.89

MAX HEATING OCCURS AT HOUR 7 ON 2 1 FEB

MAX TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 18 ON 21FEB
MIN TEMP OCCURS AT HOUR 6 ON 21FEB

Figure V.22 (continued)

178
 .

V.B.2 NUMBERED REPORTS

Several reports and data dumps can be requested by specifying report

numbers (1.2.1).

V.B.2. 1 RNOS =»
8; Dump of SINPFL as read by loads program

This is a dump of every value transferred from the input processor to the
loads calculator by the simulation input file (SINPFL). It includes all project
data except the weather and can, therefore, be rather long. Figure 23 for a
SINPFL dump of the sample problem data is four pages long.

The SINPFL dump begins with a dump of variables which can be described as
run control data. Refer to VI. C for a description of the individual variables.
Next comes a dump of library data beginning with the day-schedules. The data
for each day-schedule consists of the array index, the schedule name, and 24
hours of capacity fractions expressed as percents. The week-schedules are
dumped in a similar manner. Each line describes one schedule and consists of
an array index, the schedule name, and 12 pointers to day-schedule array
indices

There is no data for materials. All materials have been used in constructs.
The headings for the constructs data are:

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

NT NTRTFC Number of temperature CTF terms

PE TRTFPE Pointer to external (X) CTF terms
PC TRTFPC Pointer to cross (Y) CTF terms
PI TRTFPI Pointer to internal (Z) CTF terms
NF NFRTFC Number of flux CTF terms
PF FLRTFP Pointer to flux CTF terms
XO CTFXO X CTF for time=0
Y0 CTFYO Y CTF for time=0
ZO CTFZO Z CTF for time=0
AO OSABS Outside solar absorptance
E0 OTABS Outside thermal emittance
AI ISABS Inside solar absorptance
El ITABS Inside thermal absorptance
VF IVABSF Multiplier for diffuse solar absorptance
U UVAL Thermal conductance of construct
R 0R0UGH Outside roughness number
W WTYPE Pointerr to window array index

The conduction transfer functions are listed directly from the CTF array
at ten numbers per line. The construct pointer values (PE, PC, and PI) point
to the location immediately before CTF location. For example, the X(l) value
of WL-S is -6.3074297 (PE = 7; therefore CTF index = 8). The X(0), Y(0), and
Z(0) values are stored separately. The window pointer, WTYPE points to the ,

array index of the window coefficients. In this example, there is only one
window type, but each type has four line of data: one each for transmittance

179
and outside, inside, and shade absorptance. Each line of data consists of
the window type index, data abbreviation, value for diffuse radiation, and
polynomial coefficients for angular properties.

Control profile data consists of the array index, profile name, number of
control points, and control temperatures and capacity fractions. In the
example, the capacities for PI are 1.0 at 1=15.56 and 0.0 at T-16.67. The
control day-schedule data consists of the array index, schedule name, and 24
pointers to control profile array indices. The control week-schedule data
consists of the array index, schedule name, and 12 pointers to control day-
schedule array indices.

Inputs (4.2) through (4.11) create scheduled loads and activities. Each
line of the scheduled loads dump consists of the array index, zone number
(CGSZON), type (CGSTYP), start and stop dates (CGSON and CGSOFF), schedule
pointer (CGSDF), all 5 values of RCGS, and zone names (CGSZON). See VI. C for
descriptions of these variables.

Next the surfaces involved in shadowing and solar gains (SRF) are described.
This consists first of the array index, number of vertices, and X, Y, and Z
coordinates of the vertices for each surface. Then comes the subsurface data
previously described in V.A.3.5.

The heading for the columns of data for the heat transfer surfaces (HTS)
are:

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

AREA AREA Area of surface

Z ISENV Zone number
ONV OSENV Outside environment / far side zone number
FSS FSS View factor to sky
FSG FSG View factor to ground
SSC SSCPTR Pointer to special coefficients
K KPTR Pointer to construct data
THE TMPHPE Pointer to external temperature histories
THI TMPHPI Pointer to internal temperature histories
FHE FLXHPE Pointer to external flux histories
FHI FLXHPI Pointer to internal flux histories
AZM SFAZIM Azimuth angle (degrees)
CTILT CTILT Cosine of tilt angle
HOC HOC Factor for detailed outside convection

The special coefficient data consists of the array index and nine values
from ISSC or RSSC (see VI. C) depending on the type of data being described
(see also V.A.3.6). Special surface coefficients are stored at the bottom of
the array and movable insulation data are stored at the top.

180
 30©0©-«00 © © o o
KNNNNNN f^NNfj
0'©©^aoo‘ 0 ‘ m rs rs O'
rs o o » ruj >o co © in ^
©CNOOCNO'COIf) in -r in

~
ooooooooooo
oo ro
U*) CN QO

©orsps©©©©©©© oo©o*oo©ooo©
u.if)ininmroinminininin
©< ** <r ro o ro ©rsrsrsrx^rsrs rs rs rs rs

oowisooooooo
o n n o
ro >o ro

OOWO'OOOOO oo ©©©©©©© ©©©©

•-•©©©©©©©©©©©
©Min^NNNO
H H
rs Lkl > O' D« »> &> O' &. (h O' O' O'

O O>0 N-OO ©CO ©©

OH HN N N © «c fs
^ H
©O'CNNCOCOO© ©©O©©©© m©©©©
•-•inininintninin nn \n
©^ h N N N c N ©rsrsrsrsrsrsrsrsfsrsrs
i

©©«CNWrt©COO©
O h h M M N N C©
00'CNWK0©©©0 ©©o©©©© ©©©©
o©©©©©©© ©©©©
Ch H«n N o© in UO'OO'O'O'OO' O' O' O' O'

©©c©oo©o©
©
©o ro

3.085

©0©©©0©0©©0 ©©©©©©©©©©©
oinmifiininmin © © in in
© K ©rsrsfsrsrsrsrs rs rs rs rs

©©©©©©©COCO
e ro

co<r<r<rco^ij )0'^nro
©O©©©©©©©©©
,

<* co O' co cn a, "Q >o cd ^

05.38.07.
© rO ©(N>o«r>oO'«r©rocoinin
if)

<raococoinincDroro(Nro
©©©©©©©©©©©
© ro
ro <r in >o n co o© ro ro

c in ro o o© © ©
©©©©©CO©©©©
© ro
ro^ifi'Orscoo'© ^ cn
©
r.
CN
o ch
© in ©
cc

O'
rv c
(f)©
in lo

h«oo
in «* ©
©
^
62/05/17.
©OOCOO©©©©©
© ro
L*)'Orvooos©^CN
L*)

©©©©©©©©©©© M^-ll'OfVOOOsO^M
'OrO^’TCDHMM^CO
©OOCLCsiCDO-rsCCOO
©CDlf)'T«COo-'C CD CC ro ro

(N<raicoif)if)'Orororsrs
©©>c©©©©©©©©
©^ © lo rs rs
M^LI'ONOOO'OhCN ro

L.'COTNO'inTiniiT-'O
PROGRAM
©©©©©©©©©©©
© ©
in in iv rs
ro^jiTsorsCOOsO-iCNj Cl. ~«(\roro«r'Ofscc-<ro

©©©©©©©©©©©
©© ro
ro <r in>0 NCD 0'©-.(\ U. CN — CN © ^ ID

RESEARCH
©©©©©©©©oo©
©© ro
ro^if)sOrsCDOs©s-<CN
M^bTronoocc ro cn ro O'
u. csi ro ro «r n is co rj ©
©©©©©©©©©©©
©© ro
ro«rmorscoo'©»-<(N
(j (\l ^ CN O' 0s ^ (N fH O' ^ f 1
x
^(Mr'jro^WNNO'N
©o©©©©©©©©©
©© ro
ro o* in >o rs co oo ** cn
a.

ANALYSIS

ujosHioo>0"CO"ONin
©©©©©©©©©©©
oo ro
ro <r in o rs coo*© cn U_ CNCNfOrO^ <0 N CC -•

>0 © © © ©
©©©©©©©©©©©
©© ro
ro<r ut 'O rs co O' o cm rj«r»-'«TOCN'CcNrocDrs
THERMAL in © © O ©
UD ^ Os ^ © ©
© © © © © ©
• CN © <

NBS
ii ii h u h n ii n ii u ii n ii

h © CO UJ 2 I

3 2 WOO
cn ^ CN cn ro III
I 2
UJ J 20 CO O Z 2
UUL)l-KWiiIu.2
CO O COCO jo
22 3 ©
i

2© ©
i rj r r- h i x a
I

3 O CD CD
CD H- _J CD CD -J
Jjr*wwiiiU,wjj
I

©ou
I

oo
l |

oo © © © O © © © cJoz> 2 ucn:zucn 2 ucn

©
OO uO ©©
Cl »-H -I -I -• -« *“•
u3 -J 2 2 2 X © © -J 2 2 2CCi CO ZliOQOjJjlilUlil —I _J -J UJ UJ liJ 33iiu.3iiCIilOw
2 O U U o <r i- II Ii u u cj
PAGE
cn i— -J 2 X a
i © ©© © r-< >-»Hf'iro<rij )'ONCDt)'Ow ,
uj»-«CNroo‘in'OfscDO'© 2 ~«cNro^in'0rsa)0'©«-<

Figure V.23 Dump of SINPFL

181
 1 o

•0 CD ^ h
inN M I

(\o ^
O'N O
O o CM
mcNi'OtNOrvCNo cm *i rs O' 00 GO
nNOo^in’OCD o^fS'Oin -4 CM^
ian oo« ro Nw © © * ro ro ^
-.1701522
m h f inin o on
rsjM'O^oaoin'O o ogo 10
hoomn *CO <
I
I

**
ooorso'O'O&oO'O o © m oo cm inn o
NrtNOIO'OODOD 000^00 O (N H
i

O' U*5 O^
(N K MH I I Ps I in CM GO oo
I ^ ««* I GO oo
I 0^ rv os
KN I")
o- o- v (h o n *o <
cd <n in ifi I CM
'ooo -o rg co © O' © © rs
oo in
«o < in O' in n w >o o do
rs 9-«a, PO fM CM Hi
'Oo ro in rs o- o © rg
o* o- O' *-« CM in ffl I
2.1913321

oo
oo Nin
m^ino'Oco o © © © © in
>o
oo'Oocn
t: ^ O'
in o-
o
©
00 O (N CD O H f O © *h © PO hino*
1 I<o I O* 1 0 in o- oo
1 CM CM inn w oc
1
CM I

Mh
I

po rg O' <r H O' PM M (N

PO Ps o- -4 4T O' T- O Nin o* i

PO PO rg rv rg ro ro o- O' oo 0 oo
o O' H O' o ~ O' ^H 00 oo
-6.3074297 oo CM O' © © © rv O' rg O'
cc o CM po m © © 00
PO o © ro © © © rs MOT
no h
in 1 rs rg 1 'C 1 oo
CM i oo CC 0C CC CC
i CM
OCJ
HMH
CD I
XX
p- >-
XXLj Id Id Id
»-->- p— »— »— p—
X XX X
I— >— »—
o- <r in O' ©00 OC PO CM Ctcrz Z Z Z X =5 X D
O' O'
O
CD
PO o- o- ro
CO 94 rs
00 oo in
C *0
ro ro •
*
oo
co
Z2oou
ZZ
uiiducoao
(J (J (J (J 05 05 05 05
^©
00 O' O' 94 O' rg oo
.0005898

oo m © o CM -4 ooooo ooooooo
ONO ooooooo
O'
9^
00
©
o
© o o^
rs rH
O © © Tl CO
rg I
oo
OO
ooo ©© © ©© rs PO

*o
rl
*0
PO
| in in
T'fl
nw
N I
oo
oo
ooo ooo ooo
1 1 m pm in
oo CM PM
rg O' ro rv O' •o ©*H ro <r in
oo ro rg ©
rg po rg
oo O'
CD
ro
00
©
^
'O o' in
©
©
fs
O'
N CM
oo ooo
oo ooooooo
ooo ooooooo
oo (moo o rg o o o cn t
.0023383

r* in 4T © © rg ©
©
PO in O © ro «->
©©
O'
©T © Ps O'
^
oo ooo ooo
co m* O'
~
ro i CO n pg *o i oo
^H i 1
*4 pv in O' oo
I I

— ©
1

wooN
CM P'5

oo OOO ooooooo
om ro © mooooooo
O' rv so ro rg rv
© in ro O O'© ^
© ^
fS *H I oo ooo
<, O' o- rg 9i O' oo cm ro © w
cm cm po
O' ro (M ro tr© in o' oo
-3.9713113 PO O' 00 o© © > U")
©
ro c © rs \n oo m *-•

©o 00 © 9H © ro © hn n i

in rg ro
94 1 1 in i PO CM O' oo
00 *h CM oo
<r
4+0
4+0 004+++ 0004+000
004 0004+000
o rg 94 Pv O' IM 00 "C
i

4+00 004+ 00004+0000

•••*•••
© rs in ro 9-f rg CD O' 4+ • . • 4
© o- <r (M © ©<1
w
oo 4+^4 004+ *4 O O 4+ *h O O
.0000064 *r O' co CD 9i © 94 CO im < cg oo 4+ P'5 + PO 4 4+ PO
'O rg 94 O' O' © O' © N rg oo i 4+ 4+ 94 4+94
rs © © co ro © in ro r4 m 4 H
IM © © 9-« ro © ro o oo -c h
Pv Hi <T
rg PO fv 'O oo •ho in in o in h o in o 1(5
1

O oo oo cm rs © o rg n o o eg rg
o com oooomooo
i 1 i I

ino
©
CM *h rg ©
«r rH <r ro o cm t n o rg t n o n
©
co «r 00 co © ro
oo O' 00 CM hi o ^ 0 in ' 9-4

o
*T O' *T CD © o-
«r h t m i m o- cm in t rg in <r rs
ro© rs © 9H in © rg cm rg o PO P'5 PO CM
© rg o o © o ro
.0585821

O' OM T
©© o o© ©©^ t h rg
o © ** © ©©© i '-t rs cm rg in co ro po *o O'
o* i

i 'O i rg oo
ro i oo
1

in CM rg ui O' o- po u.mm ininm in in m in in in in

co o* o <© O' org
ro < fM 91 'C ©o co rg th oo o o' o* o* o- <r o- <r o <r o'
.0007745
in
>o rg rs
O' *h T—
O'
O'
sO
CO
rv
ui
©
©
pm
O'
WHO in o

O' © O' rg cm rg oro

rl © o- o© ©o- z po po po po po popopopoporopo
O po PO ro ro ro ro ro ro ro ro ro ro
PO 9* 9*

o O' © m O' © m O'

O' O' >0 ©
Hi in GO rs Ui X U 05 Cu rg rg po cm rg po rg
FUNCTIONS:
© © IS CD © O' o
00 ro rg ro U o
in PS in -J u 05 HI >- 94 94 94
ro -0 o O' o © © 'O rg
rs co Hi o © © ©• Hi 05 1 <1 P-
'O O' © '0 © © © rg >0
*h co U. • * L. 1 z o
-2.5278906
rg ro © o © O' © © © rg
rg u. © O > Ld -J
rg ro © o ro © © © O'
Ps fs Id CC <x Id
9 rg
rg ©o n © ro © © © CO
rg O Cu © 3 Z U 05 a pg 9H TH rg rg fg PO

i
oo H CM c w cn _j _J J « <t «
3 p- <r <t <t O 94 CM OZCJ05 Q Ld Id Id
TRANSFER
o
a
CC Cu ul
P—
iZXXX
—
ccxxx
P"
1 z z r-4 rg zh cm m z n cm ro i HCMMTingJNODCpOHrg
irgfOTin'ONoooHrgro hhh hh o o o
u u o

Figure V.23 (continued)

182
 , 0 0

in is 05 o* cd o- >0 md m3 >0 o* o rs ® CD CO >0 ' >0 CD >0 © O’ CO 'O ' O

o- •o o
o* ©
o* >0 >0 MD o’ o m o co GO nO 'O 'O CO © o- © O’ >0 *o •o <i o- -0 o
3. 4, 3.
in CM CM CM 1 (N ro to ro ro CM 1 i o- o- ro ro 1 CM 1 CM ro ro ro PO CM 10 1

HP in m
IS rO is ro po CM CM CM N S3 -h GO 00 '0 M> CM M3 CM 'O © ro o «r o- M3 -0 © «o ©
** in cm pH o* in ro ro O' PO m >0 O' 00 00 >0 >0 PO >0 PO
3i
'O o^ © o- ^>0 <0 © * o
PO 1 pH
pH rH
ono pH
GO 00 rs rs 10,
7,
PO o- <r po ro
7. 7.
PO | CM I CM CM PO PO ro i

pH pH ,H ^ in © »H © pH © r-ipH ph pH © © r*»pH ©© noin pH O4H -MO© -4 —4

O' O’ O' O' rv © O' © O’ © O’ O’ o- CO O' © O’ O' ©© O’ o- m rs O' in o* O' ©© O' T
ro ro ro O' © © ro 1 ro ro ro CM © ro © i ro ro cm O' PO rs ro © 1 ro ro
pH -4 pH pH ^4 rH pH *H *•4 4-1 4H pH *-1 pH —4 -4
I

00 O' 4P © 00 © o- O’ O © ©© 'C CD >0 M3 © © © © © © © 00 © O' o* ©©© © ©

CD O' o- © ©© O’ O’ O © ©© <1 ©'C M3 ©© ©©© © ©© © o- o- ©©© © ©
O' CM CM © © i CM CM © © 0, 0, PO 1 PO ro
0. 0,
©©© ©© © t CM CM
0. 0. 0, 0. 0.

MD © rs rs cm rs rs rs CM CM rs rs M3 © CM CM M3 M3 CM *C CM CM © ^4 © ©© 'C <1 © M3 M3
M3 © O' O' in O' O' O' ro ro O' O' M3 © PO ro '0 M) ro ms ro ro © O' © ©© 'O '0 © M3 'O

PO 10, 10,
1 10, 10, 10, rs rs 10. 10, PO
0, 7.
rs ro ro
7, 3, 7.
rs i i i
3. 3. 0, 3. 3.
i

ph —4 rH rH in o rH © rH © rH rH rH pH © © rH rH ©© r4 rHO VO ,H ©
rH rH ©© rH rH
<r O' O' O' rs © O' © *T © <r «r o- 00 O' © O' O' ©o p- C in rs O' in o’ O' ©© O’ O*

ro PO PO O' © © ro i ro ro ro CM © ro © i ro ro CM O' ro cm ro © 1 ro t*l

** tH rH ** ** r4 rH -4 rH rH 4*4 H
1

CD © © © © © © © © © © ©© © © © © ©© © © © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©
Z © © © © o © © © © © ©© © © © © ©© © © © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©
© © © © o © © © © © ©© © © © © ©© © © © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©
© o* <t © co © o- o* © © © © M3 CD O M3 © © © © © © © 00 © <r t ©©© ©o cc
00 O* «r ©©© o- O' © © © © O © 'O >0 ©© ©©© © ©© © «r nr © ©© ©© r— © © © © © © © © © © ©© © © © © ©© © © o © © © © ©© © ©© © ©
3, 0. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
O* CM CM © © i CM CM © © © © P0 ro 1 ©© © 1 CM CM ©©
u. in in in ©©© © ©© ©©© ©©© ©©© © ©© © ©© © ©o © ©© ©©
L. rH rH
o o- O' O'

M3 © rs rs cm rs rs N CM IS cm rs M3 © CM CM S3 M3 rs CM 'C CM © rH © ©© M3 •O M3 © M3
M3 © O' O' m O' O' O' PO O' ro O' *0 © ro ro '0 M3 ro ro S3 P0 © O' © ©© M3 S3 M3 © M3
ro P0 ro © ©© © ©© ©©© o©© ©©© © ©© © o© © ©© © ©© © ©
PO © © © rH © © ©
rH —4 H rH rH
rs ©
rH
is ©
rH
PO © is is ro ro 773 rs © © ©© ro ro ro © ro o ro ro ro

© o© rH O rH rH © © ^4 © © tH rH -4 rH © pH © ^4 © © >0 © ©© rH pH © rH © CM ©00 CM rs O' in 67 CD O' o CM rs o- m md is CD o* ©

pH in s> rs CD O' pH rs ©
© ©© o- O O' O' O' © © O' © © M3 o* O' O' © >r op ©© M3 in © in o* O' © o© cn i pH pH pH ^ pH pH rH rs CM rs CM rs rs rs rs rs ro ro ro

© 0 0. P0 ro
*“ c
ro
rH
© © ro
rH
© © ro
H
© MOM
*4 rH
o© ro CM
rH
© CM
rH
ro © ro ©
pH
1

©00 CM ro O' in S3 rs CO O' © rs ro o' in md rs CO O' ©

pH ro «r in is CD CK o«H ri ©
CD pH pH —4 pH -4 rH pH rs rs CM CM rs rs rs rs rs ro ro ro

in IS 03 O' CD O' MD M3 MD o- 'O © rs CD CD CO S3 MD S3 M3 CO © O' 00 O' M3 >0 M3 S3 M3 O' ©

rH rH O' O' ©
O' M3 MD M3 O' <1 © in ©00 CO S3 M3 S3 M3 CO © O' ©O' M3 M3 M3 S) M3 O' ©
I— CO 00 O' © © © 03 CO © © o © © O CO CO ©© © ©o o © © © CO CD © oo ©©
in CM CM CM rs ro ro ro rs ro O' O' 433 334 CM rs 33 333 CM 03 O' <r Ch © © © O' O' © © © © © © O- ©©
O' ©©© © © © © O' O- © ©© © ©
1 1 1 i 1 i

O' O' oo © © © O' O' © © o © © © O' TOO © ©© © © © © O' O' © ©© ©©

i r H r pH *4 rH -1
rH rH r i - r - 1

in in rs ro is ro ro rs rs CM rs M3 •h CD 03 S3 M3 cm rs *o M3 © ro © o* O' 'O S3 M3 © © ©© © © © © ©© © © ©© © ©
rH in cn O' rH O' in ro O' ro ro m 'O O' CO 00 S) M3 ro ro >o >0 © ~4 © O' 4T MD S3 M3 ©© o* «r oo ©©© O' O' © © © © © © O' O' O' O'
© ©© © ©©© ©oo ©© © ©© © ©© © © ©© ©©
©U
O' O' O' O' O' O' O' O'
ro 1 -pH © CM © co 87 ©77 ro o- 433 773 ro i rs i 22 ro 3 3 1 00 CD o' ©©© CD 00 © © © © © © 00 00 ©© © ©© o ©© © CD CD © o© ©©
rH rH
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 pH 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 i i •

1 i

© ©© 4H S3 rH © © © © -4 rH -4 rH © pH © © © MD © ©o rH © © <x ©©© © © © © ©© © ©© ©©© ©©© © © o © © © © ©© © ©© ©©

o ©© O' S3 O' O' O' © © O' © © M3 O' O' O' © O' © O' © © MD in © in O' O' © O' © 03 ©©© © © © © o© o©© ©©© ©©© © o© © ©© © ©© © ©© ©©
©©© © © © © ©© © ©© ©©© ©©© © ©o © ©o © ©© © ©© ©©
© • ro ro ro i ro i ro 1 ro ro i ro rs CM ro 1 ro 1

^
i

© © ©
i i

rH
i i

SP
pH pH ** 1 o ©
1 © © © © 1 1 1 1 © 1 1 1 1 1 i 1
1 i

1 1 i

<E ©©© o©o © © © © ©© ©©© ©©© © ©© © ©© o ©© o ©o © ©

oo© © o © o ©o © ©© © ©© ©©© © ©o © ©© o ©© o ©© © ©
©©© ©o© © ©© © ©© oo© ©o© © © o o ©© © ©o © ©o ©o
O' O' O- O' O' O* O' O' O' O' O' O' o- o* O' O- o* O' «r O' O' o- O' O' O' O' *T O' O' O' O' O’
pH pH - - - - - 1 - 1 -- i

SURFACES
1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i

r-4 cm ro "T in sd 00 O' o rs ro o' in M3 rs 00 rH rs ro O' in M3 IS GO O' CM © rs ro O' in S3 is 03 O' o pH rs ro 4T in S3 is CD O' © rs ro «r in s> rs 00 O' © pH rs
rH rH rH rH 4
pH rs rs 4 rs rs rs rs rs rs rs rs ro ro ro *4 pH pH rH pH rH rH pH tH rs rs CM rs rs rs rs rs rs

Figure V.23 (continued)

183
 « n

O-O'OOO^^-OOOOOtNM V^OOOOOOO •0'000* « ©0©0© , ,

onnconoooonoiflintPJOooooMOMncDMOoooort
HOC
owrojnM'OOoo^oininw'Oooooo^owwinw'Ooooo^

OOOOO'O'OOOOOOO^O'OOOOOOOOOOO-^'OOOOO
OOOOCOGDOOOOOOO GOGOOOOOOOO 000000300000
CTLT

O I I
I I I I ^ O I I I I I I I O I I I I I I 1 ~
I I I

AZM o o o o o oo o oo o oo o ooooo ooo o

rs O GO oo rs o 00 00 00 00 00 oo rs O' 00
CNI ^ rg
^ CM
rg ro
»h rs oo oo rs rs 00 to ^ (^JC^l*•0'^0'<r'O^^Isooa^^srsO'*o•«^* ,

FHI *h ro «r in >o oo 03 O' cs *h rg rg nm^ ^ 'Ors isrsoco^^rgrsjroin

CL CL
z z
o rg o «r Oho co ro in rs *h O' *r -h O' ^rg»H -ooo'Org'O^-O'O'O-©
UJ UJ
^ -o co o oo UJ H L- L- —
FHE ^m^min'Orscoo'O' ©rg~rgmro«-'OrsrsiscD©~<<Nrgrgroin o oo 2 2 3 CL 2 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

h h M rg hh^cnnhhmmcvi o• oo <c UJ O O UJ
VCONV

• • 2 CJ 03 2 o
o oo
o
o o rg o o fO -oo rg
co rg 0 <r co ro co -h rs *h in h to m in *h >o ^ <r o o-cocN'0 <rcoO'0 ^ro CL
THI THCN^r-cininrscDO'O' o ^ rg rg ro ro m rs rsrsaoo'HHTHrgrgro*- I-
~ r-« ^ *h *h *h hh h rg rj rg rg rg rg ooo CL
.0056 .0047 .0055

oo©
o o o ooo
VMULT

o o• o• © ©o o
• rg o o o o o © O ©o ©
o rgcoco o mh m ©m rs O' in inrsoo
^
o ©
«
h >oo iNcoooorgroin'O^'O tH HH W CI3o oo oo O o ©o o
rg o- ro in in 'O oo co O' O' *h rg ro <r <r rs
o» rg mis rs rs *h rg ro ro o
O ooo o o
THE
•“* »h rg rg HHHHHHHHtNHnrgrgrg 1 © i© i

li.
o oo 1.500 1.500 1.500

o oo ZZ
K ro th in rg rs co O' O' O' o ro in is oo ro <r cs cs o © ro **mrgrscoroo ,
0' 0'»H o• o* o
• o CO o O CD © © © 00 o
o oo tH o «r o © *T © © © <r ©
03 o «r o © «* © © © o* o 3
O 10
— o tH O o tH © 7
SSC
ooooooooo'oooooooooooinoooooooooo^- o
o
oo
oo
CJ
li. 1 I
1
LAFS

o oo 1A 8
o oo O' oo ro o* «r © © © ©
'O rs rs n
rs rs rs 'O rs rs FAFS

FSG omooo
o
in in
id
o o
inr- o oo ©
©© m
ininoomin©©
in fr- l-OOO© OOOlfllilhl-OOO
minooinininoo mm© OOO ©
N 10 21 32
OOO
ooo LHTS

FSS
ooooinmoooooooominoo
o m O'O'^inmo o
in in in in O' O' rg rg
£>» rs o o o o ooomin'orsooo
ininooininino'&'HHiny3o
ooo rg i/in hs ro ro rg in ro
1 11 22
rgoco^rgoDOorgoco
o o o oo o FHTS

ooo
ooo cn HMH«r^HHHrOH
V HMnMWMrgrgMg HMMMnnMH(NN ,
rorororororgrgrgrg ooo isl
22 32
ON i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ill •
ooo
• •
LSRF
12

O o o o o o ooo o
03 cl. in in © m m © o in in o A 13 23
Z -« hhh ^ ,h th th ^ rg rg rg rg (N rg rg eg rg rg rg ro rororororororororo ro k ooo x 'O >o in -o o in in 'O >o in
*••••*
SURFACES?

2 000 •• uj FSRF

u ooo 03 U.
VALUES?

UJ
u ooo u
<t
O' o in m in in O' o in O' o-
rs rg
ro ck m H NMrochO'HViniDin c h u.
rgo^ NroHHo
Li.
ii3<rNNOvOHHOiDNHO’rNroo'0'OOin^g , ,
U. cl g >o ro in rg ro i in <o ro in
O
AREA
uj ro ro ro 3 uj C0O''<3ro0''O go O' 'O
h h o c rg h ^ osM^rgyironHo. H o t rg O <T
TRANSFER

o- ro
o ro rg «r
ro
n O'
^ HH«r <thh «
«r rg in
<r
ro ow in
«r h H
O'
<r <r ro ro <r *h
o
u
03 CL

3
<L O oO OoO oooo
<r «r
o RELATED

NORTH
CENTER
SOUTH

O NAME

h u 12 3
rg ro v m >0 IS ^Hrgro<rb*3'0fsco0'0’-‘rg rOg*b3>ON©0'OH u o in <r rg ro ^ Li >o rs ao O'
HEAT
hhh h h h n hh rg rg rg
rg
rg rg rg rg rg rg rg ro ro ro 0.
03
HHH CL
HH
<x
ZONE

Figure V.23 (continued)

184
 The headings for the air flow opening data are:

NAME VARIABLE DESCRIPTION

FAREA FAREA Effective flow area

FEXP FEXP Flow exponent
ZS ZS Height of opening
ZV ZVMOD Factor for wind pressure calculation
FC0S1 FC0S2 Direction cosine
FC0S2 FC0S2 Direction cosine
PTR AFSPTR Number of adjacent zone (0=ambient)
NAME AFSNAM Name of adjacent zone

The zone related values consist of the array index, the zone name, the
indices of the first and last surfaces which are part of the zone, the first
and last heat transfer surface numbers, the first and last air flow surface
numbers, the height of the zone for pressure calculations, and multipliers for
visible and convective gains.

V.B.2.2 RNOS = 9; Zone description report

This report gives a description of each zone (one zone per page). It
begins with the zone name, for example, NORTH in figure V.24. Next is a
listing of the scheduled loads and controls. The data is presented using
the input variable names. The surfaces of the zone are described next. The
first zone includes a description of the detached shadowing surfaces. The
reported U-values do not include surface coefficients. Finally, the air
flow openings are described. ZONE is the name of the zone on the other
side of the opening.
 PAGE 4 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/17. 05.38.07. 3.234
DESCRIPTION OF ZONE NORTH

SCHEDULED LOADS AND CONTROLS

TYPE SCHEDULE FROM THRU DATA

CTRL HEATN 1 31DEC
J AN HEAT= 1.20E+04 COOL= 3.41E+09 RAD=0.00
PEO OCCN 1 JAN 31DEC CAP= 3.00E+00 ACT= 4.50E+02 R AD= .50
LIT LITN 1 JAN 31DEC CAP= 1.40E + 03 RA = 0 00 RAD* .20 VIS* .20
.

REP=0 00
.
EQP/EL EQPN 1 JAN 31DEC CAP= 1.00E+03 L AT=0 00 RAD* .30 L0ST=0.00
.

SURFACES

TYPE AZM TILT AREA U CONSTRUCT ZONE FROM THRU TRNS

DET. SHADE 180. 153. 1 J AN 31 DEC .000
DET. SHADE 180. 153. 1 JAN 31 DEC .000
DET. SHADE 0. 117. 1 J AN 31 DEC .000
ENVELOPE 0. 90. 328.00 .049 WL-I
WINDOW 0. 90. 40.00 1.045 WDU2
ENVELOPE 0. 90. 24.00 .176 WL-S
ENVELOPE 0. 27. 366.95 .100 RF-T
ENVELOPE 0. 27. 26.85 .033 RF-I
INTERZONE 180. 90. 528.00 1.499 PTN-M CENTER
PARTITION 270. 90. 120.00 1.499 PTN-M
PARTITION 90. 90. 120.00 1. 499 PTN-M
USER DEFND 180. 180. 528.00 .081 SLAB-C
AIR FLOW OPENINGS

AREA EXP ZS ZONE

.0186 .65 1.22 AMBIENT
.0093 .65 3.05 AMBIENT
.0465 .50 1.83 CENTER

Figure V.24 Zone description report

V.B.2.3 RNOS = 13; Report of sunlit fractions

This report gives the fraction sunlit area for all heat transfer surfaces.
It begins with the date and solar declination and equation of time values used
in computing the solar position. The values of the cosine of the angle of
incidence on each surface and the sunlit fraction are presented for 24 hours on
the half hour. Nine values from ISSC or RSSC (see VI. C) depending on the They
are in the HTS number sequence. The sunlit fractions apply only to the outside
of envelope surfaces, so partitions and such cannot have sunlit fractions but
are reported to maintain the sequence of surfaces.

186
 V V N N V V NV
o o ©© o © © O © © 'O ©
o © ©© © © © © © O' ©
© © ©© © O >0 © © © m©
0 0» © ©
» at *•
©
a.
©» © © © ©
t-i >— in 0^ O' >0 m sd >0 S3
1 1
1 1 ss oo CD in CN «r cn
<r o S3 in cn rs IN o
•
1 i i 1

\ V VV v\ V NV
© © © © © © \n © © © (N ©
© © © © © © «r © ©© ©
© © © © © © in © ©© m©
0» 0* 0 0» © ^ © © -* ©
•> *• *
NH •— t-t O' CD O' in 0 o >o in
'
| 1 1 1 CD CD a >0 <r cn <r cn
S3 -s >0 «r rs cn IN CN
* * • • • • • •

n s X\ \ V \\ \N s\
© © h< © © © © ©© ^©
© © © 1 © © © i ©© 1 ©
© © © ©• © © •
©• ©• ©
o © © © a-4 «-*© «-4 ©
o a. a.» •> a. a. •t at at

CN t-i M t-i CD CD OH in O >0 * in

CN 1 1 1 1 CD 00 | >0 CN CN 1 CN
• aH *H <r CN CN CN
1 * * * * *
II l

LJ V s N V \\ \\ NN
z
*-* © © © © © O' © © © CD © ©
© © © © © CN © © © rc O ©
© © © © O O' © © © O' © ©
C © © © © © © a-t ©©
a. •»

Z H *-« 00 O' S3 O' S3 S3 S3 >

c 1 1 1 1 00 CD in CD c\ cn
u «-• o
*
\n S3 cn rs S3 IN
• • *
i 1 1 1

\\ NN \ Nt \\ \N \N
ro
CN
CO
o \\ \ \ \N \\ NN
\ ©© © © © © © © ** ©©
II ©© © © o O' © O O O' ©O
z ©© © © ©© © © ©© ©©
o
-1 *+ 0* 0 00 © © © © ©©
(J b- •*

Ul (J h-< >-< *-* O' O' in O'

-
S3 S3 m 'O
Cl <X 1 1 1 1 CD CD >0 00 cn <r
>-• ce *0 *0 «r S3 rs in CN N
cn Li. • • • • • * • *
o 1 1 i i

u 1-
H \\ \\ \\ \ \ s\ NN
-1
z © ©© •“«
© © © *-« ©« ©©
3 © ©© 1 © © © 1 © ©© i

cn © ©© © © ©• © ©©
in
rv * ©. * © © © © i-i
•»
© ©
CD UJ at

«-« CJ HH M Ok »-• in lO S3 in «r
• z 1 1 1
1 CD 1 S3 © <T 1 CJ O'
cn i UJ *o «T CD IN CN CD
z n Ci • • • . • •
o 1 1 1 1

HH CJ
b~ -j z s \ \ N \ N N % N N N N
<x o M
-J LJ © © © © © © © © © © © o
3 a U- © © © © © © © © © © © ©
U w o © © © © © © O © © © © ©
z •
<X HH UJ
z
© © ©. © © ©* © *« 00 ©
u cn
H
* at «t at •t •t at at at at

o © O' >0 O' W © S3 S) >o

o cn ro 1 1 1
1 n co ot CD © M <T CN «T O'
z o •• •• in O CD •• IN S3 IN CD
»-H u o © • • • • — • • a •
3 i i 1 aH 1 1

\
1

o a
Ot UJ II \\ \N II \\ N N 11 NN \N
<z u.
I H •• Ui ©•-* o © UJ -« © © S3 UJ HH o © IN
cn CN <x z © 1 © © z © i © O z © O CN HC
M
1

b- >— © o © ©• © FN* 1— © © IN
U- II <r b- • b~
o 3 o © © o © * © ©
LJ a at at at at a
cn b- U. ct 1— 1 >-< DC m in O' O' cn hh m S3 C
- <T o 1 1
1
1 <X 1'O CD CD <z 1 c-t <r
REQUIRED

Q Ci a <r* S3 o* a CN (N IN
3 z z z . z • •
cn lC <x <i <i
Lu o b- i— -
iZ u. cn \\ \\ cn N\ \ \ cn N \ NN

Figure V.25 Results of shadowing calculations

187
V.B.2.4 RNOS = 14; Report of shadowing combinations

Some surfaces of the building can never be shaded by others because of

various geometric constraints. TARP does a one-time determination of which
surfaces can possibly be shaded by others and stores the results to save
time in long term or multiple environment runs. The shadowing combinations
report for the example problem is shown in figure 26. Information is
presented for each General shadow Receiving Surface (GRS), that is, each
EXterior, Base Surface (4.13.2) of the building. Surfaces are referred to by
their SRF numbers. The first such surface is GRSNR = 4. For this surface
there is one possible shadowing surface (NGSS = 1), seven interior surfaces
which may receive direct sun through the window (NBKS = 7), and one subsurface
(NSBS “ 1) (4.13.2). A general shadowing surface (GSS) is either a GRS or a
detached shadowing surface (3.2). The one GRS which might shade GRS #4 is SRF
#3. The detailed solar distribution within the zone must refer to the EXterior
of INterior (4.13.2) surfaces which are called back surfaces (BKS) during
shadowing calculations. The seven back surfaces which might receive beam
sunlight through the window are SRFs #6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12. The only
subsurface of the GRS is SRF #5. Note that GRS #6 has no (transparent) SBS
and therefore no BKS need be computed.
PAGE 4 NBS THERMAL ANALYSIS RESEARCH PROGRAM 82/05/11, 14,04.45. 3.182
SHADOWING COMBINATIONS

GRSNR = 4 NGSS = 1 NBKS = 7 NSBS = 1

GSSNR = 3
BKSNR = 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SBSNR = 5

GRSNR = 6 NGSS = 1 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GSSNR = 3

GRSNR = 7 NGSS = 0 NBKS * 0 NSBS = 0

GRSNR = 8 NGSS = 0 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GRSNR = 13 NGSS = 3 NBKS = 8 NSBS = 1

GSSNR = 1 26 27
BKSNR = 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
SBSNR = 14

GRSNR = 15 NGSS = 0 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GRSNR = 16 NGSS = 0 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GRSNR = 23 NGSS = 1 NBKS = 8 NSBS = 1

GSSNR = 2
BKSNR = 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
SBSNR = 24

GRSNR = 25 NGSS = 1 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GSSNR = 2

GRSNR = 26 NGSS = 2 NBKS * 0 NSBS = 0

GSSNR = 1 13

GRSNR = 27 NGSS = 2 NBKS = 0 NSBS = 0

GSSNR = 1 13

REQUIRED CMB = 82

Figure V.26 Shadowing combinations report

188
V.B.2.5 RNOS **
15, 16; Dump of shadowing calculations

The shadowing calculation dumps are intended for checking the shadow
calculation process. They produce a large amount of output. Figure V.27
shows part of the output for only one hour. Report 15 provides summary
results such as a record of which subroutines where called and the net
results of the calculations. Report 16 gives the details of the homogeneous
coordinate calculations. The output from 16 is printed as the calculations
occur, and so it is intermingled with report 15. The output consists of
subroutine names (see VI. B) and variable names (see VI. C) with values. To
use this report, follow the calculations through the program listing and
simultaneously through the report.

189
 n 1 1

\ \N\
o o o©
O o -h o
0 0-00
o o o
in O' O' 'O
S3 CO CO in
>0 O ©
I I

\ \ \s \
GO

o o in o O'
©
'O
o o <r o PO
o o in © I

O ^ O
O' 00 O' 10
QC CO CD -O
-o h so^r o o
• a • * H © O' ro rN © © ©a M O «h ©© m
II

H
CM CN © • a* • o
©
\ Ns Ns Ns II A II II II II II

X CJ X X X X h*
o o Hh © CJ o o u CJ
o o 1 o © © © © ©
o• o• ©• CJ O u CJ CJ L) © oo
o ©a o o o o o
T-i aH © -I —J -J -1 -J CN o
at at at a» © a
© © *— in II Ns CM \ H\ \H \ Ns aH
© © 1 S3 1-4 © © © s-4 © © 1 00«* ** oo <r 00 «T
A
1

rH «r m 00 I in ^ 00 I

• • • II <X II II II II © in O' in
1 © © © © © 1 1

A A A A A
Ns \X © in © © © © II it

z rs z z z z «
o O' o© • UJ UJ
o cj o© CC cc
o• O' © ©• N II © © © © <x
• • o
tH ©© II A II II II II ©
•> a at at © © © © © 'O <T »-H
© O' S3 O' 2 2 2 2 2 II !l **
© © in © A © A A A A i © ©m
aH S3 i S3 Z © Z Z z Z © ©
• • • * cj © i frH o ooo o hh h CM CM
1 1 S3
H
a O' X z
CN s-H © vH © © M© II II II II ii II II

S X s Ns S3 © oo u u U
a
©
II
11

X
A
II

©
II

©
II

©
II

©
©
II
XIII
CJ

©
cn co co ;i
I
cn
<
;i
1
cn cn
CJ

© II 1- © © © © Ns \m 222 2 m v2 Ns K> N, P0
'O CD © © © © © ©© aaa a © ncc
:> <r © =>
Ns Ns \ Ns «r Z M z z z Z II ro z z zz z Z hZ © z H ZZ © Z
IN Z © © © O' m O'
© T-i ©© a © © H <• i

O O' © © 1 <1 © © II -0 © >c O' S3 O' o © CM CN CM CM CM CN CJ CM

o• o• ©• ©• <T A U ©* ©a CN ©* cn <r <r cn II

in rs X fN CN CN • fN © CN II II II II II

o * © ©a CN a -J © • © * ^ a CN '* m z U U CJ U - ©
CJ
a. •> CN 1 © © 1 m a © H-t 0 I XXX X X © HI X X © H-4

O' O' in O' a II CD

t-H •1 II II II ©a z cn cn cn cn © ©a z © ©a z © © ©• z
m © S3 © <*h,
Z **. ^s /-t 2 222 2 2 2 2
u a AAA
CnI II

so S3 <r S3 CD a CD CD CD CD T-i © fN A © * K> A © ro O A A © m

Z z Z Z Z © 1 U U. U U U ©
CJ © u
— O — ©
• • • tH II T-i II li- T-4 II CJ U. II

1 AII

© © II © II © II © II ©© - CN II en
II

H* © II s-H rH II T-i II

~ CD ~
i

H CD CD ~ CD CD n ro cn «r tH *H at
\ N \ Ns «s* CD © II © © © © ©© © S3 H Z M- <r © S3 S3 Z ©
v-f z © >0 z
© *w IICJ 1- ~ h- h- ~ h- © CN © w O' O' z cm »* rj fN H^ CM CN CJ H
o hh © © o <t XX «
— X « X <r x <l \n CJ O Z© 00 CM CN fN fN fN z CM © z CN S3 rs z
o ©© 1 CJ h~ M ©w w 1- ^ h- ^ H- CN a a ©•
©• ©• ©a z UJ Z A <Z Id <1 Ul «I Ul <1 UJ a 1
* I

X X w © Ul X Ul X Id X UJ X CM II CN CM 00 II II II II O' CN II <r © t-i <r

~ in ~
II II II

o © a © H- © Z CD CD 1- CD »- CD h- *-t 1 ««t <r

\© i

a. •• •> u A <E U <1 CJ <t CJ <Z CJ \ © 2 CJ. 2

II © © © © N» V© II NsV ©©
II I Ns II

©©
I

O' HH in m © © © © z O' m 2 Z z z z z z O'©©z © © zz

O'
© S3 ©1 CN © T-i© T-i© © cn cm cn © © © © so© © © ©©
S3 in©
o o CM O' cn CO h z 2 2 2 2 o z © ©Z ^ 2 S3z
O O CM ** ii 0 II © A A A A A II © II © A
w^ A ©
O II <L ~ <z ~ <X w ~ <x <r i

© <x <t
NWS i cn
O
• o
II

cn
cn uj
H- cc
I <x
<r uj
I-
UJ
2
^ II UJ UJ
<1 •! <1 <1 UJ
K H- |- h- ©
UJ UJ UJ UJ
II <x liJ
Id
“ P-
Ul UJ II

o o oo cn 1 CJ x x ~ x x x x x XX CN
o o oo <r h- II X oX fN X ©X ro K © 1- K © h- H- © CN
o o oo i «“V a-l <r u <r Z CJ U i-l- o u u cj u <r CJ u
© «r S3 fN © II II X it ©
o o o ** © II II II ii:> ^ z> •w © ©
K © © © © z «T Z T-t rs <r Z
O O' -o O' in X
w CD II Z II Z II z || z ro H W CN CN UJ
PO CD © CD O © CD ©2 ©2 © 2 II

•• *o in -o co © II «Z ©Z ©Z ©Z ©^ CN ^II <C CM II ii ii ii II II aH || II II

©© Ul © ©© © © ©© © 2 ©2 2 © © ©© © © © © ©
z ©© © © © IIZ Z2 z Z Z z2 Z
II II z z z z
© <1 © © © © © ©© © © © © ©© © © © © ©
© •* 2 * * * 2 z 2 2
«* CD CO © A A A A A A A
U 1 w Oo 'O © ©
x
h
i © o s: © A •• © © © © © CD © © .. •• a. aa <1 o © •• -
o...
o rs A ••X ©2 A 2 A 2 A 2 A© © aa -J •• A © •* © •• -I
X © © A© X © X © X © X 2 O © © CJ 2©©!©©©©©2CJ © U © 2 CJ © CJ © © 2 0©
© AX©C
h-
o o © A ©A © A © A © A © © X © CD X © © ©©2 2 222AX => x z AX© X ©
© A X X X X © CJ OO© A A A A CJ O A CJ O A A O
cd
<r
>-< in O' O'
o co oo
Z A Z A©
X Ul Z
z
HH
© z
HH
© z
HH
© zx
HH
CJ
AX
X
AAAAAAAAX
xxzxxxxx
ill
A
X
A X
X
© ©UJ©©©©©
i

a o o• © © Ul A CD A © A © A © w © ©
Z * • Id Z Ul 2 UJ 2 Ul z Ul
<X A UJ A Ul A Ul A UJ A
h-
Ifl \ \ S\

Figure V.27 Dump of shadowing calculations

190
 NWS
w v u
O O OO
o o no
o o ©
in 'O >o >o
cn *<N
cn in rs >o

s S
© O
w(N| ©
© © «r ©
© © in ©

>o <o >o in

© o M t cn eg

© ro © N rg in eg
• © * ©
© © © ©© ©
© © © ©© ©
© © © ©© ©
© © ^O
© © © ©© © © © © I

© © ©
o*
© ©© ©© ©
O' 'S © © © © «* © *a -o h in

'O
© ©© ©© © cn eg I CN
CN CN CN

II
S S \ N
<c © ©© © cn ©
UJ © © © ©A © © A © ©
CL ©©© ©© © © eg © ©
<Z ii

o © O' © ©
eg A
«T © <r © ©
II A ii ^ 'C 'C 'O 'C
cn eg cn *h M © ©© ©© © eg «r eg «r
cn *h in eg © © rv ©© © eg rs >o is
S3 rs ©© o ©© ©
I i

\ s \\
ii

\
ro O' © *H ©© ©
© C ©© ©
=> <r
2H
O'
2
<r
*h
S3
TH ©
IN
>0 ©© © NSW
O H © »H © ©
OUh II
© O' © ©
X .
© © ©©
— i tH
ro ©
in cc <1 M3 bn <
N3 2 O' O' rv © © © «r <r eg <r
eg ro 'O N3 © © © © in in eg in
© *
© © ©
co © CN
th eg
2H
II
ii cn
CJ i-
© © ©
NWS
~ x x © >H © ©
n cn v o O' ro © © rv © © ©
2A©
I

cn 2 © N3 ro © © eg © ©©
cn a ^ cn uj © -TH © ©© ©
H- 2 cn 2 iX
\ X A ©
<T cn H bn «r
^ © eg cn ’-i i eg O'
O UJ 2o eg a
u: ii ck ro eg o eg ro © *h © fN oO
©u ro * ^ © on © © o- © O' ro ro
cn i © © © ro ©©
II CC
cn <x
cn
• o un <r o*
NSW
© © o©
II II x ii © © ©©
x 2 © © ^ ©©©©in© © © © ©
ii eg a <r
© © *4 © o x in
<r
ii cn
ii

ro
o X
u ^ i

in
ii

u ^ cn ro
cn h
©ho
©bn© © o o ©ro©
CNunbO
«r ro ro
O O © tH»
O' 2 A 2 00 -I n <r ^ u ii
i

• CJ 2 h- ©©©©©©©©©rO'O'O •> k •>

eg eg ©
ii © ii
tH o © O~ X II © S3 ~0 -C *3
“

tH o tm ecu u ii _j o -J A © © ©© © ro «r eg <r o-
x in 2x X X •
••IN 'O in a
cj cn u
cn cn cn cn
02 •* o
i

© © © o © © © o© © a
*2
•

cn
22 OHO?
1-2
©©©©©©©©©©-H^H
©oo©©©©©©©egeg
cn
» \ \ SN
A
Cl. J h ** •*
OOCOQOOOOOhh UJH
x
O
©
ONeg
0-1 <L OA a? ©
— -i _j •• X H- _J <C i

O -I •* X O -i — x x cn cc H © © fN
u © © cj cn z i- cc o i- cc u cn A CD
a cn I cccc X — O X A — © x a
t-i cn A
J
cn u A CJ A A O O 2 0 O 2 A X
ax XX 2X X UJ X UJ 2 A cn bn VD *0
cn u cn UJ 2 eg «r o-
UJ A eg ns
2
Ul

Figure V.27 (continued)

191
V.B.2.6 RNOS = 21; Hourly dump of primary zone loads data

This report provides hourly loads data. It consists of a line of time

data, a line of weather data, and a line of loads data for each zone (see
figure V.28). All data are in metric units. The time data consists of:

STDTIM standard time; ts in (III. B. 1.1)

CLKTIM clock time.; td in (III. B. 1.1)
DAYOFS number of days simulated (including current day)
DAYOFY day of year; DY in (B.1.2)
MONTH month number
DAYOFM day of month
DAYOFW day of week; DW in (B.1.7)
DAYTYP day type; pointer to schedules
CDATE cyclic date; CD in (B.1.4)

The weather data consists of:

DB dry-bulb temperature
WB wet-bulb temperature
BP barometric pressure
SPD wind speed
DIR wind direction
TS sky temperature
HB direct normal solar flux
HD sky brightness
HR ground brightness
TG ground temperature

The zone loads data consists of:

TZ zone air temperature

TR zone radiant temperature
SN sensible load (+ = heating, - = cooling
LA latent gain from internal sources
EE energy for lights and electric equipment
GE energy for steam equipment
ST energy for gas equipment
HW energy for hot water equipment
OT energy for other equipment
RA energy direct to return air
BB baseboard load
OAMFL mass flow rate of outside air into zone
 CN ro CN ro CN ro
-1 o © -J © © ©© ©
Cl 1 1 u 1 i U. 1 i

Z LU Ui z © UJ Z© ©
<r © 0- <1 O' © <L CN ©
O ID © o \n TH O CN CN
' rx
•
>0 ID
• •
O’ o >0
•
©
ID ID ID «
* © o • <c 08 • © O'
ID ID ID

II II II

O © O
K iXi t- A t- A
A A A
«»
ID O id in ID >0
© © • • • © .
o o © © © 00 CN 00 ©
II © ii <r II

Ui LJ UJ
H II i- ii »- II

<t cl <c cl <X CL

a X« A X «t A I
u cl o a U
«»
<•>

CN
rx
• • » •
O'
• • • •
•* ©• •
CN cn • •
O © © © © 00 'C 00 o
II ID ii «r Ii

0. Cl a.
> II > II >- ii

K a H*A 1- A -
>- Z h- >-ZK >- z 1

<C o © O <L O
O «•>
A A
*•>
IS
, ,
ID © .
CN CN O 00 CN ID O ©© cn rx 0 Oi
©
II ID ii rx ii ©
3 © 3 ND 3 ~4
u. II U. II U II

o A O A O A
> Z3 >- Z 3 >Z 3
© Z
a Z Z
<x <X
a A
O' CN rx

H * o © © t-4 * © 00 tH • 00 ©
CN IS CN© CN O'
II 1 II 1 II 1

r Z z
Li. II U II u II

O © H» O © - 1 o © r-
>- K © >- h- © >- h- ©
<c © <1
A «» A A
(»
• « • * • •
ID O © © *•* ID © 00 «* ID 00 ©
cn CN *-i CN ^
ro ro ro
ii ii ii ii ii ii

x CL Z CL Z CL
H- - UJ r- hh uj - >H ©
Z a©
CJ
ZAO
c
1

ZA O
O
Z z z
rx • • • rx • • • IS • * •
«•> • o © © «K . © 00 «•* • 00 ©
CN o CN O CN <t
ID ID ID
ii CN II CN cn ro II CN CN ro
11 a ©- II A © ©© A ©© ©
II

>- Cl Ui -1 >- u_ UI 4- 4- 4- ©4-4- 4-

>- a.
Ll © Ui UI u cn ui U UI Ld u © ©©© ©
O cs o ro O' © o rO O' ©
>- ID >- \n is <r >- © O' <r
<1 «* CN <z «•* ro O' © <t ro IS ©
A • * • * A • • * • A • • - *
o o ©© © T-it ro © Ti LD ro
o © ©
«•» o ... o «o
T-» o TH © H ^© T-i
© © © © © © © © 4-
©
*-4 <r T-t © 4-
-4- <14-4-
11 ii -i II II -J UI UJ UJ II II ©©© ©
© ll © Cl © *4 in © Cl O' © SD
u A U. A © © Ll A ro O' T-i
o O SD rx o O t-i rx o
>- >- • >-
© © © © «- t-i CN ID <r CN CN o
a IS A -0 A r-*
(N
*
©• CN
•
ro ro
<•. <r ro © «•* ro ©
o z is z 4- © Z 4-
T-i © i © Ui cn uj
II ii ii n © ii ii CN
x A Z A <r ZA CN
4 3 4 3 © 43 rx
h- h- I-
© ©© Z .» CN ©© Z T-I © ©
-J «•« _j -J «•*

U IS U O' u rx
o © ID CN m «T is rx O' ro CN
>0
+ CL* in ©• • CL <T rx • cl rx rx ©
«•*© i- « • . ** is H- - •
©
•
4 T
'O CO CN ro rx O' CN <T O'
T-i tH CN CN •rH T-i CN CN tH CN CN
II II II 11 11 ll

x CO Z A Z A
t— CO N CN rx O' w u N rx © o *“ A
1—
1
N rx <r 'O
»- ID CN ro
»- 1— 'O ro rx 1- t- o* IS CN
A • • • A — • * * A • - •
1— •* rx CN ro 1— o CN If) 1- .. OCN ©
CO cc ^ CN CN © -* cn CN CN
CfC © iZ CN CN CN
—LU UI © •*
Z© X© I ©
H- A ^ CN ro cn ro •• h- A t-i CN ro
© <T <Z LU © © © <r <t
z UI o X LU O z© O
HH 3 _J *—<
1—
3— *-•
1—
3 ©
1-

Figure V.28 Hourly dump of zone loads

193
V.B.2.7 RNOS “ 21, 22, 23, 24; Dump of zone loads calculations

Reports 22, 23, and 24 give details of the loads calculation process. All
are in metric units. These dumps can be quite lengthly. Figure 29 shows part
of the output generated for one hour. Report 21 should be specified to report
times for the other reports.

Report 22 describes the control profiles and solar gains for the hour.
The report of control values describes the control profile (IV. E) for each
zone. It consists first of the zone number, the number of control temperature
ranges (NRCTR) and the temperature range which will be used for the first air
,

heat balance (EFSTR) .The second line is a list of control point temperatures.
It is followed by the QFSTDC and QFSTIF variables for the control ranges between
the indicated temperatures. The solar gains data consists first of the total
short wavelength (including from lights) flux (W/m^) absorbed by each heat
transfer surface on the outside (QSO), the inside (QSI), and on any movable
insulation (QSM). Then the radiant gains converted directly to convection
(QC), the total diffuse solar gain (QD), the total diffuse shortwave radiant
gain (QS), the total beam sunlight into the zone (QBV), and the total diffuse
sunlight into the zone (QDV).

The following dumps (23) describe the heat balance calculations. They
begin with the airflow calculations. The following data is presented for each
airflow opening (I).

N (inside) zone number

M (far side) zone number (0 = ambient)
PS stack pressure (G.2.3)
PW wind pressure (G.1.3)
PZ zone pressure
DP pressure difference across opening
FLOW mass flow rate through opening (+ = in, - = out)

Then the partial outside (KOP) and partial inside (KIP) conductive fluxes
(C.1.7 and C.1.5) are presented for each heat transfer surface. These values
are constant for the hour. The convection coefficients (HC) are also presented
for each surface followed by the outside surface temperatures (TO) and then the
inside surface temperatures (TI). The results of the zone air heat balances
are summarized under ZON:

TZ zone air temperature

TR zone mean radiant temperature
ET effective temperature
CT control temperature range
VT ventilation control range
SL sensible load (+ = heat, - = cool)
LL latent load
SUMC sum of direct convective loads
QL total longwave radiant gains
PZ zone air pressure

194
 :

The FLOW, TI and ZON values are dumped for each heat balance iteration.
HC and TO may also be dumped if new values are computed.

Report 24 is a dump of the contents of the temperature and flux histories

array. It occurs after heat balances have converged. The hourly shift of the
histories is accomplished by the TSHIFT variable until it equals zero and the
histories are moved. NTFH is the number of temperature and flux histories.
The histories are matched to their respective heat transfer surfaces by the
TMPHPE, TMPHPI, FLXHPE and FLXHPI pointers which can be obtained by reports 6
,

or 8. Report 21 then summarizes the zone loads for the hour.

TIME! STDT I M= 1 7 CLKTIM=17ff D A YOFS= If BAYOFY= 52f HONTH= 2f PAY0FM=21I DAY0FW = 2 f DAYT YP= 2f ci
WEATHER: DB = 8.89J WB = 3,86. BP=100000.J SP0 = A. 7 > DIR=315.f TS= -8.12f HB = 675 . 5 1 HD= 40,9 t i

control: zone= n nrctr=3* efstr=i

contem: -98.000 20. 000 21 .111 98.000
qfstdc: 0. -3,1 63E+03 0.
qfstif: 3.515E+03 6 678E + 04 0. .

control: zone= 21 NRCTR=3I FFSTR=3

contem: -98.000 20. 000 21 .111
•
98.000
ofs tdc : 0. -3.163E+03 0.
qfstif: 3.515E+03 6 678E+04 0. .

control: zone= 31 NRCTR=3I EFSTR=3

contem: -90,000 20. 000 21 .111 98.000
qfstdc: 0. -3 1 63E+03 0. .

qfstif: 3.515E+03 6. 678E+04 0.

qso: 0.000 30.890 3.278 30.890 41.927 41.927 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 51.047 27.444 41.927 41.927 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 160.489 21.825
200.228 240.603 240.514 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
qs i .535 .535 2.463 .535 .535 .535 .535 .535
.535 .535 2.851 2.851 19.673 2,851 2.851 2.851
2.851 16.057 2.851 51.005 2.851 2.053 2.053 15.643
2.053 2.053 2.053 2.053 2.053 2.053 15.217 13.679

qsm: 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

QC QD QS QBV QDO
i 0 . 1 274E+02
, 7.130E-01 0. 1 .003E+02
2 0. 8 084E+02
. 3.801E+00 2.053E+03 3 ,009E+02
3 0 . 4.971E+02 2 737E+00
. 1.05 2E+03 2 .006E+02
flow: I N M PS PW PZ DP FLOW
1 l 0 18.06 2.57 19.75 4.25820 161 .67
2 1 0 18.72 -1.14 19.75 -.11059 -7.42
3 1 2 .06 0.00 19.75 -.98394 -153.97
4 2 0 19.60 -3.30 20.79 - 2.10995 -125.08
5 2 0 19.69 -1.27 20.79 -.16838 -9.67
6 2 3 .02 0.00 20.79 -.01496 -18.83
7 2 1 -.06 0.00 20.79 .98394 153.97
8 3 0 17.99 -2.57 20.83 .27151 27.01
9 3 0 19. 10 -3.61 20.83 - 1 .88684 -46.41
10 3 2 -.02 0.00 20.83 .01496 18.83
kop: 91,796 28.722 .000 54.964 81 .925 46.633 771.327 771.327
771 .327 46.261 91.796 59.301 ,000 82 829 . 46.871 91 .796
199.303 771.327 771 .327 771.327 46.923 91 .796 41 .915 .000
85.136 133.525 76.771 91 .796 199.303 771 .327 771 .327 49.593
kip: 71 .786 71.192 -.000 138.661 131.319 57 395 . 698.483 603.115
603.115 39.761 91 .968 70.383 -.000 162.679 73.416 93.171
197.591 760.825 747.766 765.739 44.098 96.059 95.667 -.000
192.235 174.818 77 400 94.865
. 202.337 765.428 761 .470 794.945

Figure V.29 Dump of zone loads calculations

195
 OAHFL 4.559E-02 8.418E-03

©
© © © ©© © ©© © ©© © © © © © © © o© © ©© © © 0.
4- 4- b b b b b 4* 4* 4- b 4* 4- 4- b b b 4- b +
i
4* 4-
Id Id Id id Id Id Ld Id Id Id Ld Ld Id Id Ld Ld Ld Id Ld Ld Id Id Ld Id Ld
co rv rg rv 44 44 <3 00 CM <r rv CN m O' >0 © <T in 44 rv CN X >0 O (N
rv © © rg *o in m O' 44 ro cm in •4 rg m 44 rg O' >0 CN ro iv in >0
co © rv © co in «o in <r ro rg CM rg in -• CN cn rg rg V CM m rg
BB
O' CM - CD CN - in ^ - m - CN CM in rg - CN CM CN in CN
i 7 1

©o 44 O © ^ © © ©^ © 4- o 0. 0.
©© © © © © ©o o©© © © © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©© O.
b 4- +- b b b 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4-
i 4- 4- 4-
id Id Id UJ Id Ld Id Ld Id Id Ld Id Ld Ld Ld Ld id Id Id Id id Id Ld Id U. Id
<r rv *0 *r in © >o rv ro <r CM 00 O' <3 <3 <3 O' <r in iv 44 4T 43 X O'
© O' 44 © O' <r in o O' O' <3 44 rv ro m rv CM © CN X X O' m -X
vO © rv cd m rg m rv CN ro © CN CN m 43 O' CN in «r r. LI ro in
RA
00 in - 44 ^ + in 44 CN - 44 - CN CN in CN m X CN ro rg in rg ro
1 i i i 1 i
i i i

© o 44 44 © ^ © 44 o 44 © 1-4
0. 0. 0.
© © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©o © © © o ©© © ©© © ©©
4- 4- b -b 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4» 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4-
id Id id Id u Ld Ld Ld Id Id Id Ld Id Ld Ld Ld Id Ld Id Ld Id Id Id Id Id Id
rv o CM 44 «r >0 ro © O CO CM 4“ rg < <r 44 rv X O' CN © <3 *0 LI
in ao in cn ro 'O in O' <r <r o rg X <r m X 'O 43 iv m rv <r ro LI >o rg
m >o co O' © rv in 'O CM CN O 00 CN CN m © © O' ro *0 -• ro LI ro 44 0T

m O' - in ^ * 44 CN CN CN m CN ** 44 CN ro CM CN in rg ro
i i 7 1 1 i

•4 44 44 .4 © -• o H 44 © 44 44 44 44 o 0. 0. 0.
©© © ©o o ©© ©©© © © © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©©
4- -» 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- b b 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4* 4- 4- 4- b 4- b
4 4- -b
-

Id Id U Id Ld Ld Ld Id Ld Ld Id Ld Id Ld Ld Id Ld Ld id Id Id Id Ld LU Id Ld
co ro ro 4 4 rv •o rg 44 rv o 44 >0 ro 44 rg <r rv 44 X © — O' X 44 43
rv ro © in O' O' in O' rg go m X CM X <3 O' X © rg rg 44 o rg © ro
rv >o CN ro rv rv m rv 'O o © rv CN O' O' ro ro rg ro <r >0 ro
HW
«4 H -
i
d m <r - CN CN CN o- 2. 6. rg (N rg CM CN * cm rg
i 7 1 1 1 1 7 i

CO GO co ©m o co rv <r rg rv ro 44 44 © 44 © -h © © © -1 44 © 44 O — -4 0. 0. 0.
rv rv o* >0 CO O' LI 43 CD N MN
<T CN O ©© © ©© © ©© ©© © © © © © © © © ©© © o© © ©o
6.140 © o o CN *0 *0 LI CM o o
u. rv rv oo 4- b b b b b b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4-
Id UJ id Id Ld U Id Ld Ld Id Id Id Id Id Ld Ld Ld Id Id Id Ld Ld Ld Id Id Id
roro<rrvroouiivrg O' ©© O' © IV O' <, O' >0 O' ro ro ro <r rv X «r <r O' rg X X m •4 rg <T V 44
-4 cn *h rg CN IN CM <3 <3 rv «r O' in rg CN in ro IV © co X «r rv in li ro rv rv iv rg — ro
i i i O' 'C ro ro O' rv in rv O' ro m in X ** ro <r cn in O' «r rv rv <r © ST
44 *4 - m 44 <4 in ^ <r CN CN o- 44 ro CN rg CN CN rv rg rv rg rg rg
rococo o0 o- <r rv ^ T-< »-4 i 1 1 1 i i i i i

xrvfvcNrsuix-^rvrox O'NOO
6.140
rg © © O' -« © rg ro iv in _j 'OO'O' 44 -« © 44 © ^ © 44 44 ©© 44 44 44 44 -©
rgrororg©roro&.rgroro
a*.*
© co co
©© © ©© © ©© © © © © © © © © © © ©© © ©© c o©
4- 4- b b + b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4" 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4* b b
0, 0. 0.

CM •* ih rg CN C4 cm li -• Id Id Id Id Ld Id Id Id Id Ld Id Id Ld Id Ld Id Ld Ld Ld Id Id Id (d LU LU Id
*H O' li o- ro rv o 44 rg «r CM rg <3 m X <3 X ro rg < in rg x — CN
O' CO ro iv m in o- <r m <3 O' ro © ro in >0 © O' <3
111 43 O' 43 ro rv
© *o 'O rg 00 rv ro © ** cm ro <r CN in ro >0 rg in
u*) © rg CN <r >
K GO CD rv oo O' CM «r rg O' CM GE
rv rv in -o O' 'O cm ro O' 43 rg cm oo
^
-- - «r 44 ** in 44 O' ro rg rg CM CN in >0 - rg cn - rg rg rg rg x
6.140
co © © H HO> © rv <r O' ©U co rv i i

• • £
ro ro ro © © ro ro in ro ro z) o- co ro © *4 44 44 44 44 © 44
O' © *4 © © 44 44 44 44 ©© 0. 0. 0.
»-«** (N CM *h C4 cm cm co ©^ ro ©©
li © c© O o© ©© © © © © © ©© © ©© © ©© © o©
ro © 4-
CM 4- b b b b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4*
1

ii Id u Ld U Id Ld Ld Id Id Ld Id Id Id Id Ld Id Ld Id Id Id Ld Ld id Ld LU
Id
X O' ro <r >0 IV © CM O' o ro 44 O' ro rv >C Hi 4? ro t in rv cc ro >0 «r
O'
GO ©
GO O' oo o ro < O' oo rg O' CD 44 44 <r in CM in -0 © X >0 ro in 43 © < © in rg ro X Li 43
Id 43
rv cm rv «r li in 43 «r 43 ro < cd ro ro © O' rg rv rv ©
H- rv CM in ro ro in ro ro ro © li ro rg LI O'
6.140
© O' © rg rv li >0 <3 GO CM 'O ©Hfi EE
O' 44 - -- 4* <r 44 in rg rg rg CN m >0 - rg cn ro 44 rg rg LI X
1.353E102 4.979E+02 3.040E+03

© © -«
ro ro © © in cm in co ^
ro _i 1 i

(M *“< »-4 CM CM o rv O'

^ cm m CO©^ — © 1 © 44 44 © 44 © 44 © 44 44 44 44 ©©
<3©© © ©© © o© ©© © © ©© © ©© © ©© © c© © O©
b
-b -b 4- 4. 4“ b 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4- b 4- 4- 4-
CD CD OD co 'O -4 IV LI O' © Id Ld Id Id id Id Id Ld Ld Ld Ld Ld Id Ld Ld Id Ld U Ld Ld Ld LU Id LU lu Id
rv fM rv rv rv —4 co ro cm i-4 CD II ©
rv c- *r IV <r <T O’ rg rv >0 44 IV rg O' <3 rg O' X iM © 44 rg >0 LI
6.140
© © © oo CO O' O' in O' O' <3 1- «r ro <3 O' © o rg rg 44 43 rv O' © O' in rg in CN Li ro O' >0 LI Li X
© ©© u.©^ o
CM ro rv O' rv © co © ro ro m O' O' © o -r ro ro LI O'
ro ro ro O' © ro CN m
O' ro ro -J in © ©
LA
- CM rg m - rg rg cn rg 44 rg rg LI ©
1.600E+01

X «0 44 - ^ rv
2.701E101

eg CN 44 44 CN CM CD * • • in rg rg
«r © ©
S.915ET01

ID 1 i i i i i

1-
m i4 *4 ©
44 44 © © © © © 44 *4 44 44 ©©
co CD ro ro «r ro <r *T «T ro rv ro ©© © © © © ©© ©©o © o © © ©© © ©© © ©© © ©©
rv rv CD o <3 «T rv 43 43 <r *4 •• b 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4* b 4- 4- 4- b 4- 4- 4-
6.140
o© CN rv •o ro CN <T 43 ro O' CD Id Id Id Ld Ld Ld Id Ld Id Id Id Ld Id Ld Id Ld Ld Id Id Ld Id Ld Ld LU Id Id
Id © o* in ro 44 © IV >0 ro © <T © <r <T rg <3 T 44 CO © «r 44 <r <3 •O Li
ro ro CM O' CM CM m ro cm CN ro r- ^4 uo in rg rv ro rv O' in 44 ro © © O' CN >0 m © X LI LI X O' CN ro li ro
CM CN *4 CM CM CM © O -4 © <3 rg O' rv m rv rg rg ro CM <3 >0 m © «T O' Li o- <r © LI o
SN 2.040EL03

h- v4 ro ro »- 44 44 - 44 oo 44 in m - - 44 CN 44 in in CN rg w- rg 44 rg LI O'
u CD i 1 1 i
i I

© CD ro O' «<r —4 ©© <r in

fv 43 li -4 © in O' CN ro >0 ro 44 X 4 44 44 © 44 © © o © © 44 ~© o- 0.
6.140
•* © CD IV li ro 0*5 iv eg O' O' h- rv «r CD © © ©© o ©©
1 © © © o © © © © © © © © © ©o o ©© o.
X + •+ b 4 4- 4- b 4- 4-
- 4- 4- 1b 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4- 4-
-+-

43 ro ro O' li O' m in in CM CN CO rg <T 3 Id Ld Ld Ld Id Id id Id Id Ld Id Id Ld Id lu Ld Id Id Id Id LU d4 LU Id Id

44 *4 *4 CN CM ** rg CM -J O' 0“ O <3 ro O' < ro CO CD © ro O' 44 <3 O' © *r O <T 44 LI >0
Id O' © CO O' © O' in o co <3 rg rv rg CN in rv rg Li ro ro © ro O' Li ©
CD rg © CM m o CN IV © CM O- o LI Li rg
TR
© © «o in o rv in rv © ro 19.44 22.47 24.77

O 43 >0 a »4 h c mn c ui n -< -* rg ^ iv
140
©good <r x o o cz li rg rv
co co
<rvvo>-o-oiiiO"0'Oirw • • •
44 © © go cm 4> cn co cm 43 ©
«r «r

li rg ro
z
<£
o pg ri in h h
II iii
III (III!
t-i in rg*-4

CM CM Id
ro ro ui rv ro «r in N N ro
TZ
-O -<3 X
H ^ ^ ^ ^ eg (>j X 20.47 22.78
25.20

o ro ^
N V* CCD•
h* •

••
co rg
^ rg cm
1 2 3
LOAHS!

cj o o
x h- M ^4 cm ro

Figure V.29 (continued)

196
 VI COMPUTER PROGRAM

The general structure of the Thermal Analysis Research Program was

described in chapter II. B and figure II. 1. This chapter expands upon that
introduction by describing the program subroutines, variables, and files.

VI. A INPUT PROCESSOR

The input processor (IP) is the first of the two TARP subprograms. It
checks and interprets the user input, creates the input files for the loads
calculator (LC), and writes various reports. This processing involves all
of chapter IV and primarily sections B, C, and D of chapter III. Data about
the location and weather goes to the LC in the ENVTFL (environment file).
The description of the building, including library data, goes in the SINPFL
(simulation input file).

The IP is divided into four major sections corresponding to the input

language sections. These sections may be used to reduce core requirements
by overlay (or segmentation). A small input processor will help to give
fast job turn-around necessary to quickly debug the user input deck. Each
section is headed by a subroutine that is called when a section name and "["
is encountered in the input. The name of that routine is similar to the
section name. The section processor subroutines all have similar
structures, especially for how they handle incorrect input.

Each section contains several subroutines which process the input

language keys. The names of these routines are the same as the key names.
Most of the key processing routines also have similar structures consisting
of: initialization, decoding the subkeys, error checking, calculation of
derived data, output to SINPFL, reports and dumps. The output to SINPFL
consists of an identifier record containing two integers and one or
(sometimes) more data records. The data records usually have values for a
single surface, schedule, etc., which is read by the LC into arrays for all
surfaces, schedules, etc.

Some key processing subroutines call other groups of subroutines for

complex calculations. The largest of these groups are those that compute
the conduction transfer functions and the window optical coefficients.

A short description of each of the 130 input processor subroutines is

given below. After the descriptions is a diagram (figure VI. A. 1) showing
the general relationship of the IP routines and the segment structure.

AFS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of AFS (4.14). The AFSDAT common block contains
data to match interzone openings. Data is output in the AFSIL common
block.

197
 . .

BBH subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of BBH (4.11). Data is output in the SSCISL

common block.

BDLIB block data

Set initial values for library processing.

BDPROJ block data

Set initial values for project processing.

BDSLR block data

Set initial values for processing user input.

BEAM subroutine

Evaluate window optical properties for beam sunlight at 16 angles of

incidence.

BLANK (ARRAY ,LEN) subroutine

Blank (set to '

'
) an ARRAY of character strings of length LEN.

BUILDG subroutine

Evaluate the keys of BUILDING (section 3). This is the root subroutine
of the building segment.

CDS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of CDS (2.7). Convert control profile names to

pointers

CHKCP subroutine

Check description of control profile: number, range, and order of

temperatures and normalized capacities.

COMPMS subroutine

Compute the optical properties for the pane-shade system for both
polarizations of light incident from the outside. Compute overall
transmittance and reflectance and individual absorptances

198
CONS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of CONS (2.5). Evaluate the thickness of each

layer, and convert its material name to a pointer to retrieve materail
data from unit 4. Compute conduction transfer functions. Compute
optical coefficients for constructs having no opaque layers. Data is
written to the constucts file (unit 5) for reference by zone surfaces.
Data is output to the SINPFL in common blocks CONDAT, GLAS, and GLASO.

CPFL subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of CPFL (2.6). Call CHKCP to check the control
profile. Data is output in the CNTPFL common block.

CREPT (SCRFL) subroutine

Transfer constructs reports (2.1.3) from unit SCRFL to the output file.

CTRL subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of CTRL (4.9). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

CTF(I,CONVG) subroutine

Calculate the higher order conduction transfer functions from the

response factors (order 0 CTF) and the RATIO’S. Check convergence by
(C.2.1).

CWS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of CWS (2.8). Convert control day-schedule names

to pointers.

DCHXYZ subroutine

Compute conduction transfer functions of a single layered slab

using the algorithm of D. C. Hittle.

DDY subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of DDY (1.6). Data is output as a single day in

the ENVTFL

DER subroutine

Calculate the total construct and total derivative matrices for a

single value of the Laplace parameter.

199
 .

DIFFUS subroutine

This subroutine operates in one of two modes. It may compute the

optical properties of a combination of glass panes for both polarizations
of diffuse light of a given wavelength incident from both sides (D.6.2).
Or it may compute the optical properties af a pane-shade system for both
polarizations of diffuse of a given wavelength incident from the outside
only. A Simpson's rule integration is used.

DIFSHD subroutine

Compute the reflectance of an interior shading device for both

polarizations of diffuse light.

DLT subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of DLT (4.10). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

DMPAFS subroutine

Dump air flow opening data in the AFSIL common block. Dump initiated by
RN0S=6 (1.2.1).

DMPCGS. subroutine

Dump zone control and general schedule data in the CGSIL common block.
Dump initiated by RN0S=6 (1.2.1).

DMPHTS subroutine

Dump heat transfer surface data in the HTSIL, HTSIS, and HTSISL common
blocks. Dump initiated by RN0S=6 (1.2.1).

DMPSRF subroutine

Dump surface geometry data in the SRFIS common block. Dump initiated by
RN0S=6 (1.2.1).

DMPSSC subroutine

Dump special surface data in the SSCISL common block. Dump initiated by
RNOS=6 (1.2.1).

DS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of DS (2.2). Check number and range of profile

values

200
DSS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of DSS (3.2). Coordinates are converted from the
building to the global coordinate system by (E.1.1) and (E.1.4). Data
is output in the SRFIS common block.

DUMPGL(MODE) subroutine

Dump optical calculations according to MODE.

M0DE=1: describe optical layers.
M0DE=2: report optical properties.
M0DE=3: report optical values (T, R, A) for each layer.
M0DE=4: print polynomial coefficients.
Initiated by RN0S=4 (1.2.1).

DUMPLB subroutine

Dump library control data initiated by RN0S=1 (1.2.1).

DUMPNV subroutine

Dump one day of weather data. Initiated by RN0S=2 (1.2.1).

DUMPPJ subroutine

Dump project data: common blocks TITLES, RUNCTL, EFLHDR, and REPORT.
Initiated by RN0S=1 (1.2.1).

DUMPRF(MODE) subroutine

Dump conduction transfer calculations according to MODE.

M0DE=1: describe conductive layers.
M0DE=2: print roots and ratios.
M0DE=3: Print all orders of conduction transfer functions.
Initiated by RN0S=3 (1.2.1).

DUPLIB(LO,LEN) subroutine

Check for duplicate name in library.

DYS( JFLAG ,DY ,M0 ,DM,LY) subroutine

If JFLAG = 1, compute day-of-year (DY) from month number (MO),

day-of-month (DM), and leap year indicator (LY) (B.1.1). Otherwise,
compute MO and DM from DY and LY.

EMI subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of EMI (4.17). Data is output in the SSCISL

common block.

201
 : )

EQP subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of EQP (4.4). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

E RROR( MSG , ETYPE) subroutine

Print error message (character string MSG). Process according to error

type (ETYPE).
ETYPE=0: informative message.
ETYPE- 1: 'warning' —
unusual, but not fatal, input.
ETYPE-2 'severe' —
input error which will prevent running LC.
COUNT of type 2 errors may not exceed 30.
ETYPE-3 'fatal' —
immediate run termination,
ETYPE<0 set ETYPE to the highest ETYPE number with which ERROR
was ever called.

EXTCF(T0,N) real function

Compute k*L (extinction coefficient times thickness) of glass pane N

with normal incidence transmittance TO (D.3.11).

FAN subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of FAN (4.8). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

F ILM( J , N , LAMBDA , CTHETA , STHETA , CPHI subroutine

Compute the optical properties of a thin reflective film on side J

(l=outside, 2=inside) of glass pane N.

FINDFD( N TPLAIN TFILM)

, , subroutine

Determine the thickness of a thin reflective film on pane N by its

normal transmittance with (TFILM) and without (TPLAIN) the film.

FINISH subroutine

Finish input processing. Check for and report unmatched interzone

surfaces and openings. Check for and report unused library names.
Terminate run if there were any 'severe' errors. Report minimum LC
array sizes (PARAMETERS). Write the last SINPFL record - common block
RUNCTL.

GEOM subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of GEOM (4.1). Values are set for the subsequent
geometric processing of zone surfaces.

202
 .

GETB3W(NSKIP ,NDAYS) subroutine

Skip NSKIP days of weather data from the BLAST 3.0 weather file
(WTHRTP, unit 3). Transfer the following NDAYS of data to the ENVTFL.

GETLIN subroutine

Get the next line on user input from the INPUT file. Echo the line in
the output file. Print error message if data is being skipped.

GLASSX subroutine

Compute the total transmittance and reflectance of a system of up to

four panes of glass and the absorptance of each pane for both
polarizations of light and both directions of incidence (at a given
wavelength and angle of incidence).

GRND subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of GRND (1.4). Data goes into ENVTFL header
record.

ICTF subroutine

Initialize arrays for conduction transfer function calculations

IDSTF(MO,DM,DW) integer function

IDSTF = 1 when daylight savings time is in effect, and it equals 0

otherwise. IDSTF is based on the month number (MO), the day-of-month
(DM), and the day-of-week (DW). Daylight savings time begins on the
last Sunday in April, and it continues until standard time resumes on
the last Sunday of October.

ILL INI ( A, B,T0L,RT, REPEAT) subroutine

Use modified false position method to compute root (RT) in the interval
bounded by A and B. Convergent solution is found the upper bound -
lower bound < TOL. If solution is not found, set REPEAT to true.

IMI subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of IMI (4.18). Data is output in the SSCISL

common block.

INF subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of INF (4.5). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

203
 .

INITCF subroutine

Compute the units conversion factors. Most factors are derived from
CFL(2)“.3048 CFM(2)=. 45359237 and CFC(2)«4 . 184 to give a consistant
, ,

set of conversion factors.

INITGL subroutine

Direct the calculation of window optical coefficients. Set up

properties of optical layers (no air layers). Set coefficients of
shading coefficients window directly. Otherwise, evalaute optical
properties (SPCTRM) and compute polynomial coefficients (WDWPOL).
Print dumps and reports as required. This is the root subroutine of
the optical calculations segment.

INITRF subroutine

Direct calculation of conduction transfer functions. Compute

properties of conductive layers (no interior shades). Evaluate CTF for
multi-layer (EESPNS) or single layer (DCHXYZ) constructs and report
results. This is the root subroutine of the conduction calculations
segment.

INTCON(ANUM,EFLAG) integer function

Evaluate character string ANUM as an integer (syntax rule [IV.B.l] 8).

If ANUM is a proper integer, return EFLAG set to 0. Otherwise, set
INTCON to 0, set EFLAG to 1, and print error message.

I SHADE subroutine

Add the effect of an interior shade to optical properties of the glass

panes in the window (D.7).

I ZERO ( ARRAY, LEN) subroutine

Set ARRAY (length LEN) of integers to 0.

JDS( JFLAG, JD ,YR,MO ,DM) subroutine

If JFLAG = 1, compute the Julian date (JD) from the year (YR), month
(MO), and day-of-month (DM) (B.1.2). Otherwise, compute YR, MO, and DM
from YR (B. 1 .3)

LIB subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of LIB (2.1). Data is used to control the

processing of library input. Open the library report scratch files.

204
LIBRRY subroutine

Evaluate keys of LIBRARY (section 2.). Insure sequence of key input.

This is the root subroutine of the library segment.

LIT subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of LIT (4.3). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

LOC subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of LOC (1.3). Data is stored in the weather file
header (common block EFLHDR)

LOCLIB( ITEM, LO, LEN, LOC) subroutine

Determine location (LOC) of ITEM in the library relative to LO. The

library consists of seven groups of named elements. All names in the
seven groups are stored in the LNAMES array beginning at various
locations. LO is the array location before the first entry in the
group of interest. LEN is the number of elements of that group. LOC
records the sequence in which the library entries were defined and in
which they exist on scratch files or will exist in the loads calculator
arrays. If ITEM is not found, set LOC to zero.

LOCORD(LIST, LEN, ITEM) integer function

Determine the location of ITEM in a LEN long array (LIST) of

alphabetically ordered words. If ITEM is not found, return the value
zero. A bisection search is used.

LOCRAN(LIST ,LEN ITEM)

, integer function

Determine the location of ITEM in a LEN long array (LIST) or unordered

words. If ITEM is not found, return the value zero. A linear search
is used.

LREPT ( SCRFL NLINES TITLE )

, , subroutine

Transfer library reports (2.1.3) from unit SCRFL to the output file.
Each report element is NLINES long and is given a TITLE. Close the
SCRFL when finished.

LSQFIT ( ITYPE ,N,N1 ,N2) subroutine

Compute the polynomial coefficients of the optical properties equations

(D.1.7a and b). A standard least squares fit is used.
ITYPE = 1 does the polynomial which is evaluated by P0LY1F.
ITYPE = 2 does the polynomial which is evaluated by P0LY2F.
N is the order of the polynomial.
Nl is the location in X and Q of the first data value.
N2 is the location in X and Q of the last data value.

205
LYF(YR) integer function

Compute the leap year indicator from the four digit year number (YR)
If YR is a leap year, set LYF to 1. Otherwise set LYF to 0.

MASS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of MASS (4.12). Thermal properties are read from
UNIT 5. Data are output in common blocks HTSIL and HTSISL.

MATL subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of MATL (2.4). The input data are checked against
appropriate ranges. The material properties are written to UNIT 4 for
reference by the CONS subroutine. The materials report (MATL - 2.1.3)
is written to UNIT 23.

MATRIX(W) subroutine

Evaluate the conduction matrix for a multi-layered slab.

MIX subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of MIX (4.7). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

MODY ( DATE EFLAG )

, integer function

Evaluate character string DATE as a date (syntax rule [IV.b.l] 10).

Compute MODY in the cyclic date form (B.1.4). If DATE is a valid date,
return EFLAG set to 0. Otherwise, set MODY to 0, set EFLAG to 1, and
print error message. Note that day-of-month numbers from 1 through 31
are considered valid for all months.

OSC subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of OSC (4.16). Data is output in the SSCISL

common block. Error checking includes (1) OSC not permitted with
interior surface, (2) OSC not permitted with EMI on same surface, and
(3) multiple definitions of OSC for the same surface not permitted.

206
PAGE (I ACT, NEED) subroutine

Write output report page headings. This routine can be used to count
the number of lines being printed on issue page eject commands at
appropriate intervals according to the use of IACT and NEED.
IACT“0: Initialize page routine. Set page length to NEED.
IACT=1: NEED lines are to be printed. If there is insufficient space
remaining on the page, eject page and print heading.
IACT=2: Return page number in NEED.
IACT=3: Return number of lines left on page in NEED.
IACT=4: Eject page and print heading if NEED lines not left on page.
Do not increment line count.
The page heading includes a report of cumulative program execution time
determined from the non-ANSI function SECOND. This function can be
removed without otherwise affecting the program.

PANE(N) subroutine

Compute the transmittance, reflectance and absorptance of pane number

N (counted from the outside). This routine uses the optical algorithms
of III.D.3.

PEO subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of PEO (4.2). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

P0LY1F(X,A,N) real function

Evaluate simple polynomial expression (D„1.7a):

P = A( 1 ) + A(2)*X + A(3)*X2 + ... + A(N)*XN_1

P0LY2F (X ,A,N) real function

Evaluate simple polynomial expression (D.1.7b):

P = A(1)*X + A(2)*X 2 + ... + A(N)*X n

PROJCT subroutine

Open the simulation input (SINPFL) and environment (ENVTFL) files.

Evaluate the keys of PROJECT (section 1.). Write the weather file
header record and close the weather file. Write the first records on
the simulation input file. Initiate dump of "project" data (RN0S=1 -
1.2.1). This is the root subroutine of the project segment.

PSYCH subroutine

This routine may be used to test the psychroraetric package. It is not

called by TARP.

207
PSYDPW(W,PB) real function

Compute the dew point temperature (TD) from the humidity ratio (W) and
the barometric pressure (PB) (B.2.6).

PSYHTW(TA,W) real function

Compute the enthalpy (H) from the dry bulb temperature (TA) and
humidity ratio (W) (B.2.9).

PSYRHT(TA,TD) real function

Compute the relative humidity (RH) from the dry bulb (TA) and dew point
(TD) temperatures (B.2.7). Check for 0 < RH < 1.

PSYTWD(TA,W,PB) real function

Compute the wet bulb temperature (TW) from the dry bulb temperature
(TA) ,
humidity ratio (W) and the barometric pressure (PB). TW is
,

computed by iteration of function PSYWTP to a convergent solution. The

first set is to check for saturated air which means TW * TA. Failing
that, an initial guess for TW is made at TA-1. This initial guess is
increased if it produces an impossibly low humidity ratio. The initial
guess is used in a secant iteration. If the secant iteration should
fail, a slower but more reliable bisection iteration is available.

PSYVTW(TA,W,PB) real function

Compute the specific volume (V) of moist air from the dry bulb
temperature (TA) , humidity ratio (W) and barometric pressure (PB)
,

(B.2.8). Check for reasonable range: 0.58 < V < 3.

PSYWDP(TD ,PB) real function

Compute humidity ratio (W) from dew point temperature (TD) and
barometric pressure (PB) (B.2.2). Check for W > 1.61E-6 (W for TD =
-70C).

PSYWTH(TA,H) real function

Compute humidity ratio (W) from dry bulb temperature (TA) and enthalpy
(H) (B.2.5) . Check for W > 1.61E-6 (W for TD = -70C).

PSYWrP(TA,TW,PB) real function

Compute humidity ratio (W) from dry bulb (TA) and wet bulb (TW)
temperatures and barometric pressure (PB) (B.2.3). Check for W >
1.61E-6 (W for TD = -70C).

208
 .

PSYWTR(TA,RH,PB) real function

Compute humidity ratio (W) from dry bulb temperature (TA) relative
,

humidity (RH), and barometric pressure (PB) (B.2.4). Check for W >
1.61E-6 (W for TD = -70C)«

QTF subroutine

Compute flux conduction transfer coefficients from RATIO values.

RC subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of RC (1.1). Data are stored in the RUNCTL common
block and used in subsequent processing of user input.

READER subroutine

Decode the user input (in UINREC) according to input syntax rules
(IV.B.1). Output is current status (UISTAT) and individual words in
the AWORD array. The longest element of input processed in one call to
this routine is a subkey with data.

RELCON ( ANUM EFL AG )

, real function

Evaluate character string ANUM as a real number (syntax rule [IV.B.l]

9). If ANUM is a valid number, return EFLAG set to 0. Otherwise, set
RELCON to 0.0, set EFLAG to 1, and print error message.

REPTGL(LSC) subroutine

Report on the calculation of window optical coefficients. This report

is initiated by CONS (2.1.3). The report is in two formats: one for
detailed optical calculations and the other if a shading coefficient
was used (LSC true)

REPTRF subroutine

Report on the calculation of conduction transfer functions. This

report is initiated by CONS (2.1.3). Also report surface properties.

RESPNS subroutine
I

Direct the calculation of conduction transfer functions for

multi-layered slabs.
!

RFCOMP subroutine

Compute conduction transfer functions for multi-layered slab from the

roots and residues.

209
RPT subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of RPT (1.2). Data is stored in the RFLAGS array.

RSBF(I ,COSINC ,WL) real function

Compute reflectance of an interior shading device. This returns the

value of RSO which was computed from user input REF (2.4.12). This
routine is a program stub to allow computation of reflectance from
polarization (I), angle (COSINC), and wavelength (WL) when data for
such a calculation exists.

SATPTX(T) real function

Compute the saturation pressure of water at temperature (T) by the

detailed ASHRAE correlation (B.2). This subroutine is not called by
TARP. It is used with PSYCH to test the psychrometric package.

SATUPT(T) real function

Compute the saturation pressure of water at temperature (T) (B.2.1).

Check for -70 < T < 100.

SATUTP(P) real function

Compute the saturation temperature of water at pressure (P) (B.2.1).

Check for P in the range corresponding to -70 < T < 100.

SEARCH subroutine

Determine upper and lower bounds within which a root must exist. Call
ILLINI to converge to root. Trigonometric identities are used (with
APPROX) to evaluate AS and BS as PT is incremented. The search for
roots of BS is helped by the fact that roots of BS must lie between
roots of AS.

SETUPV subroutine

Compute vertices of polygon. Vertices of rectangular and

non-rectangular base surfaces are evaluated in the global coordinate
system by equations (E.1.4). Rectangular subsurfaces have vertices
computed in the base surface coordinate system. Subsurface azimuth and
tilt angles are computed from the base surface angles.

SHD subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of SHD (4.15). Data is output in the SRFIS common
block.

210
SIM subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of SIM (3.1). Data is stored in the RUNCTL common
block and output as one of the last steps of input processor operation.

SLR program

SLR stands for "simplified language reader". This is the root program
of the input processor. It initializes program variables and opens
files, directs the processing of input sections, prints final reports
and closes files. The variable SEQ is used to insure that sections are
not used out of sequence.

SKYTF(TA,TD,N) real function

Compute sky temperature from dry bulb (TA) and dew point (TD)
temperatures and tenths cloud cover (N - integer) (B.3.1 through B.3.4)

SPCTRM subroutine

Use the detailed optical algorithms to compute the window optical

properties. This routine includes a loop to integrate the optical
properties over wavelength. The loop is executed for only one average
wavelength. This was found to give sitisfactory results for typical
window materials.

SRF subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of SRF (4.13). Data is output in the SRFIS,

HTSIL, and HTSISL common blocks. The subkey names (in KEYS) are
sequenced according to frequency of occurrance to speed the INDEX
operation in SUBKEY. The large number of options in the SRF
description make this the most complex input subroutine. There are
several error messages relating to syntax requirements. Then the sky
and ground view factors are computed by (E.5.2a) and (E.5.2b), unless
the user chose to provide his own values by (4.13.7) and (4.13.8). The
surface area (gross area for base surfaces) is computed from (E.4.1).
The conductive and radiative properties of the surfaces are read from
unit 5. If the surface is an interzone partition (IZP), and attempt is
made to match it to previously defined IZP’s. An IZP must be described
in two zones. RN0S=7 (1.2.1) reports on this matching process. The
surface geometric data (primarily coordinates of vertices) is computed.
Values are stored in the BASES common block for the geometric
description of subsurfaces.

211
SUBKEY (KEYS LKEYS ,NKEYS ,LOC)
, subroutine

This subroutine evaluates the subkey name (syntax element [IV>B>1] 4).
The subkey name is always the first word in ALIST. KEYS is a single
string of all subkey names, each no more than LKEYS characters long.
The number of names in KEYS is NKEYS. LOC is the word number location
of the subkey name in KEYS. The INDEX function is used in determining
LOC. If the name is not found, an error message is printed. All valid
subkey names are optionally (DEM- 1.1.3) printed.

SUDDEN subroutine

This routine fills a single day of weather data in common block ENVDAT
from the user's dedign day description (DDY - 1.6). Calendar values
are computed. A dew point temperature (TD) for the day is computed.
It is used in computing the hourly wet bulb temperatures, humidity
ratios, and sky temperatures. Solar intensities are computed.

SUN2(DAYYR,A,B,C,AVSC) subroutine

Compute the ASHRAE A, B, and C values from the day-of-year (DAYYR).

These are computed from truncated Fourier series computed from data in
ASHRAE 1981 Fundamentals, page 27.2.

SUN5(H0UR) subroutine

Compute the solar direction cosines at standard time HOUR.

SURFIN( ZAVG ZTOP)

, subroutine

Compute coordinates of surface vertices. Determine avarage and maximum

height of surface from ground.

TSBF(I ,COSINC ,WL) real function

Compute transmittance of an interior shading device. This returns the

value of TSO which was computed from user input TRNS (2.4.9) and REF
(2.4.12). This routine is a program stub to allow computation of
transmittance from polarization (I), angle (COSINC), and wavelength
(WL) when data for such a calculation exists.

VALID(KEYS LKEYS NKEYS , LEVEL)

, , subroutine

List valid input names. LEVEL (equals 1, 2, or 3) determines whether

section, key, or subkey names are being listed. The names are all in
the single string KEYS. The number of names is NKEYS. Each is LKEYS
characters long.

VENT subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of VENT (4.6). Data is output in the CGSIL common
block.

212
WDWPOL subroutine

This routine directs the calculation of the polynomial coefficients

(D.1.7a and b) describing the optical properties of the window.

WS subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of WS (2.3). Data is output in the local array

PTR and the optional report is on unit 22. The day schedule pointers
can be filled from a single weekday pointer.

WTAP subroutine

Evaluate the subkeys of WTAP (1.5). Get weather from the BLAST weather
file unless SYNTAX (1.1.2) or OLDW (1.1.6) are in effect.

WXREF(A,I) subroutine

Write cross reference data consisting of the array name (A) and the
location (I) in that array. WXREF is initiated by XREF (1.1.5). It
relates the input keys to the arrays reported by DUMPIN in the loads
calculator. DUMPIN is caused by RN0S=8 (1.2.1).

ZERO ( ARRAY, LEN) subroutine

Set ARRAY (length LEN) of real numbers to 0.

ZERORE subroutine

ZERORE calculates the residues related to the double pole at zero.

ZONE subroutine

Evaluate keys of ZONE (section 4.). Insure sequence of KEY input.

Data is output in the ZONISL common block. Key names (in KEYS) are
approximately in the order of frequency of occurrence to speed
execution of the INDEX function. This is the root subroutine of the
zone segment.

213
 This diagram (continued over several pages) shows the general relationship
of the input processor subroutines to each other. A subroutine calls other
subroutines which are to the right and below it on the diagram. Multiple calls
to the same subroutine are not shown, only the first. Circled letters are con-
tinuation points for often used groups of subroutines and for large groups of
subroutines. Not all subroutines and functions are included. The intrinsic
FORTRAN 77 routines have been left out. Several simple utility routines which
are called from many places are not always shown. These include: ERROR,
INTCON, I ZERO, LOCLIB, MODY, PAGE, RELCON, WXREF , and ZERO.
BDSLR
BDPROJ
BDLIB
SLR —
INITCF
PAGE
READER
-BLANK
-GETLIN
PAGE
ERROR
-ERROR
-INTCON
-VALID
— PROJCT
-READER
-VALID

-RC
(B). l

-READER •(A) I

-VALID I

PAGE
j
-ERROR I

-RPT J
-SUBKEY (B)
-LOC
•SUBKEY (B)
—GRND
-SUBKEY -—(B)
— WTAP
—(B)
~k SUBKEY
ETB3W
DUMPNV
l—FERROR
—DDY

1
l-DUMPPJ

Figure VI. A. 1
SUBKEY
SUDDEN
DUMPNV
—(B)
(C)

Tree structure of input processor program

214
-LIBRRY—
-READER- •(A)
-VALID
-LIB.
-SUBKEY (B)
-DS.
SUBKEY. (B)
DUPLIB
-WS
-SUBKEY- (B)
-DUPLIB
— MATL-
SUBKEY- (B)
-DUPLIB
-CONS.
-SUBKEY- (B)
DUPLIB
•INITRF- (D)
•INITGL- (E)
— CPFL-
•SUBKEY -
(B)
DUPLIB
CHKCP
-CDS.
•SUBKEY- (B)
•DUPLIB
-CWS.
SUBKEY- (B)
•DUPLIB
1-DUMPLB

— BUILDG
-READER •(A)
-VALID
-SIM

*— DSS
SUBKEY- — (B)

SUBKEY-
DMPSRF
— (B)

-ZONE
I— READER (A)
VALID
AFS
SUBKEY- (B)
DMPAFS
—BBH
SUBKEY-
DMPCGS
— (B)

•CTRL
SUBKEY -
(B)
DMPCGS

Figure VI. A. ( continued)

215
216
DYS
JDS
IDSTF
SUN2
PSYWTP

t SATUPT
PSYWTR
SATUPT
PSYDPW
SATUTP
PSYTWD
PSYDPW

t PSYWTP
SATUPT

1 SATUPT
PSYWTR-
SATUPT
PSYWPD
“LSATUPT
•SKYTF
SUN 5

•RESPNS —
-ZERORE
-SEARCH

1 MATRIX
ILLINI
“L,MATRIX
DUMPRF
-DER
-RFCOMP
ZERO
ICTF

ERROR
1 CTF
QTF

•DCHXYZ — DUMPRF
ICTF

•REPTRF
1 CTF
QTF

—DUMPRF

Figure VI. A. 1 (continued)

217
 •i * »»

•EXTCF
.FINDFD—
Upane-
-FILM
Lerror
•SPCTRM—
V—DUMPGL
DIFFUS
COMPMS—
PANE-
FILM
r
Uglassx
LisHADE

-DIFSHD—
t -TSBF
RSBF

U*TSBF
Lrsbf
Lbeam-
.COMPMS —
Upane-
•FILM
L•GLASSX
Lishade

-WDWPOL
t RSBF
TSBF

LSQFIT
•DUMPGL
-REPTGL

1 P0LY2F
POLY IF

Figure VI. A. 1 (concluded)

VI. LOADS CALCULATOR

The loads calculator (LC) subprogram of TARP computes the zone loads
based on the algorithms in chapter III, primarily sections E through L. It
is divided into three sections. The first reads the SINPFL created by the
IP and fills the LC arrays. It checks for sufficient array space and
performs some checks and calculations which require that the entire building
description be present in the arrays. The second section section uses the
geometric and optical descriptions of the building surfaces to compute solar
gain factors for various periods of the year. The third section computes
the zone loads by simultaneous, hour-by-hour heat balances.

The three segment structure of the LC is used to name many of the

common blocks. For example, common block HTSISL is composed of variables
dimensioned MAXHTS and is used in the Input, Shadowing, and Loads segments.
Common block ZONL has variables dimensioned MAXZON and is used in only the
Loads segment.

A short description of each of the 90 loads calculator subroutines is

given below. After the descriptions is a diagram (figure VI.B.l) showing
the general relationship of the LC routines and the segment structure.

AIRMVO subroutine

Compute air movements for the simple algorithms: infiltration (INF -

4.5 - K.2), two zone mixing (MIX - 4.7 - K.3), and whole house fan (FAN
- 4.8 - K.4). The mixing and fan models may not be used when other
ventilation (VENT - 4.6) is possible.

AIRMV1 subroutine

Compute infiltration and interzone air flows using the detailed air
movement algorithms in III.G.

BDMRL block data

Set initial values for loads calculator program.

BDSIM block data

Set initial values for loads simulation.

BTWEEN(N1 ,N0,N2) logical function

Determine if cyclic date Nl lies between dates NO and N2 (B.1.6).

CALOAD subroutine

Calculate values for the building loads report including system status
hours, zone loads, zone peaks, building loads, and building peak
values

219
 .

CHACS subroutine

Set up the control points and coeficients of the system performance

(K.l) and ventilation models (K.3).

CHKBKS ( NRS NB S )
, subroutine

Check that a convex zone has been defined. No vertex of surface number
NBS may lie in front of surface number NRS.

CHKGSS( NRS, NSS, ZMIN, NOSHAD) subroutine

Determine if surface number NSS can possibly shade surface NRS. If it

can, set NOSHAD false. NSS cannot shade NRS if any of the following
conditions are true:
(1) No point of NSS is above the lowest point (height ZMIN) of NRS.
(2) NSS is horizontal and faces up.
(3) NSS is entirely behind NRS.
(4) NRS is entirely behind NSS.

CHKSBS subroutine

Check that a subsurface is completely enclosed by its base surface.

This routine uses the shadow overlap technique.

CISAF subroutine

Compute the fraction absorbed by each surface of the total beam solar
energy transmitted into the zone. This is for the simple solar
distribution which assumes all beam solar gains are incident on the
floors of the zone. The fraction absorbed is proportional to the solar
absorptance of each floor.

CIVAF subroutine

Compute the distribution of diffuse short wavelength radiation on all

surfaces. Each surface absorbs a fraction of the total diffuse energy
in the zone in proportion to its area and solar absorptance with an
allowance for loss through transparent surfaces (F.2.1).

CLIP subroutine

’Clip* the shadowing surface polygon so that none of it lies below the
plane of the shadow receiving surface (E.2). This prevents the casting
of false shadows.

CROSS(A,B,C) subroutine

Compute C as the cross product of A and B. All are three element

vectors

220
CTRANS(NS,NR) subroutine

Transform the coordinates of the vertices of surface NS from the global

coordinate system to the surface coordinate system relative to surface
NR (E.1.5).

DAILY subroutine

Perform all operations which can be done once per day. Read the weather
data and set date values. Set the solar gains file group number. Check
external movable insulation and set pointers if the date is in effect.
Set the schedule and control pointers according to the date. Set the
monthly report flags.

DOT(A,B) real function

Compute the dot product of A and B which are each vectors of 3

elements

DUMPAF subroutine

Dump air flow values (RNOS=23 - 1.2.1).

DUMPEH subroutine

Dump values in the environment file header (RN0S=8 - 1.2.1).

DUMPHW subroutine

Dump weather values for the hour (RN0S=21 - 1.2.1).

DUMPIN subroutine

Dump all values read from the simulation input file (RN0S=8 - 1.2.1).

DUMPQB subroutine

Dump results of the zone loads calculations (RNOS=23 - 1.2.1).

DUMPSC subroutine

Report shadowing combinations (RN0S=14 - 1.2.1).

DUMPSG subroutine

Dump solar gain values (RNOS=22 - 1.2.1).

DUMPST subroutine

Dump Surface temperatures and other surface related values (RNOS=23 -

1 . 2 . 1 ).

221
 :

DUMPSl(I) subroutine

Print the solar incidence angles and sunlit fractions for all heat
transfer surfaces for hour number I (RN0S a 13 - 1.2.1).

DUMPS2(M0DE) subroutine

Dump the numbers which are controlling the shadowing calculations

(RN0S=15 - 1.2.1). MODE is set by the calling to routine to tell which
values to print.

DUMPS3(M0DE) subroutine

Dump details of the shadowing calculations (RN0S=16 - 1.2.1). These

are primarily the coordinates of the shadow and overlap figures. MODE
determines which values to print.

DUMPTC(NZ) subroutine

Dump temperature profile control points for zone NZ (RNOS=22 - 1.2.1).

DUMPTH subroutine

Dump all temperature and flux history values (RNOS=24 - 1.2.1).

DUMPTM subroutine

Dump time and date values (RN0S=21 - 1.2.1).

DUMPVC(NZ) subroutine

Dump ventilation profile control points for zone NZ (RNOS=22 - 1.2.1).

DUMPZL subroutine

Dump zone load values for all zones (RN0S=21 - 1.2.1).

ERROR ( MSG, ETYPE) subroutine

Print error message (character string MSG), Process according to error

type (ETYPE).
ETYPE=0 informative message.
ETYPE=1 'warning' — unusual, but not fatal, value or action,
ETYPE=2 'severe' — unusual value or action usually leading to
incorrect answers or ETYPE=3 error.
ETYPE=3 'fatal' — immediate run termination usually caused by
exceeding iteration limit, exceeding valid control range,
or invalid arithmetic operation (division by 0, etc.).

222
GAUSSY(A,B,X,N,MAX) subroutine

Solve a system of simultaneous linear algebraic equations (A * X = B)

by Gauss elimination. There are no safety check or pivoting in this
routine: it will not fail gracefully for an invalid set of equations.
It is used in the Newton iteration for pressure where the A matrix
is diagonally dominant and known to produce valid equations.

HBAIR(CNVG) subroutine

Compute the zone air temperatures for normal control (K.1.4) or

ventilation control (K.3). Check heat balance convergence and set CNVG
false if it has not been achieved.

HBOUT subroutine

Compute surface outside temperatures for building envelope surfaces.

Use the algorithms in 1.4.

HBSRF subroutine

Compute surface inside temperatures according to algorithms in J.3,

J.4j and J • 5

HTRANS( I ,NS ,NV) subroutine

Convert Cartesian coordinates to homogeneous coordinates (E.3) and

compute the area (E.4.1) of the figure.

IBLRPT subroutine

Initialize the building loads report varaibles.

IMRTNW subroutine

Initialize the mean radiant temperature network algorithm. Compute the

MRT view factors (H.2.2) and the constant part of the radiative
conductance (H.2.3).

IMVINS(I,N) subroutine

Determine presence of inside movable insulation for heat transfer

surface I in zone N. If present, set UM(I) to the insulation U-values.
Otherwise, set UM(I) to zero.

INCL0S(N1 NV1 ,N2 ,NV2 ,NV3 ,NIN)

, subroutine

Determine which vertices of HC figure N1 lie within figure N2. N1 has

NV1 vertices, and N2 has NV2 vertices. NIN is the number of enclosed
vertices. NV3 is a running count of the number of vertices in the
overlap of N1 and N2. The algorithm is described in E.4. The
coordinates of the inclosed vertices are stored in XTEMP and YTEMP.

223
INITBL subroutine

Direct the set-up of the simulation data. This is the root routine in
the initailization segment. The segmentation is helped by temporary
storage of data on units 4 and 5. The report of array limits is the
first action. It will occur even if there is no SINPFL or ENVTFL
attached. Next, those files are opened and the environment header is
read. Then the SINPFL is read [READER] and the required array space
reported. Some calculations are made that require data simultaneously
for all zones and surfaces [SETIZP, CISAF, and CIVAF] . Dumps [DUMPEH,
DUMPIN] ( RN0S=8 , 1.2.1) and reports REPTZD] (RN0S»9, 1.2.1) are
[

written. Inter-segment scratch files 4 and 5 are written.

INITSG subroutine

Direct the calculation of the solar gains multipliers. This is the

root routine of the solar gains segment. The segmentation is helped by
the temporary storage of data on unit 5. Determine shadowing
combinations [SGCOMB]. Read the environment file to determine solar
position and days to be simulated.

INITTH subroutine

Initailize temperatures and temperature/flux histories.

INITZP subroutine

Initialze values for computing zone pressures. In particular, set the

ZZ(0) and PZ(0) values (for ambient air) to zero. Set system flows to
zero. Set wind pressures to zero (needed to allow inclusion of PW term
in the equation for internal surfaces).

INTCPT subroutine

Determine all intercepts between the sides of figure NS2 and the sides
of figure NS1 (E.3.4 and E.4).

I ZERO ( ARRAY, LEN) subroutine

Set ARRAY (length LEN) of integers to 0.

JDS( JFLAG JD ,YR,M0 ,DM)

, subroutine

If JFLAG = 1, compute the Julian date (JD) from the year (YR) , month
(MO), and day-of-month (DM) (B.1.2). Otherwise, compute YR, MO, and DM
from YR (B.1.3).

L0CRAN(LIST, LEN, ITEM) integer function

Determine the location of ITEM in a LEN long array (LIST) of unordered

words. A linear search is used. An unsuccessful search returns the
value zero.

224
MRL( OUTPUT SINPFL ,ENVTFL)
, program

Multi-room loads program. This is the main (or root) program of the
loads calculator. It calls the three segments of the loads
calculation.

MRTNET subroutine

Compute the zone mean radiant temperatures for the second and
subsequent heat balance iterations. Use the simple (H.2.3) or the
detailed (H.2.4) algorithm. This routine includes equations to improve
heat balance convergence.

MRTNT1 subroutine

Compute the zone mean radiant temperatures for the first heat balance
iteration of the hour. Use the simple (H.2.3) or the detailed (H.2.4)
algorithm. This routines includes equations to improve convergence of
the MRT on the first iteration. Development of those equations is not
complete.

MULTOL(NNN,LOCO,NRFIGS) subroutine

Determine the overlaps of figure NNN with previous figures stored in

locations LOCCH-1 through LOCCH-NRFIGS of the HC arrays.

OCNVCO(I ,HM,OABS ,T0 ,HO,HS ,HG) subroutine

Evaluate the heat exchange coefficients HA (=H0), HS, and HG for heat
transfer surface number I. Input also includes the U-value of movalbe
insulation, if present, the solar absorptance of the surface/movable
insulation, and the most recently computes surface outside temperature
TO. Use the algorithms in (1.2). The surface temperature of movable
insulation is estimated from (1.3.8) with HO as input computed from the
simple algorithm.

OMVINS( I ,OABS) subroutine

Evaluate external movable insulation for heat transfer surface number I.

If it is present, return its solar absorptance in OABS and set UM(I).
Otherwise, set UM(I) to zero.

ORDER(NS3,NV3) subroutine

Sort the unordered vertices found by enclosure [INCLOS] and intercept

[INTCPT] into clockwise sequence for use by subsequent overlap
calculations. Results are placed in location NS3 in the HC arrays.

OVRLAP subroutine

Use homogeneous coordinate techniques (E.4) to compute the overlap

between two convex polygons.

225
PAGE (I ACT, NEED) subroutine

Write output report page heading. See PAGE description in the list of
IP subroutines.

P0LY1F(X,A,N) real function

Evaluate simple polynomial expression (D.1.7a):

P = A( 1 ) + A(2)*X + A(3)*X 2 + ... + A(N)*XN_1

P0LY2F(X,A,N) real function

Evaluate simple polynomial expression (D.1.7b):

P = A(1)*X + A(2)*X 2 + ... + A(N)*X n

QINSRC subroutine

Compute (or set up parameters and pointers) for scheduled internal

loads. First initialize the loads arrays. Then process every element
in the CGS arrays (that is not off for the day) according to type
(CGSTYP)

QSDIST subroutine

Distribute short wavelength radiant gains (solar and lights) on the

inside surfaces of the zones. This includes a single pass of light
through transparent interzone partitions and calculation of the light
converted to instantaneous convective gain on internal shades.
Determine if the radiant gain should be placed on movable insulation
instead of the surface. Include the transmission of light through
windows ut of the zone and to the environment.

QSUN subroutine

Determine solar gains. Use the solar gains multipliers and the solar
radiation intensities to determine the diffuse solar gains in the zones,
the solar gains on outside surfaces, and the beam soalr gains on inside
surfaces. Also evaluate placement of movable insulation for the hour
[IMVINS and OMVINS].

READIN subroutine

Read the simulation input file (SINPFL) and determine the array space
used. Data which was prepared in single element arrays in the IP is
read into multiple element arrays. The reading is directed by
two-element records that tell which arrays will be filled when the next
record is read. The unformatted read statements must match the IP write
statements. Note that each data read is protected to prevent array
overflow. Also note that a simulation control information (created in
FINISH) must be the last record read. Otherwise, an end-of-file is
encountered which terminates the run.

226
REPTBL subroutine

Report building loads (a default action).

REPTSM(KEY) subroutine

Report simulation values like numbers of iterations and execution time.

Time is determined by the non- ANSI function SECOND. This function can
be removed without otherwise effecting the program.

REPTZD subroutine

Report a description of the zone (RN0S=9 - 1.2.1).

RPTASU( NR, MAX, NAME, LIMIT) subroutine

Report array space utilization. For PARAMETERized arrays, print a

message giving the number (NR) of elements utilized and the short
parameter name (NAME). If NR is greater than the size (MAX) of the
arrays, print a string of stars to highlight the message and set LIMIT
true.

SETIZP subroutine

Set interzone pointers for interzone partitions, MIX and FAN

operations, and interzone air flow openings. Unmatched items cause run
termination.

SGACTN subroutine

Determine which groups of days are used for shadowing calculations.

This is based on the shadowing group dates (Table IV.G.l) and the dates
of any shadowing surface or movable insulation actions which change the
building shadowing configuration. The angles (declination and equation
of time) from which solar position is calculated are determined by
averaging the values for all days in the period.

SGBEAM subroutine

Direct the calculation of solar gains multipliers for a day. For each
hour, compute the angle of incidence of the sun's rays on every surface
(E.2.2); compute the solar multipliers [SHADOW]; store the results on
unit 3 for later heat balance calculations.

SGCOMB subroutine

Determine which surfaces can shade each other. This is constant for
the entire simulation and can, therefore, be used to avoid (recomputing
such data at every hour. Data is stored in the SHDCMB array and is
used to direct the calculation sequence of the SHADOW subroutine.
Shadowing combinations are computed for heat transfer, exterior, base
surfaces. All surfaces which can shade the base surface are determined
CHK.GSS .
[ ] All heat transfer subsurfaces are determined [CHKSBS]. For

227
 .

the detailed solar distribution algorithm, all inside surfaces which

might receive beam sunlight are determined [CHKBKS]. Complex building
configurations which cause SHDCMB to overflow are handled by reducing
the level of shadowing detail, if possible.

SHADOW ( IHOUR ) subroutine

Compute the sunlit areas and solar gains multipliers for all building
envelope surfaces at time IHOUR. From the shadow combinations array,
determine the number of shadowing surfaces (NGSS), inside (back)
surfaces (NBKS), and heat transfer subsurfaces (NSBS). If the surface
faces away from the sun, its sunlit area (and all subsurfaces) must be
zero. If it faces the sun and there are no shadowing surfaces, it must
be totally sunlit. Otherwise, compute the shadow patterns on the
surface [SHDGSS]. For window subsurfaces and the detailed solar
distribution call SHDBKS. Then process the subsurfaces [SHDSBS] to
compute their sunlit areas and solar gains multipliers and to determine
how they modify the gross sunlit area of the base surface. Finally,
compute the solar gain multiplier of the base surface.

SHDBKS (NGRS) subroutine

Project the zone inside surfaces along the sun’s rays to the plane of
the current general shadow receiving surface. This is done for the
detailed internal solar distribution (3.1.2) if there are windows on
the base surface and if the sun might shine through the window onto the
inside surface. This is not possible if the inside surface faces the
sun. The projected figure of the inside surface is reduced to fit
within the base surface by the overlap algorithm (E.4) [OVRLAP]

SHDGSS (NGRS) subroutine

Compute the shadow figures on surface (base surface - 4.13.2) number

NGRS. If there are no shadowing surfaces, the surface must be fully
sunlit. Otherwise, determine the shadows from all shadowing surfaces.
If the shadowing surface is sunlit, it cannot be casting a show (E.2)
so skip it. Also skip if indicated by shadowing surface dates.
Transform and clip the coordinates of the shadowing surface to the
receiving surface coordinate system (E.2). Determine the overlap of
the shadow on the surface (E.4). Also determine how it overlaps any
previous shadows. Add (signed) shaded areas to compute the gross
sunlit area of the base surface. The effects of subsurfaces is not yet
computed.

SHDINT(L) subroutine

Determine the distribution of solar gains from a single window of

optical type L (index to optical coefficients). Compute multipliers
for zone diffuse gains. Compute multipliers for beam gains using
detailed or simple internal solar distributions. The detailed
distribution involves overlapping the window sunlit pattern with the

228
 projections of the internal surfaces along the sun’s rays to the plane
of the base surface and computing the sunlit area of each internal
surface. Tf the internal surface is transparent, its diffuse
transmittance is used to pass sunlight into the adjacent zone. The
simple distribution puts the sunlight on the floor(s) of the zone
according to ISABSF [CISAF]. In either case, that portion of the
sunlight which is not directly absorbed by the internal surface becomes
a diffuse gain for the entire zone.

SHDRVL subroutine

Evaluate the shadowing effect of a subsurface setback (4.13.6). The

shadow from the setback reduces the potential sunlit area of the
subsurface. This potential area is still rectangular. It is
overlapped with the shadow figures already known to lie within the
subsurface opening [SHDSBS] to compute the actual sunlit area.

SHDSBS(IHOUR) subroutine

Evaluate the sunlit areas of the subsurfaces (windows, doors). The

shadow patterns have already been accurately determined on the base
surface and stored in the homogeneous coordinate arrays [SHDGSS]. The
subsurfaces are evaluated one at a time. Each subsurface figure is
overlapped with the shadow figures. This determines a sunlit area
which must be removed from the gross sunlit area of the base surface.
Check for movable insulation [SMVINS] and if it applies skip most of
the following calculations. Evaluate the shadowing effect of a setback
[REVEAL]. If the surface is transparent, compute its optical properties
and determine the windows contribution to the distribution of sunlight
in the zone [SHDINT]. Finally, compute the solar multipliers for the
subsurface

SIMBLD subroutine

Simulate the building thermal performance. This is the root routine of

the loads segment. The segmentation is helped by temporary storage of
data on unit 4. There are several initializations [IMRTNW, REPTSM(l),
and IBLRPT] . The largest initialization requires several days
simulation [SIMDAY] to remove the transients in the temperature
histories. This initialization is terminated in accordance with the
hourly heat balance convergence criteria. Then the actual simulation
[SIMDAY] is done for the number of days required. A summary report is
printed [REPTBL].

SIMDAY subroutine

Do the simultaneous multizone heat balance calculations for one day.

This involves an initialization of values which are constant for the
day [DAILY] followed by a loop of heat balance calculations for 24
(standard time) hours. The loop involves setting up the constant
values for the hour (weather data, solar gains [QSUN], scheduled loads

229
 .

[QINSRC] control profiles [CHACS]

, ,
distribution of short wavelength
radiation [QSDIST]), doing the first iteration of the multizone heat
balance (compute variable coefficients [VARTMP],
air movements [AIRMVO
or AIRMV1], surface outside heat balances [HBOUT] ,
mean radiant
temperatures [MRTNT1], surface inside heat balances [HBSRF],
the zone
air heat balances [HBAIR]), do subsequent iterations to convergence,
summarize the hour’s loads data [CALOAD],
and prepare for the next hour
[UTHRMH] . Various data dumps are available as the calculations
proceed.

SMVINS(K,IHOUR,OABS) subroutine

Evalaute exterior movable insulation (EMI). K is the pointer stored in

SSCPTR(heat transfer surface number). It points to data about the EMI
in the ISSC/RSSC arrays. Time (IHOUR), environmental conditions, and
the type of control will determine if the EMI is applied or if it is
not. If it is not, OABS is set to zero. If it is applied, OABS is set
to the solar absorptance of the EMI.

SOLVZP subroutine

Solve the detailed air flow equations for the zone pressures. On the
first iteration of the hour approximate the zone pressures (PZ) by
solving a linear set of equations (flow exponents set to one). This
gives a reasonable set of starting values for PZ. Then use a modified
Newton’s method to solve the simultaneous non-linear algebraic
equations (G.3.5, G.4.1a to c). This method always produces a
diagonally dominant matrix which can be solved by GAUSSY, a simplified
Gauss elimination routine.

STATUS (UNIT) subroutine

Print the status of unit number UNIT as determined by the FORTRAN

INQUIRE function. This routine is used for program debugging purposes
only.

SUN3 ( DAYYR SINDEC ,EQTIM)

, subroutine

Compute the sine of the solar declination angle (SINDEC) and the
equation of time value (EQTIM) for a given day-of-year (DAYYR)

SUN4(H0UR) subroutine

Compute the solar direction cosines for a given HOUR.

UTHRMH subroutine

Update the surface temperature and flux history values. All histories
are stored contiguously in the TFH array. New values of temperature
and flux are added to the array by overwriting old values (that will
not be needed next hour) of other surfaces. This causes the histories

230
 to "crawl" slowly through the TFH array. Compute the inside (C.1.4)
and outside (C.1.6) conductive fluxes and store in the TFH array.
Compute KIP (C.1.5) and KOP (C.1.7) for the next hour. Shift the
history values back one hour by incrementing TSHIFT. If the histories
have reached the bottom of the TFH array, shift all values back to the
top of the array and reset TSHIFT.

VARTMP subroutine

Evaluate variables that are directly influenced by zone air

temperature. These variables are the occupant sensible/latent gains
(F.1.1), and the interior convection coefficients (J.l and J.2).

ZERO ( ARRAY, LEN) subroutine

Set ARRAY (length LEN) of real numbers to 0.

231
 •

This diagram (continued over several pages) shows the general relationship
of the loads calculator subroutines to ech other. A subroutine calls other
subroutines which are to the right and below it on the diagram. Multiple calls
to the same routine are not shown, only the first. Circled letters are contin-
uation points for often used groups of subroutines. Not all subroutines and
functions are included. The intrinsic FORTRAN 77 have been left out. The
simple utility routines ERROR and PAGE which are called from many places are
not always shown.

BDMRL
BDSIM
MRL —
PAGE
INITBL
-READIN
j-IZERO
I— ZERO
Udumpin
•-ERROR
RPTASU
-ERROR
— SETIZP

— CISAF
T ERROR
LOCRAN

— CIVAF
-DUMPEH
-DUMPIN
— REPTZD
— INITSG
•SGCOMB —
— CHKGSS

— CHKSBS-
T CROSS
DOT

-CTRANS
— HTRANS mm$
— OVRLAP (A). r*
i
-INCLOS 1

i
— INTCPT •

i
-ORDER
i -HTRANS ;

i -DUMP S3
l
L-error
i j
•—ERROR i

i 1
— CHKBKS
CROSS
DOT
ERROR
—DUMPSC
-ERROR

Figure VI.B.l Tree structure of the loads calculator program

232
 GACTN —
r
L-s
t GBEAM —UdDUMPS
rsSUN3
ZERO
z
r
L-sHADOW-
-DUMPS2
-CTRANS
-HTRANS
-DUMPS3
-SHDGSS
-DUMPS2
-CTRANS
-CLIP
-HTRANS
-DUMPS3
— OVRLAP (A)
-MULTOL (B)
j|— DUMPS3
t-OVRLAP—
[
—SHDBKS—
I-DUMPS2
[-CTRANS
[-HTRANS
I-DUMPS3
Lovrlap— (A)
— SHDSBS*
-DUMPS2
-HTRANS
-DUMPS3
-MULTOL •(B)
— SMVINS
-SHDRVL "I
I-DUMPS2
I— HTRANS

-POLY IF
I-DUMPS3
Lmultol — (B)

-P0LY2F
-SHDINT ~
1_DUMPS2
-ERROR
L-ERROR

Figure VI.B.l (continued)

SIMBLD-
-IMRTNW
.REPTSM
IBLRPT
•INITTH
DUMPTH
-INITZP
-SIMDAY-
-DAILY
BTWEEN
DUMPTM
-DUMPHW
QSUN
IMVINS
OMVINS
•QINSRC
-CHACS
DUMPTM
“fcDUMPTC
•QSDIST
DUMPSG
•VARTMP
•AIRMVO
-AIRMV1—
-SOLVZP
"UAUSSY
-DUMPTM
-DUMPHW
— DUMPQB
— DUMPAF
•HBOUT
OCNVCO
-MRTNT1
-HBSRF
DUMP ST
•HBAIR*
-DUMPQB
-DUMPTM
-DUMPHW
-DUMPTC
—DUMP VC
-DUMPSG
—DUMP ST
-DUMPTH
-MRTNET
-CALOAD
-UTHRMH
-DUMPTH
-DUMPZL
•REPTBL

Figure VI.B.l (concluded)

234
 c

VI. VARIABLES

PARAMETERS are extensively used to set array dimensions. This allows

the same common block to describe only a single surface, schedule, etc., in
the IP program and hold all surfaces, schedules, etc. in the LC. The IP
computes the required dimensions necessary for the LC to simultaneously hold
all descriptions. The following list describes the TARP parameters. "Short
names" are those used to describe parameters in IP and LC reports.

short
parameter name description
ALEN maximum number of words decoded at one time
DESLEN - maximum number of characters in a description
MAXAFS AFS maximum number of air flow openings
MAXCDS CDS maximum number of control day-schedules
MAXCGS CGS maximum number of control/general schedule descriptions
MAXCON CON maximum number of constructs
MAXCMB - maximum number of shadowing combinations
MAXCTF CTF maximum number of conduction transfer functions (CTF)
MAXCWS CWS maximum number of conrol week-schedules
MAXDSH DSH maximum number of day-scheduled
MAXENV - maximum number of environments
MAXGTP GTP maximum number of optical constructs
MAXHCS - maximum number of homogeneous coordinate figures
MAXHCV - maximum number of vertices in an HC figure
MAXHTS HTS maximum number of heat transfer surfaces
MAXLNM - maximum number of library names (entries)
MAXNL - maximum number of layers in a construct
MAXNRF - maximum number of response factors
MAXNRT - maximum number of roots for CTF calculation
MAXNWL - maximum number of wavelengths
MAXPFL PFL maximum number of control profiles
MAXPNT - maximum number of user defined points in control profile
MAXRNG - maximum number of control ranges (=MAXPNT+1)
MAXSSC ssc maximum number of special surface coefficients
MAXSRF SRF maximum number of surfaces (ex MASS, inc shadowing)
MAXTFH TFH maximum number of temperature and flux histories
MAXTMP - maximum number of control points (=MAXPNT+2)
MAXWSH WSH maximum number of week-schedules
MAXZON ZON maximum number of zones
RFGLEN - number of report flags
UINLEN - number of characters in one user input record
WRDLEN - maximum number of characters in a word

Nearly all significant variables in the TARP are in common blocks. The
list below describes all such variables by giving the name, common block,
subprogram using the variable (IP, LC, or BOTH), type, dimensions (including
parameters), and units on one line followed by a verbal description.

235
A /GLAS3/ IP real (2,4,2)
Absorptances of single panesof glass
(polarization, pane number, side of incidence).

A / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C/W

Temperature independent part of the zone heat balance equation.
For example (K.1.4) and (K.4.1).

AA /GLAS3/ IP real (2,5,2)

Absorptances of layers in a window system
(polarization, surface number, side of incidence).

AAB /GLAS6/ IP real (16,2,5)

Absorptances of a window system for beam light
(angle number, polarization, surface number).

AABW /GLAS8/ IP real (16,5)

Beam absorptances integrated over wavelength and polarization
(angle number, surface number).

AAD / GLAS5/ IP real (2,5,2)

Absorptances of a window system for diffuse light
(polarization, surface number, side of incidence).

AADW /GLAS7/ IP real (5)

Diffuse absorptances integrated over wavelength and polarization
(surface number).

ABI / SHDCTL/ LC real

Fraction of beam solar radiation absorbed at the inside surface of
a window.

ABO /SHDCTL/ LC real

Fraction of beam solar radiation absorbed at the outside surface of
a window.

ACHAR /UINDAT/ IP integer

Pointer to current character in AWORD.

ACNVG1 /RUNCTL/ IP real - -

/SIMCTL/ LC
Relative air flow convergence (3.1.4).

ACNVG2 /RUNCTL/ IP real — m^/

/SIMCTL/ LC
Absolute air flow convergence (3.1.4).

ACNVG3 /RUNCTL/ IP real m3/s Pa

/SIMCTL/ LC
Minimum pressure across any opening (3.1.4).

236
AD /RF4/ IP real
Upper left element of the layer derivative matrix.

AFAREA /AFSDAT/ IP real - m2

Air flow opening area for matching interzone openings.

AFEXP /AFSDAT/ IP real

Air flow opening exponent for matching interzone openings.

AFLOW /RUNCTL/ IP integer

SIMCTL/ LC
/
Flag for detailed (1) or simple (0) air flow modeling (3.1.4).

AFSNAM / AFSNAM/ LC chr*WRD (MAXAFS)

Name of zone on opposite side of interzone opening.

AFSPTR / AFSIL/ LC integer (MAXAFS)

Number of the zone on the opposite side of the opening (0 means ambient).

AI / SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXHTS)

Beam solar radiation factor for the inside of a surface.

AID /GLASO/ BOTH real (MAXGTP)

Fraction of diffuse solar radiation absorbed at the inside surface
of a window.

AIRDEN /AIR/ LC real - kg/m3

Density of ambient air.

All /GLAS/ BOTH real (5, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for window inside beam solar absorptance
( ci in D. 1 .7a)

AI2 /GLAS/ BOTH real (6, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for window Inside beam solar absorptance
(ci in D.l .7b)

AL /RF4/ IP real
Upper left element of the layer matrix.

ALIST /ALIST/ IP char*WRD (ALEN)

List of words decoded from user input: a section name, key name,
or subkey name and data.

ALTD /EFLHDR/ BOTH real - m

Altitiude of site (not yet used).

AMAXIT /RUNCTL/ IP integer

Maximum number of air flow iterations for convergence (3.1.4).

237
 .

AN /GLAS9/ IP real
Index of refraction of air (=1.0).

AO / SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXHTS)

Beam solar radiation absorption factor for the outside of a surface.

AOD /GLASO/ BOTH real (MAXGTP)

Fraction of diffuse solar radiation absorbed at the outside surface of
a window.

A01 /GLAS/ BOTH real (5, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for window outside beam solar absorptance
(
c^ in D. 1 .7a)

A02 /GLAS/ BOTH real (6, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for window outside beam solar absorptance
(c^ in D. 1 ,7b)

AP /IZPDAT/ IP real - m2
Area of interzone partition.

AREA /HTSISL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS) m2

Area of heat transfer surface.

AS /RF4/ IP real
Upper left element of the total construct matrix.

ASD /GLASO/ BOTH real (MAXGTP)

Absorptance for diffuse radiation of the interior shading device.

AS1 /GLAS/ BOTH real (5, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for beam absorptance of the interior shading
device (c-^ in D.1.7a).

AS2 /GLAS/ BOTH real (6, MAXGTP)

Polynomial coefficients for beam absorptance of the interior shading
device (c-^ in D.1.7b).

AT /RF4/ IP real
Upper left element of the total derivative matrix.

AWORD /UINDAT/ IP integer

Pointer to current word in ALIST.

AZS /AFSDAT/ IP real - m

Height of air flow opening for matching interzone openings.

B / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Temperature dependent part of the zone air heat balance equation.
For example (K.1.4) and (K.4.1).

238
BAREA /BASES/ IP real - m2
Net area of base surface (** gross area minus subsurface areas).

BASE /BASES/ IP real - m

Distance from surface origin to first vertex (for imaging).

BAZM /BASES/ IP real - degrees

Azimuth angle of base surface (4.13.3).

BBLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Baseboard heating load.

BCA /BASES/ IP real

Cosine of azimuth angle of base surface (4.13.3).

BCLD /BLDRPT/ LC real - Wh

Total sensible cooling load for the building.

BCT /BASES/ IP real

Cosine of tilt angle of base surface (4.13.4).

BD /RF4/ IP real
Upper right element of the layer derivative matrix.

BDRELN /RUNCTL/ IP real - degrees

Angle from true north to Y-axis of building coordinate system
(3.1.1 and E . 1 . 1 )

BETA /RF2/ IP real (MAXNL)

Layer thickness divided by the square root of the thermal diffusivity.

BHOC /BASES/ IP real

Value of HOC for the base surface.

BHLD /BLDRPT/ LC real - Wh

Total sensible heating load for the building.

BHTS /BASES/ IP integer

Heat transfer surface number of the base surface.

BKSNR / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Back (inside) surface number.

BL /RF4/ IP real
Upper right element of the layer matrix.

BMNT /BLDRPT/ LC real - C

Minimum temperature of any zone in the building.

BMXC /BLDRPT/ LC real - W

Peak cooling load for the building.

239
BMXH /BLDRPT/ LC real - W
Peak heating load for the building.

BMXT /BLDRPT/ LC real - C

Maximum temperature of any zone in the building.

BS /RF4/ IP real
Upper right element of the total construct matrix.

BSA /BASES/ IP real

Sine of azimuth angle of base surface (4.13.3).

BST /BASES/ IP real

Sine of tilt angle of base surface (4.13.4).

BT /RF4/ IP real
Upper right element of the total derivative matrix.

BTILT /BASES/ IP real - degress

Tilt angle of base surface (4.13.4).

BTYP /BASES/ IP integer

Type number of the base surface: l=envelope, 2=interior.

BZS /BASES/ IP real - m

Average Z coordinate of base surface.

BZT /BASES/ IP real - m

Maximum Z coordinate of base surface.

C /GLAS12/ IP real (6)

Coefficients of the window properties curve fit.

C / SHDCTL/ LC real
X displacement of a shadow in the surface coordinate system (E.2.3a).

CA / SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)

Cosine of surface azimuth angle (3.2.1 and 4.13.3).

CALCS /RUNCTL/ IP logical

Opposite of SYNTAX.

CAP /TCDESC/ LC real (MAXPNT+1) V/

Heating/cooling capacities at the control point temperatures

(Lp in K.1.1).

CB / SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXZON)

Beam solar radiation convection factor for the zone.

CBI /SHDCTL/ LC real

Fraction of beam solar radiation convected at an interior shade.

240
CC /RF/ IP real - W/m2 K
Layer thickness * density * specific heat (= thermal capacitance).

CD /RF4/ IP real
Lower left element of the layer derivative matrix.

CDATE /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Cyclic date (B.1.4).

CDSH /CNTPTR/ LC integer (24,MAXCDS)

Control day-schedules (pointers to control profiles).

CDSNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXCDS)

Names of control day-schedules (2.7.1).

CDSO /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Pointer to control day-schedules in LNAMES (location 0).

CFA /REPORT/ BOTH real

Area conversion factor: ft 2 * CFA(2) m'

CFC /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Specific heat conversion factor: Btu/lbF * CFC(2) “ kJ/kgK

CFD /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Density conversion factor: lb/ft^ * CFD(2) kg/rn^

CFE /REPORT/ BOTH real

Energy conversion factor: Btu * CFE(2) Wh

CFH /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Enthalpy converstion factor: Btu/lb * CFH(2) - kJ/kg

CFK /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Conductivity conversion factor: Btu/hrftF * CFK(2) = W/mK

CFL /REPORT/ BOTH real

Length conversion factor: ft * CFL(2) m

CFM /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Mass conversion factor: lb * CFM(2) ** kg

CFMF /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Mass flow conversion factor: lb/hr * CFMF(2) kg/s

CFP /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Pressure conversion factor: in(H20) * CFP(2) » N/m 2 (* Pa)

CFQ /REPORT/ BOTH real

Power conversion factor: Btu/hr * CFQ(2) W

241
CFS /REPORT/ BOTH real
Speed conversion factor: ft/min * CFS(2) = m/s

CFT /REPORT/ BOTH real

Temperature conversion factor: R * CFT(2) K

CFU /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

U-value conversion factor: Btu/hrft^F * CFU(2) = W/m^K

CFV /REPORT/ BOTH real

Volume conversion factor: ft^ * CFV(2) m-

CFVF /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Volumetric flow conversion factor: ft^/min * CFVF(2) = m^/s

CGSDX / CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Pointer to week-schedule (or control week-schedule)

CGSHX /CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Pointer to day-schedule (or control day-schedule)

CGSNAM / CGSNAM/ LC chr*WRD (MAXCGS)

Name of zone to which the scheduled load applies. This identifies
the adjacent zone for which MIX and FAN operations apply.

CGSOFF /CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Date (cycilc date form - eq B.1.4) week-schedule ends.

CGSON /CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Date (cyclic date form - eq B.1.4) week-schedule begins.

CGSTYP /CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Type of action:
1 = people

2 = lights
3 = electric equipment
4 = gas equipment
5 = steam equipment
6 = hot water equipment
7 = other equipment
8 = infiltration
9 = ventilation
10 = controls
11 = day lighting
12 = steam baseboard heat
13 = hot water baseboard heat

CGSZON /CGSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXCGS)

Number of the zone for which the action applies.

242
CL /RF4/ IP real
Lower left element of the layer matrix.

CLKTIM / SIMCTL/ LC integer - hr

"Clock time" (=t<j in B.1.1) for selecting scheduled activities.

CNAME /ZNAMES/ IP char*WRD -

Construct name (4.13.1).

CND /RF/ IP real - W/m2 K

Conductivity of the construct.

CNTCAP / CNTPFL/ BOTH real ( HAXPNT , MAXPFL ) W

Heating/cooling capacity at the control point.

CNTTMP /CNTPFL/ BOTH real (MAXPNT, MAXPFL) C

Effective zone temperature of the control point.

CNVMRT / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON)

Parameter user to predict the mean radiant temperature (TR) and
speed zone heat balance convergence.

COND /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) W/mK

Conductivity of each layer of construct (from outside).

CONNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXCON)

Construct names (2.5.1).

CONSO /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Pointer to constructs in LNAMES (location 0).

CONTEM /TCDESC/ LC real (MAXTMP , MAXZON) C

Control point temperatures.

COSBR /RUNCTL/ IP real

Cosine of the building rotation angle.

COSD / SLPSSH/ BOTH real

Cosine of the solar declination angle.

COSINC / GLAS 1 / IP real

Cosine of the angle of incidence.

COSL /EFLHDR/ BOTH real

Cosine of the latitude angle.

COSZR /BASES/ IP real

Cosine of the zone rotation angle.

CP /TCDESC/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to control profile.

243
CPAIR /AIR/ LC real Ws/kgK
Specific heat of air.

CPFLO /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Pointer to control profile in LNAMES (location 0).

CPOLD / ZONL/ LC integer (MAZON)

Prior hour's pointer to control profile.
If CP = CPOLD, it is not necessary to recompute the control profile.

CR /TCDESC/ LC real (MAXZON)

Zone temperature control radiant fraction (b in eq K.1.3).

CS /RF4/ IP real
Lower left element of the total construct matrix.

CSDECL /ENVDAT/ BOTH real

Cosine of the solar declination angle.

CT / SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)

Cosine of surface tile angle (3.2.2 and 4.13.4).

CT /RF4/ IP real
Lower left element of the total derivative matrix.

CTF /BLDCTF/ LC real (MAXCTF)

Array of conduction transfer fucntions for all constructs.

CTFXO /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m 2 K

X conduction transfer function for each construct for time = 0.

CTFYO /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m2 K

Y conduction transfer function for each construct for time = 0.

CTFZO /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m2 K

Z conduction transfer function for each construct for time =0.

CTHETA /SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)

Cosine of the angle of incidence of the sun's rays on the surface.

CTILT /HTSISL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS)

Cosine of the heat transfer surface tilt anlge.

CTQ /RF1/ IP real (5)

Flux conduction transfer functions (orders 0 through 5).

CTX /RF1 / IP real (0:5 ,0:MAXNRF) W/m2 K

X (external) conduction transfer functions (orders 0 through 5).

CTY /RF1/ IP real (0:5,0: MAXNRF ) W/m2 K

Y (cross) conduction transfer functions (orders 0 through 5).

244
CTZ /RF1/ IP real (0:5,0:MAXNRF) W/m 2 K
Z (internal) conduction transfer functions (orders 0 through 5)

CWSH / CNTPTR/ LC integer (12, MAXCWS —

Control week schedules (2.8): pointers to control day schedules

CWSNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXCWS) —

Names of control week shcedules (2.8.1).

CWSO /LIBCTL/ IP integer _ —

Pointer to control week -schedules in LNAMES (location 0).

D /RF1/ IP real (5) _

1.0 - RATIO

DAYOFM /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer — —

Day of the month number (DM in B .1.2)

DAYOFS / SIMCTL/ LC integer — —

Number of days simulated.

DAYOFW /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer — —

Day of the week number (DW in B. 1.2).

DAYOFY /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer — —

Day of the year number (DY in B. 1.2).

DAYTYP /SIMCTL/ LC integer - —

Day type number (used to select schedules)

DB / SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXZON) —

Beam radiation factor for zone (beam converted to diffuse by shade).

DD /RF4/ IP real
Lower right element of the layer derivative matrix.

DDBP /DDENVT/ IP real - Pa

Design day barometric prpessure (1.6.6).

DDCLR /DDENVT/ IP real

Design day clearness number (1.6.9).

DDDOFM /DDENVT/ IP integer

Design day day-of-month number (1.6.5).

DDDTYP /DDENVT/ IP integer

Design day type number (1.6.12).

DDMDBT /DDENVT/ IP real - C

Design day maximum dry bulb temperature (1.6.2).

245
DDMON /DDENVT/ IP integer
Design day month number (1.6.5).

DDRN /DDENVT/ IP integer

Design day rain indicator (l=rain) (1.6.10).

DDSNW /DDENVT/ IP integer

Design day snow indicator (l=snow) (1.6.11).

DDTRNG /DDENVT/ IP real - C

Design day temperature range (from 1.6.2 and 1.6.3).

DDWBT /DDENVT/ IP real - C

Design day wet bulb temperature (1.6.4).

DDWDIR /DDENVT/ IP real - degrees

Design day wind direction (1.6.8).

DDWSPD /DDENVT/ IP real - m/s

Design day wind speed (1.6.7).

DELT /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Temperature conversion factor: (F+DELT(2)) * CFT(2) = C

DEM /RUNCTL/ IP logical

Detailed error messages (1.1.3).

DENS /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) kg/m 3

Material density (2.4.5).

DG / SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXZON)

Ground reflected diffuse radiation factor for the zone.

DIR /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) degress

Wind direction (G.1.3).

DL /RF4/ IP real -
Lower right element of the layer matrix.

DS /RF4/ IP real
Lower right element of the total construct matrix.

DS /SOLFAC/ LC real (MAXZON)

Diffuse sky radiationn factor for the zone.

DSH / SCHDLS/ LC real (24.MAXDSH)

Day schedules (2.2).

DSHNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXDSH)

Day schedule names (2.2.1).

246
DSTIND /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer
Daylight savings time indicator.

DSO /LIBCTL/ IP integer -

Pointer to day schedules in LNAMES (location 0).

DT /RF4/ IP real -
Lower right element of total derivative matrix.

DTR /REPORT/ BOTH real *

Conversion factor: degrees * DTR = radians.

DYS /CALNDR/ BOTH char*3 (12) -

Names of day types (2.3.3).

EELOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Zone electric load (lights plus electric equipment).

EFILL /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer (3)

Array filler.

EFSTR /TCDESC/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to temperature control range (p in K.1.1).

EMIT /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL)

Emittance o material for thermal wavelength radiation (2.4.8).

EMUI /RUNCTL/ IP integer

Input in English (2) or metric (1) units (1.1.7).

EMUO /REPORT/ BOTH integer

Output in English (2) or metric (1) units (1.1.7).

ENDATE / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Cyclic date on which current shadowing data ends.

ENVDAT /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer (256)

Environment data - all equivalenced to this array.

ENVREC /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Environment record number (index to ENVTFL direct access file).

ENVTNR /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Environment number.

EQTIME /ENVDAT/ BOTH real - hr

Equation of time.

BOTH real - hr
EQTM / SLPSSH/
Equation of time.

247
 .

ETITLE /TITLES/ BOTH char*DESC (13)

Environment titles (1.5.1 and 1.5.1).

EVDATE /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer

Julian date (JD in B.1.2).

EXTC /GLAS9/ IP real (4)

Product of pane extinction coefficient times thickness.

EXTCW / GLAS 10/ IP real (4,MAXNWL)

Product of pane extinction coefficient times thickness for each
wavelength.

EVTR . /TCDESC/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to ventilation control temperature range.

FACTOR / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Intermediate result for computing mean radiant temperature
(TRL n if H.2.4c)

FAFS / ZONISL/ BOTH integer (MAXZON)

Number of the first air flow opening in the zone description.

FAHS /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) m3 /s

Net air flow from the air handling system into the zone (set to 0).

FAREA /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS) m2

Air flow opining area (4.14.1).

FBKSHC / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Pointer to HC location for inside (back) surface calculations.

FC0S1 /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS)

Direction cosine of opening for computing relative wind direction.

FC0S2 /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS)

Direction cosinf of opening for computing relative wind direction.

FCOUNT / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of air flow iterations from start of simulation.

FEXP /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS)

Air flow opening exponent (4.14.2).

FD / GLAS 9/ IP real (2,4)

Thickness of reflective films (D in D.4.4a).
(side, pane number)

FGSSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Pointer to HC location for general shadowing surface calculations.

248
FHTS / ZONISL/ BOTH integer (MAXZON)
Number of the first heat transfer surface in the zone description.

FINSHC / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Pointer to HC location for inside solar distribution calculation.

FK /GLAS9/ IP real (2,4)

Reflective film extinction coefficient (k£ in D.4.1).
(side, pane number)

FKW /GLAS10/ IP real (4.MAXNWL)

Reflective film extinction coefficient (k-2 in D.4.1).
(pane number, wavelength)

FLRTFP /CONDAT/ BOTH integer (MAXCON)

Pointers to flux components of conduction transfer functions.

FLXHPE /HTSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Pointers to external flux histories.

FLXHPI /HTSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Pointers to internal flux histories.

FN /GLAS9/ IP real (2,4)

Reflective film index of refraction (n£ in D.4.1).
(side, pane number)

FNW /GLAS10/ IP real (4,MAXNWL)

Reflective film index of refraction (n£ in D.4.1).
(pane number, wavelength)

FP / ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to scheduled fan action (RCGS).

FRVLHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Pointer to HC location for setback (reveal) calculations.

FSBSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Pointer to HC location for subsurface calculations.

FSG /HTSISL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS)

Angle factor between the surface and the ground (4.13.8 and E.5.1 and
I. 2. 6c)

FSRF /ZONISL/ BOTH integer (MAXZON)

Number of first surface in zone description.

FSS /HTSISL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS)

Angle factor between the surface and the sky (4.13.7 and E.5.1 and
I .2 .6a,b)

249
 )

FTRANS /MAT DAT/ IP real (MAXNL) -

Transmittance of pane of glass with reflective film (2.4.11

G /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m 2 K

Constant part of HR (H.2.4a).

GELOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Gas equipment load.

GN /GLAS9/ IP real (4) —

Index of refraction of pane.

GNW / GLAS10/ IP real ( 4 MAXNWL

,
_
Wavelength dependent indices of refraction.

GRSNR /SHDCTL/ LC integer - -

Surface number of the general (base) shadow receiving surface.

GSSNR / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Surface number of the general shadowing surface.

GTND / SIMCTL/ LC logical

"Go to next day.” (False during temperature history initialization.)

HC /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m2 K

Inside convection coefficient.

HCA /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV ,MAXHCS)

'A 1
homogeneous coordinates of side of figure.

HCAREA /HCFS/ LC real (MAXHCS) m2

Area of homogeneous coordiante figure.

HCB /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV, MAXHCS)

'
B' homogeneoues coordinates of sides of figure.

HCC /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV MAXHCS)

,

'C' homogeneous coordinates of sides of figure.

HCMULT /SHDCTL/ LC real

Homogeneous coordinate multiplier: convert dimensions in meters to
integer values in millimeters.

HCNS /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCS)

Surface numbers of back surface homogeneous coordinate figures.

HCNV /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCS)

Number of vertices of homogeneous coordinate figures.

HCOUNT /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of heat balance iterations in current hour.

250
HCT /HCFS/ LC real (MAXHCS)
Transmittances of homogeneous coordinate figures.

HCX /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV, MAXHCS)

'X' homogeneous coordinates of vertices of figure.

HCY /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV, MAXHCS)

*
Y' homogeneous coordinates of vertices of figure.

HOC /HTSIL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS)

Constant part of detailed outside convection coefficient.

HOLIND /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer

Holiday indicator (1 = holiday; 0 not holiday;
2 = special 1; 3 * special 2, ...)

HR /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m 2 K

Surface radiative conductance (H.2.3 and H.2.4d).

HRS / CALNDR/ BOTH char*2 (24)

Hours (for reports).

HTBAL /RUNCTL/ IP integer

SIMCTL/ LC
/
Heat balance method (3.1.5).

HTS /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Heat transfer surface number.

HTSS /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Heat transfer subsurface number.

HWLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Hot water load.

ICOUNT /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of non-convergent heat balance iterations.

IHALG /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Inside convection algorithm (3.1.7).

INF /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W/C

Simple infiltration capacity rate.

INTSHD / GLAS1/ IP integer

0 = no interior shade; 1 * interoir shade present.

IP /ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to scheduled infiltration (RCGS).

251
 .

ISABS /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON)

Inside surface short wavelength absorptance (2.4.7 and 2.5.7).

ISABSF /HTSIS/ BOTH real (MAXHTS)

Fraction of beam solar gain absorbed directly by surface.
The remainder becomes a diffuse gain to the zone.

ISENV /HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Surface inside environment number (= zone number).

ISHC / GLAS1 1/ IP integer

1 indicates properties of interior shade are independent of theta.
0 not yet used.

ISSC / SSCISL/ BOTH integer (9,MAXSSC)

Equivalenced to RSSC.

ITABS /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON)

Inside surface thermal absorptance/emittance (2.4.8 and 2.5.8).

IVABSF /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON)

Fraction of visible diffuse light absorbed by each surface.

IZPHTS /HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Heat transfer surface number of opposite side of interzone surface.
Equivalenced to FSS to save storage space.

JDATE / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Julian date.

JDATEO /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Julian date at start of shadow group-of-days

JJ / GLAS4/ IP integer
Inner or outer surface indicator.

KELVIN /REPORT/ BOTH real - C

Conversion factor: C + KELVIN = K

KEY1 /ALIST/ IP char*WRD -

Name of current input section.

KEY 2 /ALIST/ IP char*WRD -

Name of current input key.

KK /RF2/ IP real (3 ,MAXNRT)

Combination of residue elements.

KIP /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m 2

Constant part of inside conductive flux (C.1.5).

252
KOP /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m2
Constant part of outside conductive flux (C.1.7).

KPTR / HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS) -

Pointer to construct data.

LAFS /ZONISL/ BOTH integer — —

Number of the last air flow opening in the zone description.

LALOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Latent heat gain.

LAMBDA / GLAS1/ IP real — nm

Wave length of light for optical calculations.

LATD /EFLHDR/ BOTH real — degrees

Location latitude (1. 3.2).

LCNVG1 /RUNCTL/ IP real _ —

/ SIMCTL/ LC
Loads convergence.

LCNVG2 /RUNCTL/ IP real — W

/SIMCTL/ LC
Minimum load.

LDESC /LIBNMS/ IP char*DESC — —

Location description (1.3.1).

LENGTH / MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) m

Thickness of layer (21.5.3).

LFLAGS /LIBCTL/ LIBCTL logical (7) -

Library report flags (2.1.3).

LFLAGS /SIMCTL/ LC logo cal (4) -

Temporary report flags corresponding to RFLAGS 21-24.

LUTS /ZONISL/ BOTH integer (MAXZON)

Number of the last heat transfer surface of the zone.

LIBNAM /LIBNMS/ IP char*WRD -

Library name (2.1.1).

L NAMES /LIBNMS/ IP char*WRD (256)

Names of library entries - used as index to library data.

LOCHCA /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Current location in the homogeneous coordinate arrays.

253
LOCSCM / SHDCTL/ LC integer
Current location in the shadowing combinations (SHDCMB) array.

LONG /EFLHDR/ BOTH real degrees

Location longitude (1.3.3).

LR /RF2/ IP real (MAXNL) m 2 K/W

Thermal resistance of layer.

LRAIN / SIMCTL/ LC logical

Rain indicator for the hour.

LSRF / ZONISL/ BOTH integer (MAXZON)

Surface number of the last surface of the zone.

LTITLE /TITLES/ BOTH char*DESC -

Location title (1.3.1).

LUSED /LIBCTL/ IP logical (MAXLNM)

Set to TRUE when a library name is referenced.

MATLO /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Pointer to matrials (location 0).

MAXIT /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Maximum number of heat balance iteration in an hour (3.1.3).

MAXPAN / GLAS9/ IP integer

Maximum number of glass pane in a window.

MCPI / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W/K

Mass flor rate time specific heat for infiltration.

MCPM /MIXING/ LC real (MAXZON) W/K

Mass flow rate times specific heat for mixing.

MCPTM /MIXING/ LC real (MAXZON) W

MCPM times air temperature for mixing.

MCPV /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W/K

Mass flor rate times specific heat for ventilation.

MDHMNT / BLDRPT/ LC integer -

Month/day/hour at which minimum temperture (BMNT) occurs.

MDHMXC /BLDRPT/ LC integer

Month/day/hour at which maximum cooling load (BMXC) occurs.

MDHMXH /BLDRPT/ LC integer

Month/day/hour at which maximum heating load (BMXC) occurs.

254
MDHMXT / BLDRPT/ LC integer
Mo nth/ day /hour at which maximum temperture (BMXT) occurs

ME RID / EFLHDR/ LC real degrees

Degrees east of time zone central meridian.

MIRRX /BASES/ IP logical

Mirror X coordinates (4.1.5).

MIRRY /BASES/ IP logical

Mirror Y coordinates (4.1.6).

MISS / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Results of polygon overlap calculation:
1 = no overlap

2 = NS1 completely within NS 2

3 = NS2 completely within NS1
4 = partial overlap

MNAMES /MATNMS/ IP char*WRD (MAXNL)

Names of materials (2.4.1).

MNS / CALNDR/ BOTH char*3 (12)

Month names.

MONTH /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer -

Month number.

MP / ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Pointer to scheduled mixing (RCGS).

MTYPE /MATDAT/ IP integer (MAXNL)

Material type (2.4,.15, 2.4.16, 2 .4.17):
0 =* opaque ,1 * glass, 2 shade, 3 -

MXCDS /LIBCTL/ IP integer -

Maximum number of control day=schedules (2.

MXCONS /LIBCTL/ IP integer -

Maximum number of constructs (2.1.3).

MXCPFL /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Maximum number of control profiles (2.1.3).

MXCWS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Maximum number of control week-schedules (2.1.3).

MXDS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Maximum number of day-schedules (2.1.3).

255
MXMATL /LIBCTL/ IP integer
Maximum number of materials (2.1.3).

MXWS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Maximum number of week-schedules (2.1.3).

NAFS / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Total number of air flow opening descriptions.

NBKS /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of back surfaces.

NBKSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of back figures in HC arrays.

NC /IZPDAT/ IP integer
Number of temperature CTF to determine interzone surface match.

NCDS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of control day-schedules.

NCGS /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of zone control and general schedules (RCGS).

NCMB / SHDCMB/ LC integer

Number of shadowing combinations.

NCL /RF/ IP integer

Number of conductive layers in construct.

NCON /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of constructs.

NCONS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Number of constructs.

NCPFL /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Number of control profiles.

NCTF /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of conduction transfer functions coefficients.

NCWS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of control week-schedules.

NDS /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Number of day-schedules.

256
NDSH / SIMCTL/ LC integer
Number of day-schedules.

NEVTRC /EFLHDR/ BOTH integer

Number of ventilation temperature ranges.

NFRTFC /CONDAT/ BOTH integer (MAXCON)

Number of flux referring CTF coefficients.

NGSS / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of general shadowing surfaces.

NGSSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of general shadowing figures in homogeneous coordinate arrays.

NGTP /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of constructs with optical coefficients.

NHCS /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Maximum number of homogeneous coordinate figures used.

NHTS /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of heat transfer surfaces.

NINSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of inside surfaces (shadow overlaps on back surfaces) in HC
arrays

NIN1 /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of vertices of HC figure NS1 within HC figure NS2.

NIN2 /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of vertices of HC figure NS2 within HC figure NS1.

NIZP / IZPDAT/ IP integer

Number of unmatched interzone surfaces.

NL /RF/ IP integer
Number of layers in construct.

NMATL /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Number cf materials in library.

NOFOCC / ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Number of occupants (4.2.2).

NOIMI /HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

True if there is never inside movable insulation (4.18) on the surface.
Equivalenced to FSG to save space.

257
 .

NOSC /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of "other side coefficient” (4.16) descriptions.

NPANES / GLAS1/ IP integer

Number of glass panes in window construct.

NPFL /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of contol profiles.

NQ / IZPDAT/ IP integer
Number of flux CTF coefficients for matching interzone surfaces.

NRATIO /RF2/ IP integer - -

Number of RATIO.

NRCTR /TCDESC/ LC (MAXZON) -

Number of control temperature ranges in control profile.

NRDAYS /EFLHDR/ BOTH integer (13)

Number of days in the simulation environment.

NRENVS /EFLHDR/ BOTH integer

Number of environments on the environemnt file.

NRF /RF/ IP integer - -

Number of temperature CTF calculated.

NRSTAT /CNTPFL/ BOTH integer (MAXPFL)

Number of control points in control profile.

NRT /RF/ IP integer

Number of roots computed.

NRVLHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of reveal figures in HC arrays.

NRVTR /TCDESC/ LC integer (MAXZON)

Number of ventilation temperature ranges.

NSBS /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of door/window subsurfaces.

NSBSHC /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of subsurface figures in the homogeneous coordinate arrays

NSRF /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of surfaces (all except internal mass).

NS SC /RUNCTL/ IP integer -
Number of special surface coefficients (RSSC).
/SIMCTL/ LC

258
 . .

NSURFS / GLAS1/ IP integer

Number of optical surfaces in window construct (glass + shade).

NS1 / SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of the HC figure being overlapped.

NS2 /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Number of the HC figure doing the overlapping.

NS3 /SHDCTL/ LC integer

HC location to place results of overlap.

NTFH /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of temperature/flux history terms (with space for time shift)

NTIMES /PSYCOM/ IP integer

Number of times specific psychrometric errors have occurred.

NTRTFC /CONDAT/ BOTH integer (MAXCON)

Number of temperature CTF coefficients.

NUAFS 1 / AFSDAT/ IP integer - -

Number of unmatched interzone air flow openings.

NV /SRFIS/ BOTH integer (MAXSRF) —

Number of vertices of surface

NVERTS /VERTS/ IP integer — —

Number of vertices of surface.

NVS / SHDVRT/ LC integer - —

Number of vertices of the shadow.

NVT /SHDVRT/ LC integer - —

Number of vertices of the transformed/ clipped surface .

NV1 /SHDCTL/ LC integer - —

Number of vertices of figure NS1.

NV2 /SHDCTL/ LC integer - -

Number of vertices of figure NS2.

NV3 /SHDCTL/ LC integer - -

Number of vertices of figure NS3.

NWL /GLAS10/ IP integer - -

Number of wavelengths used to evaluate optical properties

NWS /LIBCTL/ IP integer - -

Number of week-schedules.

259
 .

NWSH /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of week-schedules

NXMI /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of exterior movable insulation (4.17) descriptions.

NZON /RUNCTL/ IP integer -

/SIMCTL/ LC
Number of zones.

OAMFL / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) kg/s

Infiltration mass flow rate.

OBP /KNVDAT/ BOTH real (24) Pa

Barometric pressure (absolute).

ODB /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) C

Ambient dry bulb temperature.

OFFDAT / SRFIS/ BOTH integer (MAXSRF)

Stop date (cyclic) for shadowing surfaces.

OHALG /RUNCTL/ IP integer

/SIMCTL/ LC
Outside surface coefficient algorithm (3.1.6).

OHR /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24)

Humidity ratio of ambient air.

OLDW /RUNCTL/ IP logical

Use old WTHRFL (1.1.6).

ONDAT /SRFIS/ BOTH integer (MAXSRF)

Start date (cyclic) for shadowing surfaces.

ORDER /RF/ IP integer

Order (number of flux coefficients) of conduction transfer functions.

OROUGH /CONDAT/ BOTH integer (MAXCON)

Surface outside roughness number (2.4.14 and 2.5.6).

OSABS /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON)

Surface outside solar absorptance (2.4.7 and 2.5.4).

OSENV /HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Surface outside environment number:
>0 = adjacent zone number
-1 = internal mass
-2 = partition
-3 = envelope surface
-4 = surface with OSC (4.16)

260
OTABS /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON)
Surface outside thermal absorptance/emittance (2.4.8 and 2.5.8).

OTLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Load from "other” sources (4.4.7).

OWB /ENVDAT/ BOTH /real (24) C

Ambient wet bulb temperature.

PFC /RF2/ IP real (MAXNRT)

Components of pulse functions.

PFLNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXPFL)

Names of control profiles.

PI /REPORT/ 30TH real

n - 3.14159...

pp /ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON) -

Pointer to people gains (in RCGS) •

PRAIR /AIR/ LC real - -

Prandtl number of air.

PS /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS) Pa

Stack pressure (G.2.3).

PTITLE /TITLES/ BOTH char*DESC - -

Project title (1.1.1).

PW /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS) Pa

Wind pressure (G.1.3).

PZ /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Pa

Zone pressure (G.1.3).

Q /GLAS12/ IP real (16)

Dependent varaible in optical properties curve fits

QBV /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Total beam sunlight entering zone (for daylight calculations)

QC /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Solar gain convected from shading devices.

QD /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Total diffuse solar gain in zone (includes beam radiation diffused
after first surface absorption in zone).

QDV /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Total diffuse sunlight entering zone (for daylight calculations).

261
QFSTDC /TCDESG/ LC real (MAXRNG, MAXZON) W/K
LT in (K.1.2a).

QFSTIF / TCDESC/ LC real (MAXRNG,MAXZON) W

LC in (K.1.2a).

QFVTDC /TCDESC/ LC real (4, MAXZON) W/K

Ventilation coefficient (similar to QFSTDC).

QFVTIF /TCDESC/ LC real (4, MAXZON) W

Ventilation coefficient (similar to QFSTIF).

QL /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Total long wave radiant gains in zone (QLn in H.2.5).

QOCCON /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Convective gains from occupants.

QOCLAT /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Latent gains from occupants.

QOCRAD /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Radiant gains from occupants.

QS /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Total diffuse short wavelength gains in zone.
,

QSA /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Solar radiation available for daylighting.

QSI /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m2

Short wave radiant flux absorbed by inside surfaces.

QSM /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m^

Short wave radaint flux absorbed by movable insulation.

QSO /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m2

Short wave radaint flux absorbed by outside surface.

R / GLAS2/ IP real (2,4,2) -

Reflectances of single pane of glass
(polarization, pane number, side of incidence).

RAIN / ENVDAT/ BOTH integer

Rain indicator (24 hours, compressed).

RALOAD /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Return air load (part of sensible gain from lights 4.3.3).

RATIO /RF/ IP real (MAXNRT)

Ratios defining higher order conduction transfer functions.

262
 s

RCGS / CGSIL/ BOTH real (5,MAXCGS)

Data for scheduled loads; varies according to CGSTYP.
Type = 1 (people - 4.2)
1 = number of occupants

2 = activity level W
3 = fraction radiant
Type = 2 (lights - 4.3)
1 = design lighting load W
2 = fraction of load to return air
3 = fraction radiant (long wavelengths)
4 = fraction visible (short wavelengths)
5 = fraction of load replaceable *by daylight
Types = 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (equipment - 4.4)
1 = design load W
2 = fraction latent
3 = fraction radiant
4 = fraction lost
5 = fraction convected
Type = 8 (infiltration - 4.5)
1 = design volumetric flow m-Vs
2 = constant part of Achenbach-Coblenz equation
3 = temperature part
4 = velocity part s/m
5 = velocity squared part s^/m^
Type = 9 (ventilation - 4.6)
1 = design volumetric flow m^/s
2 = minimum temperature C
3 = maximum temperature C
4 = temperature difference C
Type = 10 (two-zone mixing - 4.7)
1 = design volumetric flow m^/
4 = temperature difference C
Type = 11 (whole house fan - 4.8)
1 = design volumetric flow m^/
4 = desired temperature C
Type = 12 (controls - 4.9)
1 = maximum heating capacity W
2 = maximum cooling capacity W
3 = fraction of control based on mean radiant temperature
Type =13 (daylight - 4.10)
1 = fraction beam usable

2 = fraction diffuse usable

Types = 14 and 15 (baseboard heat - 4.11)
1 = temperature at lower control point C
2 = temperature at upper control point C
3 = capacity at upper control point W
4 = slope of curve W/C
5 = fraction radiant

RCOUNT / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Number of heat balance iterations.

263
REFRAC /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL)
Index of refraction (2.4.10).

REPEAT /RF/ IP logical

If true, repeat root search with smaller SINC.

RFLAGS /REPORT/ BOTH logical (RFGLEN)

Reports flags:
1 = dump PROJECT and LIBRARY data

2 = dump DDY and WTAP data

3 = dump CTF calculations
4 = dump glass calculations
5 = dump DSS data
6 = dump ZONE data
7 = dump cross reference values
8 = dump SIMBLD as read by LC
9 = report description of zone
13 = report sunlit areas
14 = report shadowing combinations
15 = dump shadow calculation controls
16 = dump shadow calculations
20 = dumps 21-24 during warm-up period
21 = dump primary zone data
22 = dump constant load components
23 = dump variables
24 = dump temperature and flux histories
25 = dumps 21-24 on WED nearest 21st of month

RHO / GLAS4/ IP real (2,4)

Energy reflectances of the air-glass interfeces
(polarization, interface and direction)

ROOT /RF2/ IP real (MAXNRT)

Roots for computing response factors.

ROUGH /MATDAT/ IP integer (MAXNL)

Material roughness number (2.4.14).

RR /GLAS3/ IP real (2,2)

Reflectance of a window system (polarization, side of incidence).

RR /RF/ IP real - m 2 K/W

Thermal resistance of single layer slab.

RRB / GLAS6/ IP real (2,16)

Reflectance of a window system for beam light
(angle number, polarization).

RRBW / GLAS8/ IP real (16)

Outside beam reflectances integrated over wavelength and polarization
(angle number).

264
RRD / GLAS5/ IP real (2,2)
Reflectances of a window system for diffuse light
(polarization, side of incidence).

RRDW / GLAS7/ IP real

Outside diffuse reflectance integrated over wavelength and
polarization.

RSD / GLAS1 1/ IP real (2)

Reflectance of shade for diffuse light.

RSSC / SSCISL/ BOTH real (9.MAXSSC)

Array of special surface coefficients created by OSC (4.16), EMI (4.17)
and IM1 (4.18). Equivalenced to ISSC for integer values.
For OSC, RSSC(N, SSC) =
N=l: 3 (integer)
N=2: convection coefficient (4.16.1)
N=3: zone air temperature part (4.16.2)
N=4: ambient air temperature part (4.16.3)
N=5: constant temperature (4.16.4)
N=6: constant temperature part (4.16.5)
N=7:
ground temperature part (4.16.6)
N=8: wind speed factor (4.16.7)
N=9: heat transfer surface number of base surface (integer)
For EMI, RSSC(N,SSC) =
N=l: 1 (integer)

N=2: U-value of construct

N=3: outside solar absorptance
N=4: outside thermal absorptance
N=5: surface roughness number (integer)
N=6: start date (cyclic) (4.17.3) (integer)
N=7 : stop date (cyclic) (4.17.3) (integer)
N=8: positive value = pointer to day-schedule (4.17.2),
-1 = sun up control, -2 = sun down control (integer)
N=9: heat transfer surface number of the base surface (integer)
For IMI , RSSC(N,SSC) =
N=1 through N=7 and N=9 : same as EMI
N=8: positive value = pointer to day-schedule (4.18.2),
-1 = maximum heat gain, -2 = maximum heat loss (integer)

RSO / GLAS1 1/ IP real - -

Reflectance of shade at normal incidence (2.4.12).

RTD /REPORT/ BOTH real - *

Conversion factor: radians * RTD = degrees

RVAL / MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) m^K/W

R-value of material (2.4.6).

S /SHDCTL/ lc real - -
Y displacement of a shadow in the surface coordinate system

265
SA /SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)
Sine of surface azimuth angle (4.13.3).

SABS /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL)

Solar absorptance of the material (2.4.7).

SAREA / HTSIS/ BOTH real (MAXHTS) m2

Sunlit area of the surface.

SBSNR /SHDCTL/ LC integer

Subsurface number; pointer to SRFIS arrays.

SFAZIM /HTSIL/ BOTH real (MAXHTS) degrees

Surface azimuth angle (3.2.1 and 4.13.3).

SHAPE /VERTS/ IP integer

Surface shape number: l=triangle, 2=quadrilateral , 3=rectangle,
4=door/window, 5=overhang, 6=projection, 7=left fin, 8=right fin.

SHDCF /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL)

Shading coefficient of material (2.4.13).

SHDCMB / SHDCMB/ LC integer (MAXCMB)

Shadowing combinations array. For each base, envelope surface:
surface number, number of shadowing surfaces, number of back surfaces
number of subsurfaces, list of shadowing surfaces, list of back
surfaces, list of subsurfaces.

S HD GRP / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Shadow group (of days) number.

SHDREC /SIMCTL/ LC integer

Shadow file record number.

SHDSRF /SRFIS/ BOTH integer (2, MAXSRF)

Surface data array (for shadowing).
SHRSRF(1 ,NS) =
+1 to +MAXHTS Heat transfer surface number (HTS or I) of surface NS
0 Detached shadowing surface.
-1 Shadowing subsurface.
SHRSRF(2 ,NS) =
+1 to +MAXHTS Coordinates are relative to global origin.
-1 to -MAXHTS: Coordinates are relative to surface -HTS.

SINBR /RUNCTL/ IP real

Sine of the building rotation angle (3.1.1).

SINC /RF/ IP real

Root search increment.

266
SIND / SLPSSH/ BOTH real
Sine of the solar declination angle.

SINL /EFLHDR/ BOTH real

Sine of the location latitude (1.3.2).

SINZR /BASES/ IP real - -

Sine of the zone rotation angle (4.1.2).

SKY /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) C

Sky temperatures (B.3 .4).

SNAME /ZNAMES/ IP chr*WRD _ _

Schedule name

SNLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Sensible heating (+) or cooling (-) load in the zone.

SNOW /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer - -

Snow indicator (compressed 24 hours).

SOLDIS /RUNCTL/ BOTH integer

Solar distribution algorithm (3.1.2).

SPC2 /RUNCTL/ IP logical

If true, double space the echo of user input (1.1.4).

SPD /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) m/s

Wind speed.

SPHT /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) kJ/kgK

Specific heat of material (2.4.4) •

SQTRDZ /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) /kg/m ^

Square root of zone air density.

SQRTV /AIR/ LC real - / (m/s)

Square root of wind velocity.

SRADBM /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) W/m 2

Intensity of beam solar radiation •

SRADDF /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) W/m 2

Intensity of diffuse solar radiation (sky brightness) •

SRADGR /ENVDAT/ BOTH real (24) W/m 2

Intensity of ground reflected solar radiation.

SREF /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL) -

Reflectance of shade (2.4.12).

267
 .

SSCPTR /HTSISL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Pointer to special surface coefficients.

SSDECL / ENVDAT/ BOTH real

Sine of the solar declination angle.

ST / SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)

Sine of the surface tilt angle (3.2.2 and 4.13.4).

STATM /BLDRPT/ LC integer (6, MAXZON)

System status hours: Total for run in 6 categories.
1 = heating capacity exceeded.

2 = in heaing mode.
3 = in ventilation mode.
4 = in cooling mode.
5 = cooling capacity exceeded.
6 = no heating, cooling, or ventilating.

STDTIM / SIMCTL/ LC integer

Standard time (t s in sec B.1.1).

STLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Steam load in zone (steam equipment plus steam baseboard heat)

SUMB /RF/ IP real

Sum of BETA values for all layers.

SUMC /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Sum of scheduled convective gains.

SUMDTI /ZONL /LC real (MAXZON)

Sum of outside temperature derivatives.

SUMHA /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W/K

Sum of (HI* AREA) for zone surfaces (HCi*Si in K.2.2).

SUMHAD /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON)

Sum of air temperature derivatives (J.3.4a, J.4.2a, J.5.8a, J.5.10a).

SUMHAT /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Sum of (HI*AREA*T) for zone surfaces (HC^*Si*T^ in K.2.2).

SUMLJA /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W/K

Sum of (HR*AREA) for zone surfaces (H.2.5).

SUMUAD /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON)

Sum of radiant temperature derivatives (J.3.4b, J.4.2b, J.5.8b,
and J. 5.10b).

SUMUAT /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Sum of (HR*AREA*T) for zone surfaces (H.2.5).

268
SUMX /RF1/ IP real (5)
Sum of X CTF to test convergence (C.2.1).

SUMY /RF1/ IP real (5)

Sum of Y CTF to test convergence (C.2.1).

SUMZ /RF1/ IP real (5)

Sum of Z CTF to test convergence (C.2.1).

SUNCOS / SLPSSH/ BOTH real (3)

Solar direction cosines.

SYNTAX /RUNCTL/ IP logical

Process input to only check syntax (1.1.2).

T / GLAS2/ IP real (2,4)

Transmittances of single panes of glass (polarization, pane number).

T /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) C

Temperature of inside of surface (or inside movable insulation) for
computing mean radiant temperature and convective gain to zone.

TAU / GLAS4/ IP real (2,4)

Energy transmittances of the air-glass interfaces
(polarization, interface in direction).

TBM / SHDCTL/ LC real

Transmittance of window for beam radiation.

TCNVG /RUNCTL/ IP real - C

/SIMCTL/ LC
Temperature convergence (3.1.3).

TD /GLASO/ BOTH real (MAXGTP)

Fraction of diffuse solar radiation transmitted through window.

TE / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Zone effective temperature for control purposes (K.1.3).

TFH /BLDTFH/ LC real ( MAXTFH) C & W/m 2

Array of surface temperature and flux histories for CTF calculations.

TGRND /EFLHDR/ BOTH real (12) C

Ground temperatures (monthly values; 1.4.1).

TI /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) C

Temperature of inside of surface.

TINC /RF/ IP real - s

Time increment for CTF calculations.

269
TMKUP /EFLHDR/ BOTH real (12) C
Make-up water temperatures (not used).

TMPHPE /HTSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Pointers to external temperature histories.

TMPHPI /HTSIL/ BOTH integer (MAXHTS)

Pointers to internal temperature histories.

TO /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) C

Temperature of outside (side away from zone) of surface.

TR /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Mean radiant temperature of zone (H.2.5).

TRANS /MATDAT/ IP real (MAXNL)

Transmittance of material (2.4.9).

TRANS / SRFIS/ BOTH real (MAXSRF)

Transmittance of shadowing surface (3.2.5 and 4.15.4).

TRRAIN /EFLHDR/ BOTH integer

Terrain classification (1.3.6 and sec B.4).

TRTFPC /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m 2 K

Cross (Y) temperature conduction transfer functions.

TRTFPE /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m 2 K

External (X) temperature conduction transfer functions.

TRTFPI /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m 2 K

Internal (Z) temperature conduction transfer functions.

TSD / GLAS1 1/ IP real (2)

Transmittance of shading device (polarization).

T SHIFT /BLDTFH/ LC integer

Time shift for temperature and flux histories in TFH array.

TSO / GLAS1 1/ IP real

Transmittance of shade at normal incidence.

TT / GLAS3/ IP real (2)

Transmittances of layers in a window system (polarization)

TTB /GLAS6/ IP real (16,2)

Transmittances of a window system for beam light
(angle number, polarization).

TTBW /GLAS8/ IP real (16)

Beam transmittances integrated over wavelength and polarization
(angle number).

270
TTD /GLAS5/ IP real (2)
Transmit tances of a window system for diffuse light (polarization).

TTDW / GLAS7 / IP real

Diffuse transmittances integrated over wavelength and polarization.

TVENT /TCDESC/ LC real (5,maxzon) C

Ventilation control point temperatures.

TZ /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Zone air temperature.

TZNR /EFLHDR/ BOTH real - -

Time zone number (1.3.4).

T1 /GLAS/ BOTH (5.MAXGTP)-

Polynomial coefficients for beam solar transmittance (c^ in D.1.7a)

T2 /GLAS/ BOTH (6,MAXGTP)-

Polynomial coefficients for beam solar transmittance (c^ in D.1.7b)

UCHAR /UINDAT/ IP integer

Current character in line (record) of user input.

UIERR /UINDAT/ IP integer

User input error:
0 no error
1 invalid subkey value:
continue processing
2 invalid subkey name:
skip input to next / or ) or ]

3 error in key name processing:

skip input to next ) or ]
4 error in section name processing:
skip input to next ]
5 at end of information:
set UISTAT=6

UILINE /UINDAT/ IP integer

User input line number.

UINREC /UINREC/ IP char*80

User input record (line of 80 characters).

U IS TAT /UINDAT/ IP integer

User input status:
0 initial setting in subroutine READER
1 at / at end of subkey
2 at ) at end of key, end subkey also
3 at ( at end of key name
4 at ] at end of section
5 at [ at end of section name
6 at end-of-inf ormation

271
UM /HTSL/ LC real (MAXHTS) W/m 2 K
U-value of movable insulation. 0 means no movable insulation

UV / IZPDAT/ IP real — W/m 2 K

U-value of surface for matching interzone surfaces •

UVAL /CONDAT/ BOTH real (MAXCON) W/m 2 K

Construct U-value.

VCONV /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) -

Visible to convective factor.

VMULI /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) —

Visible multiplier.

VP /ZONL/ LC integer (MAXZON) -

Pointer to Ventilation control.

VVF /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) m^/s

Ventilation design volumetric flow.

WA /VERTS/ IP real - degrees

Surface azimuth angle (3.2.1 and 4.13.3).

WFDAYS /WFLHDR/ IP integer

Number of days on BLAST weather file.

WFEDAT /WFLHDR/ IP integer

Julian date of last day on BLAST weather file.

WFEFCD /WFLHDR/ IP real

Cosine of solar declination on first day of BLAST weather file.

WFEFET /WFLHDR/ IP real - hr

Equation of time on first day of BLAST weather file.

WFEFSD /WFLHDR/ IP real

Sine of solar declination on first day of BLAST weather file.

WFFDAY /WFLHDR/ IP integer —

WFFILL /WFLHDR/ IP integer (46) -

Array filler.

WFLATD /WFLHDR/ IP real degrees

Location latitude of BLAST weather file.

WFLONG /WFLHDR/ IP real degrees

Location longitude of BLAST weather file.

WFSDAT /WFLHDR/ IP integer -

Julian date of first day on BLAST weather file.

272
WFSDAY /WFLHDR/ IP integer
Day-of-month of first day of BLAST weather file.

WFSMON /WFLHDR/ IP integer

Month of first day of BLAST weather file.

WFSTTN /WFLHDR/ IP integer

Weather station number of BLSAT weather file.

WFSYR /WFLHDR/ IP integer

Year of first day of BLAST weather file.

WFTMZN /WFLHDR/ IP real

Time zone of BLAST weather file.

WL / GLAS10/ IP real (1) nm

Wavelength at which optical properties are computed.

WREC /WFLHDR/ IP integer (64)

BLAST weather file header array (all values equivalenced to this array.

WS /VERTS/ IP real - degrees

Surface slope (tilt) angle (3.2.2 and 4.13.4).

WSH / SCHDLS/ LC integer (12,MAXWSH)

Week-schedules (pointers to day-schedules).

WSHNAM /LIBNMS/ LC char*WRD (MAXWSH)

Names of week-schedules.

WSTATN / EFLHDR/ BOTH integer

Weather station number.

WSO /LIBCTL/ IP integer

Pointer to week-schedules (location 0).

WTITLE /WFLHDR/ IP integer (4)

BLAST weather file title.

WTYPE /CONDAT/ BOTH integer

Window type (=1 if window; =0 if opaque).

X / GLAS12/ IP real (16)

Independent variable (cos 6) for curve fit.

X /VERTS/ IP real (4) m

X-coordinate (surface relative or global) of surface vertices.

XLLC /VERTS/ IP real - m

X-coordinate (global) of surface origin (X so in E.1.2a).

273
 .

XLOAD / ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Previous value of zone sensible load.

XREF /RUNCTL/ IP logical — —

If true, print cross reference data (1.1.5).

XTEMP /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCS) -

X homogeneous coordinates of overlap before sequencing.

XTR /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Previous value of the zone mean radiant temperature.
: :

XTZ /ZONL/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Previous value of zone air temperature.
:

XV / SRFIS/ BOTH real (4.MAXSRF) m

X-coordinates (global) of surface vertices.

XVC / SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

X-coordinates (surface relative) of clipped shadowing surface

XVS /SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

X-coordinates (surface relative) of shadow.

XVT /SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

X-coordinates (surface relative) of shadowing surface •

XX /VERTS/ IP real (4) m

X-coordinates (surface relative) of surface vertices.

Y /VERTS/ IP real (4) m

Y-coordinates (surface relative or global) of surface •

YEAR /ENVDAT/ BOTH integer - -

Year (4 digits)

YLLC /VERTS/ IP real — m

Y-coordinate of surface origin (Y so in E.1.2b).

YTEMP /HCFS/ LC integer (MAXHCV) -

Y homogeneous coordinates of overlap before sequencing.

YV /SRFIS/ BOTH real (4 ,MAXSRF) m

Y-coordinates (global) of surface vertices.

YVC /SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

Y-coordinates (surface relative) of slipped shadowing surface

YVS / SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

Y-coordinates (surface relative) of the shadow.

274
YVT / SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m
Y-coordinates (surface relative) of the shadowing surface.

YY /VERTS/ IP real (4) m

Y-coordinates (surface relative) of the surface.

Z /VERTS/ IP real (4) m

Z-coordinates (surface relative or global) of surface vertices.

ZCLD /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Total sensible cooling load for zone

ZHLD /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) Wh

Total sensible heating load for zone.

ZLLC /VERTS/ IP real - m

Z-coordinate of surface origin (Z s0 in E.1.2c).

ZMNT /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Minimum zone air temperature.

ZMXC /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Peak sensible cooling requirement.

ZMXH /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) W

Peak sensible heating requirement.

ZMXT /BLDRPT/ LC real (MAXZON) C

Maximum zone air temperature.

ZNAMES /ZNAMES/ LC char*WRD (MAXZON)

Names of zones.

ZNAMIN /ZNAMES/ IP char*WRD -

Name of current zone.

ZNMOUT /ZNAMES/ IP char*WRD -

Name of far side zone.

ZNRELN /BASES/ IP real - degrees

Angle from the building Y-axis (north) to the zone Y-axis
(4.1.2 and E.1.2).

ZNXORG /BASES/ IP real - m

X-coordinate of zone origin (X zo in E.l.la).

ZNYORG /BASES/ IP real - ra

Y-coordinate of zone origin (Y zo in E.l.lb).

ZNZORG /BASES/ IP real - m

Z-coordinate of zone origin (Z in E.l.lc).

27 5
 . . .

ZRRES /RFO/ IP real (3) -

Residues at the double pole at 0.

ZS /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS) m

Height of the air flow opening.

ZT /AFSIL/ IP real (MAXAFS) m

Height of top of surface (for evalauting PW)

ZV /SRFIS/ BOTH real (4.MAXSRF) -

Z-coordinates (global) of surface vertices.

ZVC / SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

Z-coordinates (surface relative) of clipped shadowing surface

ZVMOD /AFSIL/ BOTH real (MAXAFS) -

Height modifier for computing wind pressure.

ZVS /SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

Z-coordinates (surface relative) of the shadow (= 0)

ZVT /SHDVRT/ LC real (5) m

Z-coordinates (surface relative) of shadowing surface »

ZZ /ZONISL/ BOTH real (MAXZON) m

Height of zone for computing zone pressure.

27 6
VI. FILES

INPUT PROCESSOR FILES:

UNIT FILE ACCESS DESCRIPTION

11 SINPFL seq Simulation input file

12 ENVTFL dir Environment file
13 WTHRTP seq Weather tape from BLAST program
14 - dir Materials data
15 - dir Constructs data
16 - dir Interzone surface data
17 - dir Interzone opening data
21 - seq Day-schedules library report
22 - seq Week-schedules library report
23 - seq Materials library report
24 - seq Constructs library report
25 - seq Control profiles library report
26 - seq Control day-schedules library report
27 — seq Control week- schedules library report

LOADS CALCULATOR FILES:

11 SINPFL seq Simulation input file

12 ENVTFL dir Environment file
13 - dir Solar gains multipliers
14 - seq Input segment to loads segment data
15 - seq Input segment to shadowing segment data

277
 U.S. DEPT. OF COMM. 1. PUBLICATION OR 2. Performing Organ. Report No 3. Publication Date
REPORT NO.
BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA NBSTR 83-2655
SHEET (See instructions) February 1983
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE

Thermal Analysis Research Program Reference Manual

5. AUTHOR(S)

G. N. Walton
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION (If joint or other than NB S, see instructions) 7. Contract/Grant No.

national bureau of standards

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE S. Type of Report & Period Covered
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20234

9. SPONSORING ORGANIZATION NAME AND COMPLETE ADDRESS (Street, City, State, ZIP)
National Bureau of Standards and U.S. Department of Energy
Building Energy Sciences Branch
11.Office of Building Energy Research and Development

Washington, D.C. 20545

10. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

Document describes a computer program; SF-185, FIPS Software Summary, is attached.

ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most significant information. If document includes a significant
bi bliography or literature survey, mention it here)

The Thermal Analysis Research Program (TARP) has been developed as a research tool
for the thermal analysis of buildings. It especially aims to study the interactions
of many complex heat transfer phenomena. TARP uses the detailed heat balance method
for the simultaneous calculation of the energy requirements of multiple rooms.
Interroom conductive and convective processes are simulated in detail. This program
reference manual describes the algorithms, input, output, and program structure of
12.TARP. The program is written to be portable and modifiable. It is written in FORTRAN
77 and has run on CDC and UNIVAC computers. Future expansions of the program are
anticipated, particularly for the simultaneous simulation of equipment performance
13.and building thermal response.

KEY WORDS (Six to twelve entries; alphabetical order; capitalize only proper names; and separate key words by semicolons)

Building energy analysis; load calculation; computer modeling; building

heat transfer.
AVAILABILITY 14. NO.OF
PRINTED PAGES
•
£3] Unlimited
286
For Official Distribution. Do Not Release NTIS
to

r~] Order From Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
20402. 15. Price

$22.50
* [_XJ Order From National Technical Information Service (NTIS), Springfield, VA. 22161

USCOMM-DC 6043-P80